environmental and social impact assessment

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING

THE UNIVERSITY OF DA NANG

*********************

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

VIETNAM NATIONAL UNIVERSITIES DEVELOPMENT PROJECT –

DA NANG UNIVERSITY SUBPROJECT (FUNDED BY WORLD BANK)

Final

Project location: Hoa Quy ward, Ngu Hanh Son district, Da Nang city

Da Nang – 2020

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING


*********************

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

VIETNAM NATIONAL UNIVERSITIES DEVELOPMENT PROJECT –

DA NANG UNIVERSITY SUBPROJECT (FUNDED BY WORLD BANK)

Final

SUBPROJECT PROJECT OWNER:


Vietnam National universities development project –

Da Nang University subproject (Funded by World Bank)

Environmental and Social Impact Assessment

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

Ahs Affected Households

CC Climate change

AC Asphalt concrete

CeC Cement concrete

CMC Construction monitoring consultant

DED Detailed engineering design

DOC Department of Construction

DOF Department of Finance

DONRE Department of Natural Resources and Environment

DOT Department of Transport

DPI Department of Planning and Investment

EE Energy efficiency

EIA Environmental impact assessment

ESIA Environment and Social Impact Assessment

ECOP Environmental Code of Practice

EMC External Monitoring Consultant

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EMS Environmental monitoring system

FS Feasibility study

IEMC Independent Environmental Monitoring Consultant

MOC Ministry of Construction

ODA Ministry of Construction

PMU/BQLDA People‟s Committee

PSC Project Steering Committee

P/CPC Provincial/City People‟s Committee

RAP Resettlement Action Plan

RE Renewable energy

RPF Resettlement Policy Framework

RP Resettlement Plan

UBND People‟s Committee

URENCO Urban Environment Company

WB World Bank




Final Report iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ....................................................................... 2

LIST OF TABLES .......................................................................................................... vi

LIST OF FIGURES ...................................................................................................... viii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ............................................................................................ ix

INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 1

I. Background .................................................................................................................. 1

I.1. Project background .................................................................................................. 1

I.2. University of Danang Subproject ............................................................................ 2

I.2. FS and ESIA approval agencies, organizations ..................................................... 3

I.3. Related projects and development plans ................................................................ 4

II. Legal and technical bases of ESIA preparation ...................................................... 9

II.1. National Regulations and Technical Bases ........................................................... 9

II.2. World Bank’s Environmental and Social safeguard policies ............................ 14

III. ESIA implementation arrangement ...................................................................... 17

III.1. Team members and Tasks .................................................................................. 24

III.2. ESIA Procedures .................................................................................................. 25

III.3. ESIA methods ....................................................................................................... 25

CHAPTER 1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ......................................................................... 30

1.1. Project name ........................................................................................................... 30

1.2. Project Owner ......................................................................................................... 30

1.3. Location of subproject Area .................................................................................. 30

1.4. Scope of Investments .............................................................................................. 32

1.5. Construction methods ............................................................................................ 45

1.6. Labors, materials, machinery and equipment ..................................................... 48 1.6.1. Construction phase .................................................................................................... 48 1.6.2. Operation phase ......................................................................................................... 53

1.7. Disposal site ............................................................................................................. 55

1.8. Resettlement site ..................................................................................................... 56

1.9. Project implementation schedule and total investment fund ............................. 58

1.10. Project implementation arrangement................................................................. 60

CHAPTER 2. ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS .................. 62

2.1. Physical Conditions ................................................................................................ 62 2.1.1. Geographical Location, Topography and Meteorology ............................................ 62 2.1.2. Climate, Meteorology ................................................................................................ 63 2.1.3. Hydrology and Oceanology, water resources ............................................................ 64 2.1.4. Existing Environmental Quality ................................................................................ 65

2.1.4.1. Air quality, noise and vibration ................................................................................................... 68

2.1.4.2. Surface Water Quality ................................................................................................................. 69

2.1.4.3. Groundwater Quality ................................................................................................................... 69

2.1.4.4. Wastewater Quality ..................................................................................................................... 70

2.1.4.5. Soil Quality ................................................................................................................................. 71

2.1.5. Biological resources in subproject area ..................................................................... 72




Final Report iv

2.2. Socio-economic conditions ..................................................................................... 73 2.2.1. Land area, Land Use .................................................................................................. 73 2.2.2. Administrative units and population ......................................................................... 73 2.2.3. Poverty ...................................................................................................................... 74 2.2.4. Economic characteristics ........................................................................................... 74 2.2.5. Results of affted households survey in subproject area............................................. 75 2.2.6. Culture ....................................................................................................................... 79 Medical and Healthcare ...................................................................................................... 81 2.2.7. 81 2.2.8. Education ................................................................................................................... 81

2.3. Infrastructure and related services ....................................................................... 85 2.3.1. Elevation of the subproject area ................................................................................ 85 2.3.2. Traffic ........................................................................................................................ 85 2.3.3. Power supply, water supply....................................................................................... 87 2.3.4. Drainage, wastewater collection and treatment ......................................................... 87 2.3.5. Solid Waste Management .......................................................................................... 89

2.4. Characteristics and existing status of the constructed buildings ....................... 90

CHAPTER 3. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ............. 94

3.1. Positive impacts ...................................................................................................... 94

3.2. Negative Impacts and Risks ................................................................................... 94 3.2.1. Potential negative impacts and risks during clearance .............................................. 98 3.2.2. Potential adverse impacts during construction ........................................................ 102

3.2.2.1. Generic impacts ......................................................................................................................... 102

3.2.2.2. Site-specific impacts .................................................................................................................. 133

3.2.3. Potential adverse impacts during operation phase................................................... 136 3.2.3.1. Generic Operation Impacts ........................................................................................................ 136

3.2.3.2. Site-specific Impacts in operation phase ................................................................................... 140

3.2.4. Induced Impacts and Cumulative Impacts .............................................................. 145

CHAPTER 4. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ........................................................... 148

4.1. “With” and "Without project" scenario ............................................................ 148

4.2. Alternative Analysis ............................................................................................. 149 4.2.1. Alternative analysis between traditional design and application of sustainable design

for the subproject buildings ................................................................................... 149

CHAPTER 5. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ............. 153

5.1. Mitigation measures ............................................................................................. 153 5.1.1. Environmental considerations during Pre-FS and FS ............................................. 153 5.1.2. Mitigation measures to be incorporated into detail design ...................................... 156 5.1.3. Measures to address the impacts of land acquisition and resettlement ................... 158 5.1.4. Measures to be Implemented During Construction Phase ...................................... 163

5.1.4.1. Generic impact mitigation measures ......................................................................................... 163

5.1.4.2. Site- Specific Mitigation Measures ........................................................................................... 184

5.1.4.3. Measures to minimize social and gender impacts ..................................................................... 194

5.1.5. Mitigation measures for Operational Phase ............................................................ 195 5.1.5.1. Generic impact mitigation measures ......................................................................................... 195

5.1.5.2. Site-specific impact mitigation measures .................................................................................. 198

5.2. Environmental Monitoring and Supervision ..................................................... 206 5.2.1. Environmental Quality Monitoring ......................................................................... 206




Final Report v

5.2.1.1. Monitoring Location, Parameters and Frequency on Construction Phase ................................. 206

5.2.1.2. Monitoring Location, Parameters and Frequency on Operation Phase ..................................... 207

5.2.2. Compliance Monitoring and Supervision ................................................................ 207 5.2.2.1. Environmental Duties of the Contractor .................................................................................... 207

5.2.2.2. Contractor‟s Safety, Social and Environmental Officer (SEO) ................................................. 208

5.2.2.3. Environmental Supervision during Construction (CSC) ........................................................... 209

5.2.2.4. Independent Environmental Monitoring Consultant (IEMC) .................................................... 209

5.2.2.5. Compliance with Legal and Contractual Requirements ............................................................ 209

5.2.2.6. Environmental Claims and Penalty System ............................................................................... 210

5.3. Institutional Arrangements and Responsibilities .............................................. 210 5.3.1. Institutional Arrangements ...................................................................................... 210 5.3.2. Role and Responsibilities ........................................................................................ 212

5.4. Subproject Owner Safeguard Capacity ............................................................. 214

5.5. Capacity building, training .................................................................................. 218

5.6. Reporting ............................................................................................................... 219

5.7. Estimated Costs .................................................................................................... 220 5.7.1. Estimated Costs for Environmental Monitoring Program ....................................... 220 5.7.2. Estimated cost for IEMC ......................................................................................... 220 5.7.3. Estimated Costs for Training Program .................................................................... 221 5.7.4. Total Estimated Costs for ESMP Implementation .................................................. 221

5.8. Grievance redress mechanism (GRM) ............................................................... 222

CHAPTER 6. PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE .. 226

6.1. Objectives and principles of public consultation ............................................... 226 6.1.1. The objectives of public consultation ...................................................................... 226 6.1.2. Basic principle for public consultation .................................................................... 226 6.1.3. Public consultation at residential area ..................................................................... 226 6.1.4. Consultation with Commune/township People‟s Committee/Fatherland Front

Committee .............................................................................................................. 227

6.2. Public consultation results ................................................................................... 227 6.2.1. Results of consultation with the communities ......................................................... 228 6.2.2. Results of consultation with the students and lectures of existing univesities ........ 233

6.3. Information disclosure ......................................................................................... 235

CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................. 237

ANNEXES 238

ANNEX 1. DUE DILIGENT REVIEWS ............................................................................ 238

ANNEX 2. SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTATION MINUTES ......... 240

ANNEX 3. AGREEMENT ON DRAINAGE CONNECTION ........................................ 251

ANNEX 4. LABORATORY SAFETY MANUAL- PRINCIPLES AT WORK IN THE

LABORATORY ................................................................................................................... 253

APPENDIX 5: ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT

SYSTEMIN LABORATORY .............................................................................................. 259

APPENDIX 6. SUSTAINABLE DESIGN GUIDE ............................................................ 266




Final Report vi

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1. Detailed Description of Work Items for UD subproject ......................................... 33

Table 1.2. Investment volume of work items ........................................................................... 42

Table 1.3. Number of workers .................................................................................................. 48

Table 1.4. List of main machinery and equipment ................................................................... 49

Table 1.5. Volume of demolition, dredged material and excavation activities ........................ 50

Table 1.6. Volume of materials on the construction phase ...................................................... 50

Table 1.7. Some expected mines to be used for the UD subproject ......................................... 51

Table 1.8. List of main machinery and equipment in the Technopole ..................................... 53

Table 1.9. List of materials on the operation phase .................................................................. 55

Table 1.10 Project implementation schedule ............................................................................ 58

Table 1.11 Investment items for components ........................................................................... 59

Table 2.1. Quantity Samples and Monitoring Parameters ........................................................ 66

Table 2.2. Air Quality, Noise and Vibration ............................................................................ 68

Table 2.3. Surface Water Quality ............................................................................................. 69

Table 2.4. Groundwater Quality ............................................................................................... 70

Table 2.5. Wastewater characteristics ...................................................................................... 70

Table 2.6. Soil Quality .............................................................................................................. 71

Table 2.7. Area and population density of Ngu Hanh Son district in 2018.............................. 74

Table 2.8. Summary of number of poor households in Ngu Hanh Son through years............. 74

Table 2.9. Income structure of AHs ......................................................................................... 76

Table 2.10. Number of students/lecturers in 2019 and forecast until 2035 .............................. 84

Table 3.1. Level of Negative Impacts of UD Subproject ......................................................... 96

Table 3.2. Scope of affected land by UD subproject ................................................................ 98

Table 3.3. Classification of affected households ...................................................................... 99

Table 3.4. Affected houses/structures..................................................................................... 100

Table 3.5. Impact on trees and crops ...................................................................................... 101

Table 3.6. Sources and scale of impacts in the construction phase ........................................ 102

Table 3.7. Forecasts on Dust from Demolition ...................................................................... 107

Table 3.8. Estimation of dust emission from the excavation and filling ................................ 107

Table 3.9. Estimated dust load from material loading and unloading .................................... 108

Table 3.10. Dust emission concentration due to loading and unloading ................................ 108

Table 3.11. Dust load generated from transportation of demolition debris ............................ 109

Table 3.12. Dust Emission Concentration from Transportation of Demolition Wastes......... 110

Table 3.13. Dust load generated from the transportation of excavated and backfilled soil ... 110

Table 3.14. Concentration of dust generated from transportation of excavated and backfilled

soil .......................................................................................................................................... 110

Table 3.15. Dust load generated from the transportation of construction materials .............. 111

Table 3.16. Dust emission from transportation of materials .................................................. 111

Table 3.17. Dust sensitive seceptors on main routes .............................................................. 112

Table 3.18. Emission Coefficient of All Air Pollutant Substance from Trucks .................... 114




Final Report vii

Table 3.19. Exhaust emission from vehicles .......................................................................... 114

Table 3.20. DO Fuel Demand for Construction Machines and Equipments .......................... 115

Table 3.21. Emission Coefficient and Emission Load due to DO Combustion Engines ....... 115

Table 3.22. Sensitive receptors affected by dust during construction phase .......................... 117

Table 3.23. Noise level by the distance of machine of work items ........................................ 118

Table 3.24. Sensitive receptors by noise ................................................................................ 119

Table 3.25. Vibration Level of Typical Equipment Within 10m Distance ............................ 120

Table 3.26. Vibration by Distance During Construction of buildings ................................... 121

Table 3.27. Flow of rainwater runoff during construction ..................................................... 122

Table 3.28 Amount of wastewater generated in the construction camps ............................... 124

Table 3.29. Load of pollutants in domestic wastewater on construction phase ..................... 124

Table 3.30. Domestic wastewater quality ............................................................................... 124

Table 3.31. Volume of construction solid waste during construction phase .......................... 125

Table 3.32. Volume of Domestic Solid Waste Generated from Construction ....................... 126

Table 3.33. Physical Cultural Resources impacted in Construction phase ............................ 134

Table 3.34. University‟s staffs and students impacted during the constrution phase ............. 135

Table 3.35. Load of pollutants in exhaust gas from the backup generator ............................. 137

Table 3.36. Noise level of major devices in the UD (dBA) ................................................... 138

Table 3.37. Classification of hazardous waste types .............................................................. 141

Table 4.1. Comparing cases of “with” and “without” subproject .......................................... 148

Table 4.2. Analysis of design alternatives .............................................................................. 149

Table 5.1. Cost estimation for resettlement implementation plan of Da Nang subproject .... 159

Table 5.2. Mitigation measures during pre-construction phase.............................................. 161

Table 5.3. Environmental Codes of Practices for Addressing General Construction Impacts

(ECOPs) .................................................................................................................................. 164

Table 5.4. Site-specific mitigation measures in the construction phase ................................. 184

Table 5.5. Impact mitigation measures on PCRs at the construction site .............................. 191

Table 5.6. Proposed measures to minimize social and gender impacts .................................. 194

Table 5.7. Envionmental Monitoring Program Construction phase ....................................... 206

Table 5.8. Envionmental monitoring program operation phase ............................................. 207

Table 5.9. Annotation on Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................. 212

Table 5.10. Advanced Training Program on Environmental Monitoring Management Capacity

................................................................................................................................................ 218

Table 5.11. Regular Reporting Requirements ........................................................................ 219

Table 5.12. Estimated Cost for Samples and Analysis ........................................................... 220

Table 5.13. Estimated Costs of IEMC .................................................................................... 221

Table 5.14. Estimated Costs for Training and Capacity Building .......................................... 221

Table 5.15. Estimated Costs of ESMP Implementation ......................................................... 222

Table 5.16. Grievance Redress Mechanism ........................................................................... 223

Table 6.1. Results of the first consultation with the communities ......................................... 228

Table 6.2. Results of the second public consultation with the communities .......................... 231




Final Report viii

Table 6.3. The results of consultation with students and lectuters in the existing

university/colleges .................................................................................................................. 233

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1.1: Location of UD subproject in the planning ............................................................ 31

Figure 1.2: Diagram of subproject implementation arrangement............................................. 61

Figure 2.1: Location of UD subproject in UD village .............................................................. 63

Figure 2.2: River systems in Da Nang city and subproject area............................................... 65

Figure 2.3: Environmental quality sampling location .............................................................. 67

Figure 2.4: Chart of occupation of the employees.................................................................... 75

Figure 2.5: Chart of housing type of affected households ........................................................ 77

Figure 2.6: Chart of healthy condition of affected people ........................................................ 78

Figure 2.7: Location of sensitive receptors .............................................................................. 80

Figure 2.8: Concentrated wastewater treatment plants in Da Nang city .................................. 89

Figure 2.9: Locations of Faculties/Colleges within and beyond the subproject area ............... 91

Figure 3.1: Locations of the main transportation routes for material and wastes ................. 112

Figure 3.2: Intersections may be affected by construction activities ..................................... 129

Figure 5.1: Typical genset installation showing noise control measures ............................... 196

Figure 5.2: Treatment system diagram by septic tank ............................................................ 197

Figure 5.3: Chemical fume hood, ceiling-mounted fume hood and chemical fume extractor199

Figure 5.4: Chemical wastewater treatment technology diagram for labs ............................. 200

Figure 5.5: Organization diagram for ESMP Implementation ............................................... 211




Final Report ix

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. Project Background and Proposals.

Vietnam National Universities of Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City (VNU-HCM) and VNU-HN)

and the University of Da Nang (UD) – the leading universities in Viet Nam are identified a

need of further development in terms of technical infrastructures, quality of teaching and

research and accreditation toward the regional and international standards. Under the proposal

of Viet Nam National University Development Project, the Government has requested the

World Bank (WB) to support finance for construction of the technical infrastructures and

improvement of the academic activities for them with an aim of improving the relevance and

quality of the graduates and research products and their governance and financing

mechanisms.

VNUDP would support the Government‟s goal to meet the demand for (a) an increased

quantity and quality of skilled graduates (to serve the national socio-economic development

needs); (b) enhanced quality and relevance of research (to serve national priority sectors and

transfer knowledge and technology for the innovation-led economy); and (c) more connected

community engagement (to serve the regional socio-economic needs).

UD is the key training and scientific research center in the Executive building and Western

highland of Vietnam. It has 6 member-universities, 12 affiliated units, 3 research institutes, 35

research and transfer centers, and 26 research teams. Its training programs are focused on

economics, education, technology and state management. UD has had about 100 articles

published in ISI/SCOPUS journals yearly in the past few years. In regard to

internationalization, UD has implemented 6 joint programs and signed memoranda of

understanding with 142 international universities in Japan, Korea, UK, the US, Iceland,

Finland, etc., which allow credit transfer, staff exchange and collaborative research.

Objectives of UD Subproject are as follows:

- Overall objectives: Develop UD to be a training, scientific research and

technological development center that meet international standards so as to provide

qualified human resources for every stage of national socio-economic development

and matching scientific and technological development of the world

- Specific objectives: (i) Accomplish technical infrastructure for enhancement of

teaching, research and technology transfer of UD, and establish a flatform for an

international-standard university in the Central Region-Highlands of Vietnam; (ii)

improve the working environment for staff, lecturers and researchers as well as

enhance student‟s accommodation, study and research activities towards a smart,

green, energy-saving and eco-friendly university; (iii) Enhance the quality of training,

scientific research and technology transfer in order to satisfy international standards

and requirements of the Industrial Revolution 4.0; (iv) Help to gain the goals of gender

equality, supporting ethnic students and those in disadvantaged areas to access to

advanced and international accommodation, learning and research environments.

With such objectives, the UD Subproject aims to 3 following components:

Component 1: Quality of Teaching and Learning

(A1) University of Technology and Education, 5.3ha: New construction of 4

buildings include 01 building for working with 05 storeys, floor area of 8,500 m2; 02

buildings for study with 05 storeys, floor area of 30,000 m2; 01 building for testing

and practicing with 03 storeys, floor area of 6,642 m2; auxiliary works (yard, internal

road, landscape, trees, parking house, parking lot, substations and others)




Final Report x

(A2) University of Foreign Languages Studies, 5.0ha: New construction of 2

buildings include 01 building for working with 05 storeys, floor area of 10,500 m2; 01

building for study with 05 storeys, floor area of 7,500 m2; auxiliary works (yard,

internal road, landscape, trees, parking house, parking lot, substations and others)

(A3) International University, 6.1ha: New construction of 2 buildings include 01

building for office works with 05 storeys, floor area of 4,350 m2; 01 building for

studying and experimenting with 05 storeys, floor area of 9,750 m2; auxiliary works

(yard, internal road, landscape, trees, parking house, parking lot, substations and

others)

(A4) Multi-purpose sport complex, 5.1ha: New construction of 5 buildings include

03 dormitory buildings with 05 storeys, floor area of 11,340 m2; 01 building for study

with 05 storeys, floor area of 9,750 m2; 01 canteen building with 1 storey, floor area of

3,413 m2; auxiliary works (yard, internal road, landscape, trees, parking house,

parking lot, substations and others)

(A5) Center of the University of Da Nang, 9.5ha: Construction of 01 central

administration building with 9 storeys, total floor area: 19,170m2; Construction of

auxiliary works (Auxiliary structures: yard, internal road, landscape, green trees,

parking house, parking lot, substations and others)

Component 2: Research Excellence and Knowledge Transfer

(i) New construction of advanced technical infrastructure (B1), including: internal

roads, power, water supply and wastewater treatment systems, trees, Information

technology infrastructure, etc. within 40ha area of UD‟s planned area in Da Nang city

(ii) Construction of Technopole Center and Innovation Quarter, 6.8ha (B2) technical

infrastructure and laboratories, including: New construction of 5 buildings include 01

building for office works with 05 storeys, floor area of 8,500 m2; 04 high-tech

laboratory buildings with 03 storeys, floor area of 15,600 m2; New construction of

Wastewater treatment plant with a capacity of 500 m3/day.

Component 3: Governance and Project Management

The activities in this component will include (i) establishing a modern governance model

(human resources, organization, and financing); (ii) using information and technology for

more effective administration and management; (iii) project management including

environmental and social management.

An Environmental and Social Impact Assessment and an Environmental and Social

Management Plan (ESIA/ESMP, this document) has been prepared to meet the requirements

of the World Bank‟s Safeguard Policies. Public consultations were carried out during the

preparation of the draft ESIA. The Project will also comply with applicable Vietnamese

environmental legislations. The draft ESIA/ESMP has been disclosed locally in Project area

in Feb 2020 and on the Bank website at the end of Feb 2020. The main contents of the

ESIA/ESMP includes:

Chapter 1: Project Description

Chapter 2: Socio-economic and Environmental Baseline Conditions

Chapter 3: Environmental and social Impacts Assessment

Chapter 4: Analysis of Alternatives

Chapter 5: Environmental and Social Management Plan

Chapter 6: Public Consultations and Information Disclosure

Conclusions and Recommendations




Final Report xi

This ESIA is prepared for construction works under the Component 1 and 2 (including 7 new

construction works A1, A2, A3, A4, A5 and B1, B2 and technical infrastructure within an

area of 40ha mentioned above), excluding non-structural works under Component 1 & 2;

Component 3.

2. Baseline Conditions

Da Nang Subproject site is located within about 40 ha of the the Da Nang University Village

in Hoa Quy, Dien Ngoc of Da Nang and Quang Nam provinces. The topography in the

subproject area is in the Central Coastal Region which has a flat dry-sandy terrain under the

coastal plain of Da Nang city, with an average elevation of +4.2m. The project area has a

stable soil foundation with good load strength, suitable for construction of high buildings. The

subproject area is situated in a tropical climate region which is divided into 2 distinct seasons

as the rainy and dry seasons with high humidity. Sometimes, the proposed subproject is also

affected by tide and storms. The existing ambient environmental quality such as air, water,

and soil quality is still good and meets national technical regulations and IFC standards. There

are no any natural habitats within or adjacent to the subproject area. Ecological features in the

subproject area is typically of urban ecosystem. The flora and fauna species in the subproject

area are not of rare, endangered or threatened species that were listed in the IUCN Redbook-

2016, Vietnam Redbook-2007, and Decree 160/2013/ND-CP on the criteria for determining

species and management for species under the list of rare, endangered or threatened species

prioritized for protection.

The population density in Hoa Quy ward was 1,138 persons/km2. No ethnic minority people

have been living in the subproject area. The poverty rate in Hoa Quy ward was 46% (335

households) in total of Ngu Hanh Son district. The labor force was distributed unevenly in the

various jobs. The prevalent jobs were farmers, small-businesses, non-skill workers, officials.

Overall, the subproject area is located in a favorable position for transportation. Distances

from the subproject area to main roads, such as the 1A, 14B highway, provincial road 604 are

about 1 km to 2 km.

The local systems for collecting solid domestic wastes at the ward level have been well

operated. 92% of households within the subproject area have registered to be collected solid

wastes daily. The drainage systems outside the subproject area are well developed to connect

with four domestic wastewater treatment plants in Da Nang city. The subproject area is using

water provided by the Ngu Hanh Son water supply branch.

Land in the subproject area is mainly used for urban, non-agricultural purpose and cultivation

of annual crops. There are four sensitive receptors will be affected by the subproject

investment including Hai An Pagoda, Khai Tay Santurary, Temple of Le Trung families, and

Temple of Pham families. The distance of these receptors from the subproject area is about

100 m to 200m. There are 1,500 graves to be displaced. All graves will be relocated to Hoa

Ninh cemetery, Hoa Vang district, about 20km from the project area toward the Northwest.

3. Potential Social and Environmental Impacts and Risks

The Project has been classified as Environmental Category B by the World Bank. The social

and environmental potential impacts and risks have been identified and assessed in Chapter 3

of the ESIA. Overall, the subproject would bring about significantly positive social and

environmental impacts during operation phase.

The social benefits that could be brought by the subproject during the construction and

operation include (i) increase opportunities of employment and income for local people

through an increase in the demand of labor market and the associated services; (ii)

improvement of health and safety of students and staff, gender issues and social equality due

to the contribution of the sustainable designing of educational facilities and the good practices




Final Report xii

of operation and maintenance; (iii) notably, the socioeconomic development because of the

availability of qualified labor forces trained by the university, which contributes to the

national integration into the regional and international arena.

Apart from social positive impacts, once the UD subproject comes into operation, it will bring

about positive impacts on environment: (i) form a university urban geology area with green

space and creative area, etc. creating positive academic climate for students and lecturers of

the University; (ii) Increase the coverage of green trees within the University campus; (iii)

invest high-end infrastructure with water, wastewater, solid waste collection system in

accordance with the standards; (iv) have environmental friendly structures with the purpose of

using green energy and energy saving, adaptation to climate change.

Beside the significant positive impacts, the ESIA assessed that there would be also some

negative impacts and risks during the pre-construction, construction and operations of the

infrastructure provided under the subproject.

Pre-construction Impacts and Risks

The University Village of Da Nang, including universities, research centers/institutes and

experimental lab area will be locate in an area of 300ha, in which 110ha belong to Da Nang

city and 190ha is of Quang Nam province. Of 110ha in Da Nang, 40 ha was cleared for

constructing the Viet-Han University of Information Technology and some functional

buildings since 2004 and 2009. The remaining 70ha area needs to be cleared in which 40ha is

required for the Bank financed project. To clear 70ha, 468 households (HHs) would be

affected and have to relocate. A resettlement site of 20ha also needs to be cleared and

infrastructure constructed to relocate the 468HHs. There are also 1,500 graves will have to

relocate.

For the subproject, the 70ha for construction of UD subproject was not conducted with UXO

clearance. Therefore, UXO detection and clearance will carried out before commencement of

any construction work with more details provided in the ESMP.

Construction Impacts and Risks

Da Nang University subproject will also have some potentially negative environmental and

social impacts, mainly during construction of works including: increased level of dust, noise

and vibrations level due to earth works; generation waste and waste water; labor and

community safety; traffic disruption and congestion damage to existing infrastructure and

public services and social issues relating to labor influx especially gender-based violence,

sexual harassment and abuse, and child labor. The negative impacts have been considered

temporary, localized and manageable.

Air quality impacts: Air quality at both construction areas and along transportation routes

would remain within applicable standards QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT. The workers at the site

and the households along the transportation routes, students and staffs in current buildings and

dormitories would be the main receptors affected by dusts and exhaust emission; noise

pollution; vibration. The potential impacts on air quality will be managed by known measures

such as the use construction plants of which emission levels meet applicable standards,

watering the sites, covering under constructed buildings, trucks and materials dumps, provide

PPEs including face masks for the workers to use etc. Such measures together with the others

for addressing common construction impacts are presented in the ESIA in the form of

Environmental Codes of Practices (ECOP) and Workers Codes of Conducts.

Waste and wastewater generation: The Da Nang subproject will generate approximately

200,000 m3 of biomass, dismantling materials, top soil from site clearance, demolition and

earthworks. As the heavy metal contents in top soils are within allowable limits of QCVN 03-

MT:2015/BTNMT, the excavated materials (75,000 m3) will be reused at the existing nursery




Final Report xiii

ground or for ground levelling. In addition, 125,000 m3 of construction wastes such as

dismantling materials, packaging materials, scrap iron and steels etc. and will also be

generated. Some of these materials can be recycled through available private businesses.

Noticeably, when up to 1,200 workers to be mobilized at the site at peak duration, of which

30% (300 workers) will live at the camps, it was estimated that 150 kg of solid domestic

wastes and approximately 13.5 m3 of wastewater will be generated each day from workers‟

camps. It is also estimated that about 10-20kg welding pieces are redundant for each

completed work item. If not properly managed, such volume of wastes and wastewater would

generate bad odor, cause nuisance and environmental pollution, and affect public health. The

ESIA proposed to provide mobile septic tanks for collecting and treating this domestic

wastewater.

Ecological impacts and landscape change: Site clearance would remove vegetation cover in

152,800 m2 rice field, 15,000 m

2 vegetable crop land, 27,500 fruit trees and other wood trees.

These vegetation and trees will be permanently cut down and may affect the ecosystem in the

subproject area. With such removal, landscape will be changed from green land into barren

soil during the construction phase. However, after subproject completion, trees and grass will

also be planted to create a green landscape for the university campus.

Occupational Health and Safety risks to the Workers

Workers were also identified as one of the key concerns during construction phase of Da

Nang subproject, particularly in relation to the construction of multiple-storey buildings and

working in summer season with hot weather. Potential risk during construction phase may be

accident, electric shock, fire, explosion and leakage of fuel. The risk of accidents often

involves deep excavation areas, stockpiles of materials and waste, machinery and truck

operations, bulky materials such as scaffolding, temporary open ditch areas, etc. Explosion

hazards include transportation and storage of fuel, power lines or electricity consumption.

Workers' health will be affected by noise, dust and emissions from materials, waste and

machinery.

Labor influx and social impacts

The mobilization of about 1,200 workers, 300 of those may come from other localities to live

and work in the project area during the construction period of 2 to 3 years may lead to social

disturbance or even conflict to arise due to increased competition for public service provision,

increased burden on local health services, gender-based violence, inflation of prices, increased

in traffic and safety risks. Social conflicts may also happen due to worker's language and/or

behavior not suitable to local customs particularly if they involve in drinking, gambling,

sexual harassment or prostitution. Construction impacts, waste and wastewater generation

from camps causing nuisance, disturbance or even disruption of daily activities of local

communities may also lead to social conflicts. Additionally, women and girls are

disproportionately affected by gender - based violence (GBV) across the globe. This includes

acts that inflict physical, sexual or mental harm or suffering, threats of such acts, coercion,

and other deprivations of liberty. These acts can occur in public or in private. Besides, child

labor force may be abused in case contractors recruit workers with ages lower than 15 or

between 15 and 18 without agreement of their families/patronizers according to Law on

Labor, 2012. By analyzing the background of the workers and local authorities communities

and past experience from similar projects in the area, the ESIA concluded that will be

predictable, mitigable and manageble. The measures proposed for mitigating social conflicts

presented in the Workers Codes of Conducts, in which the importance of appropriate

behavior, alcohol abuse, and compliance with relevant laws and regulations will be outlined

for application. Each employee shall be informed of the Code of Conduct and bound by it

while in the employment of the Client or Contractors. The Code of Conduct shall be available




Final Report xiv

to local communities at the subproject information centers or other places easily accessible to

the communities. To mitigate social impacts, the Contractor is responsible for registering

workers with the local authorities for temporary residence and providing appropriate training

to all staffs/workers according to their level of responsibility for environmental, health and

safety matters.

Operation Impacts and Risks

The potential impacts during operation include the management of waste and wastewater

generated from laboratories and domestic activities. These potential impacts are expected to

be at low to moderate levels, site-specific and could be mitigated to the acceptable levels by

appropriate design, and good construction and management practice.

Negative environmental and social impacts mainly include generation of solid waste and

wastewater especially wastes from laboratories which is considered hazardous waste, OHS

incidents. The negative impacts during operation have been considered moderate in terms of

the magnitude, and manageable. The mitigation measures are accordingly provided in the

ESMP of the ESIA.

Domestic wastewater: Due to concentration of many students, lecturers, researchers and

administrative staff with a total of 16,700 people, domestic wastewater generation is

estimated about 20 liters/person/day, and thus total volume of wastewater is 334 m³/day. The

domestic wastewater will be collected and treated by the city domestic wastewater treatment

plant.

Laboratory wastewater: The composition, properties and concentration of laboratory

wastewate is unstable that changes a lot depending on the frequency, number, type and

purpose of the experiment. Estimated amount of wastewater is about 5,7 m³/day. Wastewater

will be collected separately and treated by physio-chemical and biological methods to meet

national technical regualtions before discharged into the city wastewater drainage system.

Domestic solid waste: Sources of solid waste from the universities include domestic waste,

office garbage (paper, packaging, pens, etc.). Volume of domestic solid waste is estimated

about 8.35 tons/day. The wastes shall be collected and treated by the Da Nang Urban

Environment Company in accordance with Decree 59/2007/ND-CP and Decree 38/2015/ND-

CP on waste management.

Hazardous waste: Hazardous waste include expired battery, neon light, mouse glue, empty

detergent containers and is about 1-15kg/month. The laboratories activities would generate

hazardous waste, such as broken chemical containers, empty chemical containers, expired

chemicals, fats and oils, lubricants from maintenance activities, broken electrical equipment

such as lights, computer, keyboard; failure battery; sprayers. Hazardous waste will be treated

in accordance with Circular 36/2015/TT-BTNMT on hazardous waste management. The

subproject will also apply good internaltioanl practices on storage and transportation of

hazardous waste.

Traffic Safety: Operation of about over 16,700 motorbikes and cars of students and lecturers

at rush hours (i.e. 6-8 hours a.m. and 4 - 6 hours p.m.) will put a heavy pressure on local

traffic, especially in the areas around the university. Thus, traffic accident and congestion

would likely happen and causes direct, indirect impacts on socio-economic development

activities at the locality. The university and local government need to take into account the

good traffic management practices to mitigate negative impacts from the increased traffic

volume.

Fire, explosions and short circuit risks: The university is fully equipped with the facilities

so the need for electricity for lighting, air conditioners, computers, laboratory equipment, etc.

is quite large and thus there is a potential risk of failure of electrical safety. In addition, repair




Final Report xv

and maintenance activities with electric and oxyacetylene welding would also potentially

cause fire and explosion risks. The university has plenty of combustible materials such as

furniture, books, materials, chemicals and large number of motorcycles using gasoline at the

garage and parking lots and a standby generators using diesel oil, so there is a potential risk of

fire. To mitigate risks, the electrical system is designed and installed of with full electrical

safety devices such as fire-resistant materials, automatic circuit breaker overload protection &

short-circuit, leakage protection. Design and arrange the items in compliance with fire

regulations. The subproject profile of the fire-fighting must be approved by the authorized

agency. A Life and Fire Safety Master Plan identifying major fire risks, applicable codes,

standards and regulations, and mitigation measures should be prepared by a suitably qualified

professional before operation of buildings.

Laboratory risks: Laboratory activities may cause risk to the health of students and

laboratory personnel due to potential exposure to chemicals especially toxic chemicals such as

acids, bases, salt of heavy metals and cianide, organic solvents, bacteria etc. The risk of toxic

effects is related to both the extent of exposure and the inherent toxicity of a chemical.

Exposure to even large doses of chemicals with little inherent toxicity, such as phosphate

buffer, presents low risk. In contrast, even small quantities of chemicals with high inherent

toxicity or corrosivity may cause significant adverse effects. The duration and frequency of

exposure are also critical factors in determining whether a chemical will produce harmful

effects. A single exposure to some chemicals is sufficient to produce an adverse health effect;

for other chemicals repeated exposure is required to produce toxic effects. For most

substances, the route of exposure (through the skin, the eyes, the gastrointestinal tract, or the

respiratory tract) is also an important consideration in risk assessment. For chemicals that are

systemic toxicants, the internal dose to the target organ is a critical factor. Exposure to acute

toxicants can be guided by well defined toxicity parameters based on animal studies and often

human exposure from accidental poisoning. Training on OHS, using PPE and the good

ventilation of laboratories will be applied to minimize the risks.

4. Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP)

To address the identified and assessed potential impacts and risks identified in Chapter 3,

mitigation measures have been proposed and presented under Chaterp 5.

At Feasibility Study and Engineering stages, engineering and greening solutions were

proposed for incorporation into the technical design to address some impacts during operation

phase, for examples: ...etc.

For pre-construction impacts and risks, UXO clearance shall be implemented in

accordance with Circular 146/2007/TT-BQP dated 11 June 2007 on management and

implementation of UXO clearance, and QCVN 01:2012/BQP issued by Ministry of Defense

on UXO clearance. The subproject owners shall contract with a competent military agency to

clear all UXO to the depth of five meters from the ground surface of the construction sites.

The detailed plan for removal of UXO shall be disclosed to local people, the university staff

and students in the affected area in a timely manner before UXO clearance starts.

A Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) has been prepared to address land acquisition impacts of

the subproject. An estimated budget at approximately 1,221.7 billion VND (about 51.989

million USD) for land acquisition and compensation, and for livelihood compensation

program (detail see RAP).

All affected people having assets in or residing within the project area before the cut-off date

are compensated for the damage. Those who lose income and/or livelihood will be assisted to

restore their livelihoods based on the eligibility criteria defined by the project in consultation

with the project affected persons. If by the end of the project, livelihoods have been shown

not being restored as before the project level, additional measures will be provided. All




Final Report xvi

households are acquiesced agricultural land will be compensated in cash at 100% replacement

cost. Houses/structures of affected households regardless of legal status will be compensated

by 100% of replacement cost if built before the cut-off date. For houses and structures that are

partially dismantled and the remaining unqualified places will be compensated for the whole

house at the replacement cost, for the structure/house is partially dismantled but the remaining

is eligible to stay, apart from the compensation value for the dismantled area, the affected

persons will be supported an additional 30% of the value of the dismantled part to restore the

previous status or improve it better. The replacement cost is calculated for rebuilding new

house/structure excluding the depreciation and a deduction for reused materials. There is a

resettlement area (12ha) will be constructed before site clearance starting.

The relocation of affected 1,500 graves will be done on the basis of full consultation with the

affected households to meet their customs and habits regarding to relocation of graves.

Compensation payment for affected graves includes full costs associated with a) land for re-

burial, b) excavation, c) relocation, d) reburial, e) construction of new tombs, and f) other

reasonable related costs which are necessary to meet local customs and habits.

For construction impacts and risks

The mitigation measures for common construction impacts have been proposed under the

form of Environmental Codes of Practices (ECOP, Table xxx in the main report) for

incorporation into construction bidding documents. For example, the contractors are required

to inform local communities at least two weeks before construction commencement. They

must ensure that the trucks must be covered during transportation of construction materials, or

drainage and sedimentation traps must be installed to prevent sedimentation in surfacewater

sources, ground area to be disturbed must be kept minimal, site protection measures must be

applied to manage safety risks for both the workers and local communities, adequate

protective cloths and camp facilities must be provided for the workers to use to protect

occupational health etc. In addition, site-specific mitigation measures such as installation of

sheet piles at deep excavation to prevent land slide risks were also proposed, such measures

were presented in the form ready for inclusion into bidding documents. The site-specific

mitigation measures at sensitive-receptors are presented below:

The Workers Code of Conducts were also developed as part of ECOP to address the concerns

that may be arisen from labour influx (although quite small). In addition, the ESMP also

proposed that training on HIV/AIDs awareness for the workers and construction supervision

teams will also be provided during the implementation of this subproject. The estimated cost

for this training is 335,000,000 VND (equal to 14,255 USD).

For operation impacts and risks




Final Report xvii

Air quality management in labs: All labs of the university will be equipped by modern

equipments: modern suction fan and ventilation system; hazardous gas suction cabinet;

solvent steam with treatment system (absorbed by active charcoal) before discharging to the

environment, minimizing the emissions from labs.

Lab wastewater. It is expected to build a experimental wastewater treatment plant with

capacity from 30 to 50 m3/day at the behind of the Technopole building. The wastewater

collection and treatment system from laboratories must be built/installed separately and attent

to classification and reduction solutions. Wastewater qualified with QCVN40:2011/BTNMT

column B before discharging into the drainage culverts of the University of Da Nang on Nam

Ky Khoi Nghia road, then connecting to with the city drainage system and treated by Hoa

Xuan WWTP (60,000 m3/day.night) which was funded by SCDP. This work item will be

updated in detail during the FS period.

Hazadous waste management. The Technopole Operator will register the source of hazardous

waste with DONRE as required by MONRE Circular No. 36/2015/TT-BTNMT dated 30 June

2015. Hazardous waste will be contained in the barrels/contained house and labeled in

accordance with current regulations. Packaging materials of the chemical will be returned to

the supplier. All hazardous waste will be transported to and disposed of Khanh Son

Landfill/waste treatment plant for waste and hazardous waste in Hoa Khanh Nam ward, Lien

Chieu district by licensed dealers.

Labs operation Risks. (i) Measures to minimize leakages of chemical fumes, (ii) Risk

prevention from usage of laboratory chemicals and instruments; (iii) Safe operation of

equipment and machines; (iv) Safety rules and laboratory first aid; (v) Rules for students on

doing experiments and (vi) Rules for lecturers are presented in Chapter 5.

The ESMP proposed an institutional arrangement and identified responsibilities for the

implementation of the stakeholders, as below.

PMU will be responsible for monitoring the overall subproject implementation, including

environmental compliance of the subproject. PMU will have the final responsibility for ESMP

implementation and environmental performance of the subproject during the construction and

operational phases. - Specifically the PMU will: (i) closely coordinate with local authorities

in the participation of the community during subproject preparation and implementation; (ii)

Ensure that the detailed design include all environment provisions as indicated in the ESMP;

(iii) monitor and supervise ESMP implementation including incorporation of ESMP into the

detailed technical designs and bidding and contractual documents; (iv) ensure that an

environmental management system is set up and functions properly; (v) be in charge of

reporting on ESMP implementation to the DONRE and the World Bank.

The contractor will assign Enviromental, Social Health and Safety (EHS) staff to carry out

Enviromental and Social mitigation measures proposed in ESIA/ESMP: responsible for

establishing a Contractor ESMP (CESMP) for each construction site area, submit the plan to

PMU and CSC for review and approval before commencement of construction; get all

permissions for construction (traffic control and diversion, excavation, labor safety, etc.

before civil works) following current regulations; implement the mitigatation measures

specifid in the ESMP, CESMP, bidding documents etc.

The CSC will assgin qualified Environmental and Social Staff(s) to supervise the

implementation of ESMP and ensure compliance; responsible for routine environmental

supervision and reporting during construction phase; also assist the PMU in reporting and

maintaining close coordination with the local community; arrange for training on HIV/AIDs

awareness raising for all workers, CSC team and PMU staff. The cost for this training

included in the consulting service contract; carry out the periodical environmental quality




Final Report xviii

monitoring during construction period and first-year-operation, prepare periodical

environmental monitoring and supervision reports for submission to Vietnamese authorities.

IEMC will provide support to PMU to establish and operate an environmental management

system, coordinate with the CSC team to provide trainings to the Contractors on project

environmental management requirements; offers suggestions for adjusting and building

capacity for relevant agencies during subproject implementation and monitor the site-speific

ESMP implementation; prepare monitoring reports after each visits.

Other stakeholders (Provincial DONRE, District Natural Resources and Environment

Division, Environmental police division, Public utility companies, Local community) are

shown in Table 5.12

In addition, the ESMP also have proposed an environmental monitoring and supervision

program as well as reporting requirements, capacity building training plan, compliance

framework and penalty system as detail in Chapter 5. The total estimated costs for ESMP

implementation are summarized below.

Public consultation

Consultation on environmental issues is conducted after completion of the first draft of the

ESIA. For Da Nang subproject, the first consultation on social and environmental issues was

conducted from 4 - 8/11/2019 and the second conssultation was conducted from 23 to 27

December 2019 in Hoa Quy ward and Ngu Hanh Son district; additional consultations in

some areas where there can be specific impacts such as teachers and students from the

existing university/colleges. The consultation results are presented in Chapter 6.

Conclusions and Recommendations

Overall, the subproject would bring about significant positive socio-environmental impacts.

Most of these positive impacts are expected to be achieved during the operation phase of the

subproject. Apart from social positive impacts, once the UD subproject comes into operation,

it will bring about positive impacts on environment: (i) form a university urban geology area

with green space and creative area, etc. creating positive academic climate for students and

lecturers of the University; (ii) Increase the coverage of green trees within the University

campus; (iii) invest high-end infrastructure with water, wastewater, solid waste collection

system in accordance with the standards; (iv) have environmental friendly structures with the

purpose of using green energy and energy saving.

On the other hand, some potential negative environmental and social impacts and risks may

also happen during the construction and operation of the facilities provided under the

subproject. These include increased dust, noise and gas emission, vibrations, generation of

solid wastes and wastewater, surface water quality reduction, traffic disturbance and increased

traffic safety risks, damages to existing infrastructure (power/water supply, drainage etc.) and

disruption of related services increased localized flooding/sedimentation, health and safety

issues for the public and the workers etc. These impacts are predicted to be at moderate level,

and manageable through the environmental and social management plan proposed for this

subproject. Therefore, the subproject should be implemented.




Final Report 1

INTRODUCTION

I. Background

I.1. Project background

The Government has started pushing forward stronger requirements in terms of academic

quality, management integrity, and financial responsibility. The 2012 Law on Higher

Education requires HEIs to be responsible for: (a) quality assurance (QA), specifically in the

evaluation and accreditation of academic programs and entire institutions, and maintenance of

basic QA conditions regarding academic and non-academic staffing, curricula, physical

facilities, and financial resources, (b) information disclosure to the public on QA conditions,

research and training outcomes, and accreditation status, and (c) disclosure of their financial

practices and audit reports. The higher education quality assurance system includes internal

quality assurance, external quality assurance and quality assurance agencies. To date, 75

percent of universities have set up internal quality assurance units. However, the targets for

external evaluation and accreditation have not been met because of capacity issues and lack of

compliance. Five accreditation centers have been established as of today. Only a few

institutions and a small share of programs have completed the institutional and program

accreditation processes. Some leading universities including Vietnam National Universities

Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City and the University of Danang have gone for international and

regional accreditation of programs by the ASEAN QA Network and specialized accreditors

such as AACSB and ABET in business administration and engineering, respectively.

The Government has identified two national universities and one regional university to

receive World Bank investment financing under the proposed Vietnam National University

Development Project (VNUDP): (i) VNU Hanoi, (ii) VNU Ho Chi Minh City, and (iii) the

University of Da Nang (UD).

VNUDP would support the Government‟s goal to meet the demand for (a) an increased

quantity and quality of skilled graduates (to serve the national socio-economic development

needs); (b) enhanced quality and relevance of research (to serve national priority sectors and

transfer knowledge and technology for the innovation-led economy); and (c) more connected

community engagement (to serve the regional socio-economic needs).

The proposed Project consists of 3 components:

Component 1 - Quality of Teaching and Learning

Component 1 aims to prepare high-quality graduates by supporting the three universities (i)

build and/or upgrade infrastructure (buildings, lecture halls, classrooms, labs, and associated

facilities); (ii) provide equipment and build/upgrade foundational digital technology

infrastructure (data centers, networks); (iii) innovate teaching-learning methods (e.g. e-

learning - MOOCs/adaptive learning); and (iv) internationalize selected training programs.

Component 2 - Research Excellence and Knowledge Transfer

Component 2 seeks to achieve research excellence and enhance knowledge transfer by

supporting the three universities (i) construct modern research infrastructure (research

center/institute buildings, labs, etc.); (ii) provide modern equipment & technology (including

High Performance Computing, VinaRen); (iii) establish strong research groups in priority

sectors; (iv) collaborate with national & international institutions, industry and government

agencies on science, technology and innovation.





Final Report 2

I.2. University of Danang Subproject

UD is the key training and scientific research center in the Executive building and Western

highland of Vietnam. It has 6 member-universities, 12 affiliated units, 3 research institutes, 35

research and transfer centers, and 26 research teams. Its training programs are focused on

economics, education, technology and state management. With its strategic role and location,

UD is entrusted by the Government to be one of the three leading higher education centers in

the whole country. In 2016, UD became the first regional university in the country to be

externally accredited. In particular, the University of Science and Technology (one of its

member universities), has been recognized by the Council for Evaluation of Research and

Higher Education and two of its advanced programs accredited by AUN-QA. UD has had

about 100 articles published in ISI/SCOPUS journals yearly in the past few years. In regard to

internationalization, UD has implemented 6 joint programs and signed memoranda of

understanding with 142 international universities in Japan, Korea, UK, the US, Iceland,

Finland, etc., which allow credit transfer, staff exchange and collaborative research.

Being selected as a member of VNUDP, the University of Da Nang is empowered to improve

its technical infrastructure and academic climate, contributing to the UD‟s overall

development goal to become a leading center in training, scientific research and technological

development in Vietnam and worldwide. Objectives of UD Subproject are as follows:

- Overall objectives: Develop UD to be a training, scientific research and

technological development center that meet international standards so as to provide

qualified human resources for every stage of national socio-economic development

and matching scientific and technological development of the world

- Specific objectives: (i) Accomplish technical infrastructure for enhancement of

teaching, research and technology transfer of UD, and establish a flatform for an

international-standard university in the Central Region-Highlands; (ii) improve the

working environment for staff, lecturers and researchers as well as enhance student‟s

accommodation, study and research activities towards a smart, green, energy-saving

and eco-friendly university; (iii) Enhance the quality of training, scientific research

and technology transfer in order to satisfy international standards and requirements of

the Industrial Revolution 4.0; (iv) Help to gain the goals of gender equality, supporting

ethnic students and those in disadvantaged areas to access to advanced and

international accommodation, learning and research environments.

With such objectives, the UD Subproject aims to 3 following components:

Component 1: Quality of Teaching and Learning

Construction of infrastructure for 4 UD‟s member units, including:

(A1) University of Technology and Education: New construction of a building for

working with 05 storeys, floor area of 8,500 m2; 02 buildings for study with 05

storeys, floor area of 30,000 m2; 01 building for testing and practicing with 03 storeys,

floor area of 6,642 m2; auxiliary works (yard, internal road, landscape, trees, parking

house, parking lot, substations and others)

(A2) University of Foreign Languages Studies: New construction of a building for

working with 05 storeys, floor area of 10,500 m2; 01 building for study with 05

storeys, floor area of 7,500 m2; auxiliary works (yard, internal road, landscape, trees,


(A3) International University: New construction of a building for office works with

05 storeys, floor area of 4,350 m2; 01 building for studying and experimenting with 05

storeys, floor area of 9,750 m2; auxiliary works (yard, internal road, landscape, trees,





Final Report 3

(A4) Multi-purpose sport complex: New construction of 03 dormitory buildings with

05 storeys, floor area of 11,340 m2; 01 building for study with 05 storeys, floor area of

9,750 m2; 01 canteen with 1 storey, floor area of 3,413 m

2; auxiliary works (yard,

internal road, landscape, trees, parking house, parking lot, substations and others)

(A5) Center of the University of Da Nang: Construction of 01 central administration

building with 9 storeys, total floor area: 19.170m2; Construction of auxiliary works

(Auxiliary structures: yard, internal road, landscape, green trees, parking house,

parking lot, substations and others)

Component 2: Research Excellence and Knowledge Transfer

(i) New construction of advanced technical infrastructure (B1), including: internal roads,

power, water supply and wastewater treatment systems, trees, Information technology

infrastructure, etc. within 40ha area of UD‟s planned area in Da Nang city

(ii) Construction of Technopole Center and Innovation Quarter (B2) technical infrastructure

and laboratories, including: New construction of 01 building for office works with 05 storeys

and an area of 8,500 m2; New construction of 04 high-tech laboratory buildings with 03

storeys, area of 15,600 m2; New construction of Wastewater treatment plant with a capacity of

500 m3/day.

Laboratories for 04 prioritized fields: (i) Renewable Energy Technology - Biology -

Environment; (ii) Mechatronics Technology - Automation - Automatic control; (iii) Life

Sciences (Gene, Animal and Plant Cell, Microbiology Technologies, Nanotechnology,

Pharmaceutical Technology and Natural Compounds); (iv) Digital Technology (Internet of

Things, Cloud Computing, Artificial Intelligence, Data Science, Information Security) are

planned and newly built with modern and synchronized equipment meeting international

standards.


Subproject Governance

(i) Complete an autonomous university model; development of an advanced university

governance system on the basis of IT application.

(ii) Enhance the management capacity of member institutions and affiliated units

under UD; develop and strengthen database for decision-making.

(iii) Establish a sustainable financial mechanism; draw a roadmap to autonomy along

with accountability of member institutions and affiliated units; develop a mechanism

of coordination and sharing of resources throughout the UD.

Subproject implementation

(i) Establish the Project Management Unit including: Admin and Planning; Finance;

Human Resources, Research Management; Procurement; Construction Management,

Monitoring and Evaluation.

(ii) Set up procedures for effective implementation and management of the subproject

activities in compliance with regulations of the Government and World Bank.

This ESIA is prepared for construction works under the Component 1 and 2 (including 7 new

construction works A1, A2, A3, A4, A5 and B1, B2 and technical infrastructure within an

area of 40ha mentioned above), excluding non-structural works under Component 1 & 2;

Component 3.

I.2. FS and ESIA approval agencies, organizations

Approval agency of the investment subproject is the Ministry of Education and Training




Final Report 4

- Address: No. 35 Dai Co Viet street, Hai Ba Trung district, Hanoi.

- Tel: 024.38695144; Fax: 024.38694085

Approval agency of ESIA is Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment (MONRE)

- Address: No. 10 – Ton That Thuyet street – Hanoi.

- Tel: 0243.8343 911 Fax: 0243.7736892

I.3. Related projects and development plans

The UD Subproject funded by WB will construct works items on an approximately 40ha

planned land of Da Nang University Village - in Da Nang City. This project will follow

related development plans, including:

Scientific and Technological Development Strategy in the period of 2011-2020, approved

by the Decision No. 418/QD-TTg dated 11 April 2012 of the Prime Minister;

Adjustment to Da Nang City Master Plan till 2030 with a vision to 2050;

Planning on Subdivision of the Da Nang University village with an area of 300ha in Hoa

Quy (Ngu Hanh Son, Da Nang City) - Dien Ngoc (Dien Ban, Quang Nam) approved by

the Prime Minister at the Decision No. 1057/1997/QD-TTg dated 09/12/1997 and

adjustments approved by the Minister of Education and Training at the Decision No.

6001/QD- BGD&DT/KHTC dated 19/10/2004.

Resetllement Area in Da Nang University Village Project.

Details about the planning and projects related the UD Subproject (funded by WB) are

presented as below:

Planning on Subdivision of the University of Da Nang Village

On December 9, 1997, the Prime Minister approved the planning on subdivision of the Da

Nang University village at the Decision No. 1057/1997/QD-TTg with the target of 30,000

regular students by 2010 and Land area is 300ha, of which 110ha in Hoa Quy ward, Ngu

Hanh Son district, Da Nang city and 190ha in Dien Ngoc commune, Dien Ban district, Quang

Nam province. The Government aimed to build UD in Hoa Quy - Dien Ngoc into a modern

university urban area in the Southeast Asia, and the investment was over VND 7,000 billion

(at that time).




Final Report 5

Figure 1. Location of the University of Da Nang in Hoa Quy - Dien Ngoc

Since the planning of the Da Nang University village in Hoa Quy - Dien Ngoc, ratio

of 1/2000, was approved in 1997, this project has gone through various stages of investment

and adjustments; specifically:

* Investment project of the University of Da Nang, phase I

On September 8, 1999, the first phase of the University of Da Nang subproject was

approved by the Prime Minister under Decision No. 861/QD-TTg. Its achievements: the

subproject area in the Planning for the University of Da Nang in Hoa Quy - Dien Ngoc was

marked to avoid land encroachment.

* Adjustment to the Planning of the University of Da Nang in 2004

On October 19, 2004, the Minister of Education and Training approved the Decision

No. 6001/QD/BGD&DT/KHTC. Basic adjustments of the general planning to be in

accordance with the 1997 planning, but traffic axes, land use structure were unchanged; the

adjustment mainly change the location of some universities. The adjusted planning in 2004

includes: Executive Center; College of Information Technology; University of Technology

and Education; University of Pedagogy; Research Center; University of Economics;

University of Construction; University of Foreign Languages Studies; University of

Telecommunications; Dormitories; High-standard housing; Urban Service Area; Parks and

sports; reserved land.

* Handing land over to Vietnam-Korea Friendship IT College: Da Nang CPC

granted 13.55ha of land of UD to the Vietnam - Korea Friendship Information Technology




Final Report 6

College in 2 phases (December 2, 2004 and April 2009). The Phase II was implemented from

2004 to 2012.

* Detailed planning of technical infrastructure works: total area of the detailed

planning on the technical infrastructure of the University of Da Nang was approved by the

People‟s Committee of Da Nang City at the Decision No. 4127/QD-UBND dated June 22,

2006. This planning proposed solutions in design and management to the technical

infrastructure system with works items of the University of Da Nang as ground leveling,

stormwater and wastewater drainage, traffics, water supply, electricity, communication cables

and fire alarm. Up to now (2017), the technical infrastructure network in 19.1 ha has been

built under the University of Da Nang subproject phase II and phase III.

* Detailed planning of the University of Pedagogy and the Dormitory under the

University of Da Nang Subproject phase II: The detailed planning of the University of

Pedagogy and the dormitory under the University of Da Nang subproject phase II were

approved by the People‟s Committee of Da Nang City at the Decision No. 9142/QD-UBND

dated December 26, 2006. Planned location and scale: 19 ha; the University of Pedagogy and

the Dormitory located in Hoa Quy ward, Ngu Hanh Son district, Da Nang; at the same time, a

number of main and access roads (outside the University of Pedagogy) to be planned. The

planning includes: Study area, dormitory and technical infrastructure.

* Investment in the University of Da Nang subproject phase II: Investment in the

University of Da Nang subproject phase II was approved by Ministry of Education and

Training at the Decision No. 3148/QD-BGTDT dated June 19, 2007 with a total investment of

VND 199 billion. For the planning, completed land compensation and site clearance for about

25.4 ha of land and finished the construction of: Construction items: A2 School building (1

block of 5 storeys, 2 blocks of 3 storeys), A3 studying building (1 block of 4 storeys) and a

dormitory (2 blocks of 5 storeys); Technical infrastructure: ground leveling, water supply,

stormwater and wastewater drainage, traffics, electricity.

* Implementation process Phase III (2015 to 2018): Adjust the detailed planning of

the University of Pedagogy and the Dormitory under the Investment in the University of Da

Nang subproject Phase II. The adjusted detail planning of the University of Pedagogy and the

Dormitory under the Investment in the University of Da Nang subproject Phase II was

approved by the People‟s Committee of Da Nang City at the Decision No. 9839/QD-UBND

dated December 31, 2015 with the following main contents: Adjusting the northern boundary

to connect with Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road; Adjusting internal roads; Planning the road to the

Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy, the College of Information Technology.

* Investment in the University of Da Nang subproject Phase III:

The feasibility study report on construction of the University of Da Nang Phase III

was approved by the Ministry of Education and Training at the Decision No. 4983/QD-

BGDDT dated October 30, 2015 with a total investment of VND 124 billion, including: The

working, learning and laboratory buildings of the Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy (block

B1) of the University of Da Nang; A good technical infrastructure system as per the approved

detailed planning adjustments. Achievements: complete Part of block B1 and technical

infrastructure system.

Up to now, after 20 years there have been only 3 universities and faculties built,

including: Vietnam - Korea Friendship IT College (under the Ministry of Culture,

Communications and Information); Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy - the University of Da

Nang and College of Information Technology; and the Dormitory (under the University of Da

Nang).




Final Report 7

Thus, the project has been seriously

delayed in comparison to the plan approved

by the Prime Minister due to insufficient

fund for site clearance and project

implementation. Over the past 22 years,

this delay has posed significant difficulties

to over 2,000 people in the region.

In January 2019, construction of the

University of Da Nang Urban Area project

was directed by the Politburo at the

Resolution 43-NQ/TW on construction and

development of Da Nang City towards

2030, with a vision to 2045. The university

aimed to be one of the prestigious training and research centers of the nation and in the world

under the direction of the Prime Minister in Notice No. 542/TB-VPCP of the Government‟s

Office dated November 22, 2017 on specific mechanisms and policies to develop Hanoi

National University, Vietnam National University - Ho Chi Minh City, and the University of

Da Nang.

On February 25, 2019, Deputy Prime Minister, Mr. Trinh Dinh Dung signed the

Decision No. 227/QD-TTg of the Prime Minister approving "Construction Planning of the

University of Da Nang, rate of 1/2000" within the area of about 286.5ha, including 96.5ha in

Hoa Quy ward, Ngu Hanh Son district, Da Nang city and 190ha in Dien Ngoc ward, Dien Ban

town, Quang Nam province. Therefore, the planning of UD construction, scale of 1/2000

based on approved tasks has been carried out. Accordingly, the UD has conducted planning

activities for UD construction, scale of 1/2000 based on approved tasks.

Planning on Construction of the University of Da Nang 2019, scale of 1/2000,

includes:

No. Functional areas Main contents

1 Executive building Study area and research facilities of UD: with a scale of about

60,000 students, 3,364 lecturers by 2035. Expected arrangements

for 11 schools have been identified in Development Strategy the

University of Da Nang, including: Polytechnic University;

University of Economics; University of Pedagogy; University of

Foreign Languages Studies; University of Technology and

Education; Vietnam - Korea Friendship Information

Technology College; Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy;

British University (International University); University of

Sciences; University of Law and University of Culture and

Tourism.

2 Multi-purpose sport

complex

3 Research –

Development

Technopole Center and Innovation Quarter

4 Square, parks

5 Student dormitory Housing and living facilities. Expected to serve for 70%

students.

6 Staff residential area




Final Report 8

No. Functional areas Main contents

7 Traffics, technical

infrastructure terminals

Common infrastructure of the whole area (traffic, parking, bus

station, wastewater treatment station, etc.), Land for functional

areas for internal traffic, yards of each items is also arranged

8 Services and Trading

center

Notice No. 149/TB-VPCP dated March 21, 2017 of the Prime

Minister on approval of allocating 22 hectares of commercial

land to raise fund from investors.

9 Unchanged areas Include residential houses with high density and grave land, total

expected area is about 24 ha.

For accomplishing infrastructure and speeding up the operation schedule of UD in Hoa Quy,

the subprojects mentioned above should be completed. Thus, investment in the construction

of the Vietnam National University Development Project - the University of Da Nang

Subproject is to embody the approved plan. The subproject consists of 7 components: (i)

Executive building; (ii) University of Foreign Languages Studies; (iii) University of

Technology and Education; (iv) International University; (v) Multi-purpose sport

complex and (vi) Technopole Center and Innovation Quarter and (vii) Technical

infrastructure in the area of 40ha.




Final Report 9

Figure 2. Construction Planning of the University of Da Nang in Hoa Quy – Dien

Ngoc in 2019

II. Legal and technical bases of ESIA preparation

Vietnam National University Development Project - University of Danang Subproject will be

subject to comply with current Laws on Environmental Protection of the Government of Viet

Nam and the World Bank, as follows:

II.1. National Regulations and Technical Bases

Laws

- The Law on Environmental Protection No. 55/2014/QH13 passed by the 13th National

Assembly on 23 June 2014 and took effect since 01 January 2015;




Final Report 10

- Construction Law No. 50/2014/QH13 adopted by the 13th National Assembly of the

Socialist Republic of Vietnam dated 18 June 2014 and took effect since 01 January 2015;

- Land Law No. 45/2013/QH13 passed by the 13th National Assembly of the Socialist

Republic of Vietnam dated 29 November 2013 and took effect since 01 July 2014;

- Law on Water Resources No. 17/2012/QH13 passed by the 13th National Assembly of the

Socialist Republic of Vietnam, session 3 on 21 June 2012;

- Labour Law No. 10/2012/QH13 passed by the 13th National Assembly of the Socialist

Republic of Vietnam on 18/06/2012;

- Urban Planning Law No. 30/2009/QH12 passed by the 12th National Assembly of the

Socialist Republic of Vietnam on 17/06/2009;

- Biodiversity Law No. 20/2008/QH12 passed by the 12th National Assembly of the

Socialist Republic of Vietnam on 13/11/2008;

- Law on amendment and supplementation of some articles of Law on Fire Prevention and

Fighting No. 40/2013/QH13 dopted by the 13th

National Assembly of the Socialist

Republic of Vietnam on 22/11/2013

- Law on People‟s Health No. 21/LCT/HĐNN8 adopted by the 13th National Assembly of

the Socialist Republic of Vietnam on 30/06/1989.

- Education Law No. 43/2019/QH14 dated June 14, 2019

- Law on Higher Education No. 08/2012/QH13 of June 18, 2012;

- Law No. 34/2018/QH14 dated November 19, 2018 on amendments to the Law on Higher

Education;

Decrees

- Decree No. 40/2019/ND-CP dated May 13, 2019 of the Government on amendments to

Decrees on guidelines for the Law on Environment Protection;

- Decree No. 18/2015/NĐ-CP dated 14 February 2015 of the Government on environmental

protection planning, strategic environmental assessment, environmental impact

assessment and environmental protection plans;

- Decree No. 19/2015/NĐ-CP dated 14 February 2015 of the Government detailing the

implementation of a number of articles of the law on environmental protection;

- Decree No. 59/2015/NĐ-CP dated 18/06/2015 of the Government on management of

construction investment project;

- Decree No. 16/2016/NĐ-CP dated 16/03/2016 of the Government on management and use

of official development assistance (ODA) and concessional loans provided by foreign

donors;

- Decree No. 201/2013/NĐ-CP dated 27/11/2013 of the Government detailing some articles

of Law on Water Resources;

- Decree No. 140/2006/NĐ-CP dated 22/11/2006 of the Government providing for the

environmental protection at stages of elaboration, evaluation, approval and

implementation of development strategies, planning, plans, programs and projects;

- Decree No. 38/2015/NĐ-CP dated 24/4/2015 of the government on management of waste

and discarded materials.

- Decree No. 80/2014/NĐ-CP dated 06/8/2014 of the Government on drainage and

wastewater treatment;

- Decree No.155/2016/NĐ-CP dated 18 November 2016 of the Government on the sanction

of administrative violations in the domain of environmental protection;

https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/Giao-duc/Law-43-2019-QH14-Education-420477.aspx?tab=1

https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/Giao-duc/Law-34-2018-QH14-amendments-to-the-Law-on-Higher-Education-403100.aspx?tab=1

https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/Giao-duc/Law-34-2018-QH14-amendments-to-the-Law-on-Higher-Education-403100.aspx?tab=1




Final Report 11

- Circular No. 1665/TTg-CN dated 17 October 2006 of the Prime Minister on management

of site clearance and bomb, mine and unexploded ordnance clearance for transport works,

and:

- Decision No. 96/2006/QD-TTg dated 4 May 2006 on management and implementation of

bomb, mine and unexploded ordnance clearance.

Circulars

- Circular No. 27/2015/TT-BTNMT dated 29 May 2015 of Ministry of Natural Resources

and Environment on strategic environmental impact assessment, environmental impact

assessment and environmental protection plan;

- Circular No. 36/2015/TT-BTNMT dated 30/6/2015 of Ministry of Natural Resources and

Environment on hazardous waste management;

- Circular No. 08/2017/TT-BXD dated 16 May 2017 of the Minister of Construction on

construction solid waste management;

- Circular No. 24/2017/BTNMT dated 01 September 2017 of the Minister of Natural

Resources and Environment on environmental monitoring techniques;

- Circular No. 19/2016/TT - BYT dated 30 June 2016 of Ministry of Health guiding the

management of labor hygiene, laborers' health and occupational diseases;

- Circular No. 04/2017/TT-BXD dated 30/3/2017 of Ministry of Construction providing

management of labor safety in construction.

- Circular No. 03/2019/TT-BXD dated 30 July 2019 of the Ministry of Construction on

amendments to a number of articles of Circular No. 04/2017/TT-BXD dated March 30,

2017 of the Minister of Construction on occupational safety management in construction

works.

Issued Decisions served as the basis for calculating compensation and resettlement assistance

when the State acquires land in Da Nang city include:

- Decision No. 38/2017/QD-UBND dated 30 November 2017 of the People‟s Committee of

Da Nang City regulating compensation, assistance and resettlement when the State

acquires land in Da Nang city;

- Decision No. 23/2019/QD-UBND dated 02 May 2019 of the People‟s Committee of Da

Nang City on amending, supplementing a number of articles on compensation, assistance

and resettlement when the State acquires land in Da Nang city stated in the Decision No.

38/2017/QD-UBND dated 30 November 2017 of the People's Committee of Da Nang

City;

- Decision No. 46/2016/QD-UBND dated 20 December 2016 of the People's Committee of

Da Nang City regulating types of land in Da Nang City;

- Decision No. 06/2019/QD-UBND dated 31 January 2019 of the People's Committee of Da

Nang City amending, supplementing a number of articles on prices of land types stated in

Decision No. 46/2016/QD-UBND dated 20 December 2016 of the People's Committee of

Da Nang City..

Applicable Vietnam’s Technical Standards and Regulations

The ESIA assessment makes reference to the following technical standards and norms:

Water quality:

- QCVN 01:2009/BYT– National technical regulation on drinking water quality;

- QCVN 02:2009/BYT– National technical regulation on domestic water quality;

- QCVN 08-MT:2015/BTNMT– National technical regulation on surface water quality;

https://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/lao-dong-tien-luong/circular-04-2017-tt-bxd-occupational-safety-management-in-the-execution-of-construction-works-350445.aspx




Final Report 12

- QCVN 09-MT 2015/BTNMT– National technical regulation on ground water quality.;

- QCVN 14-MT:2015/BTNMT – National technical regulation on domestic wastewater;

- QCVN 40:2011/BTNMT – National technical regulation on industrial wastewater;

Air quality:

- QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT– National Technical Regulation on Ambient Air Quality;

- QCVN 06:2009/BTNMT– National technical regulation on hazardous substances in

ambient air;

- TCVN 6438:2005 - Road vehicles –Maximum allowable limits of gas emission.

Soil and sediment quality:

- QCVN 03-MT:2015/BTNTM - National technical regulation on the allowable limits of

heavy metals in the soils;

- QCVN 15:2008/BTNMT – Soil quality - National technical regulation on the pesticide

residues in the soils.

- QCVN 43:2012/BTNTM- National technical regulation on sediment quality;

Noise and vibration:

- QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT - National Technical Regulation on Noise;

- QCVN 27:2010/BTNMT – National Technical Regulation on Vibration.;

Solid waste:

- TCVN 6705:2009 – Normal solid waste. Classification;

- TCVN 6706:2009 – Hazardous waste. Classification;

- QCVN 07:2009/BTNM: National Technical Regulation on Hazardous Waste Thresholds.

Drainage and construction works:

- TCVN 7957:2008 - Drainage and sewerage - External Networks and Facilities -

Design Standard.

- TCXDVN 33:2006 – Water supply – Pipeline distribution System and Facilities.

- QCVN 07:2016/BXD: National technical regulation “infrastructure works”.

- QCXD VN 01:2008/BXD – National construction regulation – construction planning;

Labor safety and health:

- QCVN 22:2016/BYT on lighting - Permissible levels of lighting in the workplace.

- QCVN 24:2016/BYT on noise - permissible exposure levels of noise in the workplace.

- QCVN 26:2016/BYT on microclimate- permissible value of microclimate in the

workplace.

- QCVN 27:2016/BYT on vibration - permissible levels of vibration in the workplace.

Construction safety:

- QCVN 18:2014/BXD – National Technical regulation on safety in construction.

- Decision No. 3733/2002/QĐ-BYT issued by the Ministry of Health on the application of

21 occupational hygiene standards, 5 principles and 7 sanitary measures.

Legal Documents Related to The Subproject

- Decision No. 130/TTg dated 04 March 1997 of the Prime Minister on planned

construction location of the University of Da Nang (UD);

- Decision No. 1057/1997/QD -TTg dated 09/12/1997 of the Prime Minister approving the

planning of UD;

- Decision No. 861/QD-TTg dated 08/9/1999 of the Prime Minister approving the UD

Construction Project phase I;




Final Report 13

- Official Letter No. 149/TB-VPCP dated 21/3/2017 of the Government‟s Office

announcing conclusion of the Prime Minister Nguyen Xuan Phuc at the meeting with the

UD;

- Official Letter No. 542/UBND dated 22/11/2017 of the Government‟s Office on

conclusions of the Prime Minister Nguyen Xuan Phuc at the regular meeting of the

Government on specific mechanisms and policies for the development of Hanoi National

University, Vietnam National University - Ho Chi Minh City, and the University of Da

Nang into prestigious training and research centers of the nation and region;

- Decision No. 6001/QD/BGD&ĐT/KHTC dated 19/10/2004 of the Minister of Education

and Training approving amendments to the Planning of the University of Da Nang;

- Official Letter No. 295/TB-BGDDT dated 28/4/2017 of the Minister of Education and

Training announcing conclusions of the Minister of Education and Training at the meeting

on implementation schedule of the Planning of the University of Da Nang;

- Official Letter No. 153/TB-VP dated 09/5/2017 of the Office of the People's Committee

of Da Nang City announcing conclusions of Deputy Chairman of the City People‟s

Committee Nguyen Ngoc Tuan at the meeting between leadership of the City People‟s

Committee and leadership of the University of Da Nang relating the implementation of the

UD Planning;


of Da Nang City announcing conclusions of the Chairman of the City People‟s Committee

Huynh Duc Tho at the meeting solving issues arise for the UD Project.


of Da Nang City announcing conclusions of leaderships of the City People‟s Committee at

the meeting on the implementation of the UD project (attached with Official Letter No.

7831/SXD-QHKT dated 24/8/2018 of Department of Construciton of Da Nang City

reporting land funds for resettlement of the UD Project;

- Official Letter No. 282/BC-TTPTQD dated 10/5/2017 of Land Development Center under

Department of Natural Resources and Environment of Da Nang City reporting total

estimate for compensation and site clearance for the UD Project (remaining planned land

to be cleared: 71.1ha);

- Official Letter No. 201/BC-CNTTPTQDS2 dated 05/9/2018 of Branch No. 2 of Land

Development Center, Land Development Center of Da Nang City reporting total estimate

for compensation and site clearance for the UD Project;

- Decision No. 724/QD-UBND dated 25/01/2002 of the People's Committee of Da Nang

City on land acquisition and hand-over to the UD for construction of UD‟s boundery

roads;


City approving Land for Detailed Planning of UD‟s main technical infrastructure

networks;


City approving Land for Detailed Planning of the University of Pedagogy and the

dormitories of UD's Project Phase II from 2006-2010 (in Da Nang City);


City on land acquisition and hand-over to the UD for construction of the University of

Pedagogy and the dormitories of UD's Project Phase II from 2007-2010;

- Decision No. 3148/QD-BGDDT dated 19/06/2007 of the Ministry of Education and

Training approving the UD Construction Project Phase II (2007-2010);




Final Report 14


Training approving adjustments to the UD Construction Project Phase II;


Training approving the Feasibility Study for the UD Construction Project Phase III (2015-

2017);


City approving adjustments to detailed planning with scale of 1:500 of the University of

Pedagogy and the dormitories of UD's Project Phase II for the arrangements of College of

Information Technology and Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy under the UD.


City approving tasks of detailed construction planning with scale of 1/500 of Resettlement

site for site clearance in the UD Project.

- Tasks of detailed construction planning No. 342/NVQH dated 21/01/2019 on designing

the detailed planning with scale of 1/500 Resettlement site for site clearance in the UD

Project;

- Total estimate: Land adjustment for compensation and site clearance at the UD project in

Hoa Quy ward, Ngu Hanh Son district, Da Nang city.

Subproject Documents created by Subproject Owner

For preparation of the UD Subproject, the Subproject Owner will hire consultants to prepare

component reports from 2019 to 2020, including:

- Pre-Feasibility Study of the Vietnam National University Development Project - the

University of Da Nang Subproject (funded by WB).

- Basic design drawings of the Vietnam National University Development Project - the

University of Da Nang Subproject (funded by WB).

- Report on measurement survey, sampling analysis of environmental status of the

subproject area.

- Resettlement Action Plan of Vietnam National University Development Project – Da

Nang the University of Da Nang Subproject (funded by WB).

II.2. World Bank’s Environmental and Social safeguard policies

In addition to environmental regulations and safeguard instrument required by the

Government of Viet Nam, the preparation of University of Danang Subproject must also

follow World Bank's social and environmental safeguard policies. The VNUDP project has

been classified as environmental category B by the World Bank. The following Operation

Policy are triggered:

a. Project level

WB‟s safeguard policies to be applied, including: (i) Environmental assessment (OP 4.01);;

(ii) Physical cultural resources (OP/BP 4.11); (iii) Involuntary resettlement (OP/BP 4.12) and

(iv) Projects on International Waterways OP/BP 7.50.

b. Subproject level

Environment Assesment (OP/BP 4.011).

1Full treatment of OP/BP 4.01 can be found at the Bank website:

http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/PROJECTS/EXTPOLICIES/EXTSAFEPOL/0,,contentMDK:2

0543912~menuPK:1286357~pagePK:64168445~piPK:64168309~theSitePK:584435,00.html

http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/PROJECTS/EXTPOLICIES/EXTSAFEPOL/0,,contentMDK:20543912~menuPK:1286357~pagePK:64168445~piPK:64168309~theSitePK:584435,00.html





Final Report 15

The policy is triggered due to the potential environmental and social impacts associated with

the project activities i.e. the construction works and research, teaching and learning soft

interventions for University of Da Nang.

The construction works in University of Da Nang include: (i) construction of buildings,

laboratories, lecture hall, library, block of dorm, sport complex for selected research; teaching

and learning centers; (ii) construction of technical infrastructure for the university campus i.e.

internal traffic networks, communication and electric system, waste water treatment system,

landscape, data system; (iii) purchase/upgrade equipment for selected research and education

laboratories.

For Da Nang University subproject, the civil works of the project are anticipated to be varied

from small to medium scale. The proposed civil works are located within the planning areas

of the university campus, and of vacant, garden and residential land. The vegetation cover in

the project area includes bushes, fruit trees, industrial trees (cajaput tree), and grass. The

physical and biological environment in the project areas are already heavily impacted due to

human usage and activities. The preliminary screening found that the Da Nang University

subproject may result in the relocation of some family churches, pagoda, shrine; and graves. It

is also noted that the proposed investments would not be located within or adjacent any

critical habitats, forests, archaeological or sensitive historical sites.

On the positive side, it is anticipated that the project will bring about positive environmental

and social impacts. The project will help to improve the relevance and quality of the graduates

and research products of Da Nang University. In addition, the project also brings about

friendly education environment via adoption of green technology for the new proposed

building and scientific labs. The soft investments include the interventions to enhance the

quality of research, teaching and learning areas e.g. formation of research group, research

exchange and collaboration activities, do not imply potentially adverse environmental and

social impacts.

Da Nang University subproject will also have some potentially negative environmental and

social impacts, mainly during construction of works including: land acquisition; safety risks

related to unexploded ordinances; increased level of dust, noise and vibrations level due to

earth works; generation waste and waste water; labor and community safety; traffic disruption

and congestion damage to existing infrastructure and public services. The potential impacts

during operation include the management of waste and wastewater generated from

laboratories and domestic activities. These potential impacts are expected to be at low to

moderate levels, site-specific and could be mitigated to the acceptable levels by appropriate

design, and good construction and management practice.

As the Subroject is expected to be classified as a category B, it is required that an

Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA)/Environmental and Social Management

Plan (ESMP) will be prepared for each university subproject to assess and manage the

potential impacts and risks. The ESIA/ESMP will comply with the WB‟s safeguard policies

and the national regulations. In addition, it will apply WBG‟ Environmental Health and

Safety (EHS) guidelines. The final draft ESIA/ESMP will be disclosed on the Bank website

and locally for public access prior to project appraisal.

Physical Cultural Resources OP/BP 4.11

The policy is triggered as the project includes excavation activities under components 1 and 2,

which may result in chance findings. In addition, the UD subproject will relocated 1,500

graves and may cause some construction impacts to three temples/pagodas located within

100-200 m from the project sites. The ESMP inclulded chanced find procedues and specific

measures for grave relocation and minimising the construction impacts on the three identified

temples and pagodas.




Final Report 16

Resettlement (OP/BP 4.122)

The only land acquisition that will be required is the construction of structure works for The

University of Da Nang (UD). This will include the construction of learning centers, research

centers/institutes and experimental lab area on an area of 300ha reserved for the UD village to

be invested different projects in multi-phases. Within this 300ha area, it is the 110ha located

in Da Nang city in which 40ha will be the site of the structure works that will be constructed

using WB financing. Of 110ha in Da Nang, 40ha was cleared for constructing the Viet-Han

University of Information Technology and some functional buildings which were completed

before the UD subproject. A due diligence review was conducted for these 40ha, which

confirmed that there is not any encumbrance on the land and that no affected people become

worse off due to this land acquisition.

The remaining area of 70ha needs to be cleared in which 40ha is required for the UD

subproject financed by the Bank. Therefore, OP4.12 is triggered for the land clearance of the

land necessary for the UD sub-project. In addition, A resettlement site of 12ha will be

constructed for relocated households of the subproject, and will be implemented by a separate

project financed and owned by Da Nang city. The resettlement site is considered as an

associated facility with the subproject so that OP4.12 is also triggered for this resettlement

site. An Initial inventory of loss shows that about 570 households (HH) will be affected by

land acquisition for both the UD subproject and resettlement site, of which 468 HHs are of the

UD subproject and 102 HHs of the resettlement site. Among 570 affected households, 498

households (468HHs of the UD subproject and 30HHs of resettlement site) have to relocate

and 526 households (468HHs of the UD subproject and 58HHs of resettlement site) will be

severely affected due to loss of more than 20% of productive land and relocation.

These impacts will cause substantial social risks to local people due to loss of income and

livelihood, removal of houses, church/pagoda and graves, and relocation. However, all

potential impacts and risks can be mitigated and managed by applying standard mitigation

measures including design alternatives, compensation at replacement cost, provision of land

plots in resettlement sites constructed within the subproject ward for relocated households,

and provision of livelihood restoration measures for severely and vulnerably affected

households..

According to OP4.12, a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) was prepared for the UD subproject

and resettlement site and submitted to the Bank for clearance before appraisal. All the

potential social impacts and associated mitigation measures were included in the RAP for

implementation. The draft RAP will be disclosed locally in the local language, and at the

Bank‟s internal and external websites prior to appraisal. A Resettlement Policy Framework

(RPF) is not required for the project because all subprojects/components and their boundaries

have been identified at time of project preparation.

For non-infrastructure components, all proposed activities are focusing on upgrading labs and

equipment and strengthening research capacity. Therefore, no safeguards issues are expected

to occur in this component.

World Bank Group Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines3

2 Detail of OP/BP 4.12 is available at

http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/PROJECTS/EXTPOLICIES/EXTSAFEPOL/0,,contentMDK:2

0543978~menuPK:1286647~pagePK:64168445~piPK:64168309~theSitePK:584435,00.html 3The EHS Guidelines can be consulted at www.ifc.org/ifcext/enviro.nsf/Content/EnvironmentalGuidelines.



http://www.ifc.org/ifcext/enviro.nsf/Content/EnvironmentalGuidelines




Final Report 17

Danang University subproject will conform to the World Bank‟s Environmental, Health, and

Safety Guidelines (EHS) Guidelines and industry specific EHS Guidelines on Water and

Sanitation.

World Bank-financed subprojects should also take into account the World Bank Group

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines (known as the "EHS Guidelines"). The EHS

Guidelines are technical reference documents with general and industry-specific examples of

Good International Industry Practice.

The EHS Guidelines contain the performance levels and measures that are normally

acceptable to the World Bank Group and are generally considered to be achievable in new

facilities at reasonable costs by existing technology. The environmental assessment process

may recommend alternative (higher or lower) levels or measures, which, if acceptable to the

World Bank, become subproject- or site-specific requirements.

In addition, the ESIA must also comply with International Conventions to which Vietnam is a

member (eg, International Water Resources and Climate Change, etc.). In addition, the Bank‟s

EHS team will guide information about environmental, social, health and safety issues related

to the investment sector. Environmental guidelines related to the ESIA include emission

sources, environmental quality of ambient air, noise, wastewater, solid waste and water

quality.

The subproject will involve major civil works and screening on gender based-violence (GBV)

for the subproject shows that social risk related to GBV is low so that Good Practice

Guidance Note of the WB intended for Investment Project Financing (IPF) should be applied

to address GBV risk. The following issues are required for a GBV low risk project:

GBV Risk Assessment

Community engagement/ consultations

GBV service provider mapping

Integrate GBV risk in safeguard instruments

Conduct IA capacity assessment

Include GBV sensitive approaches in GRM

Define GBV requirements bid documents, including the requirement for a Code of

Conduct

Address how GBV-related costs will be paid in the contract;

Ensure CoCs signed and understood

During works, separate facilities for women & men, GBV-free zone signage.

II.3. Gap analysis between the GoV and WB safeguard policies

The application of environmental assessment policies in Vietnam, as well as various efforts

directed to policy harmonization between the GoV and donors, has gradually narrowed the

gap between the two systems. However, significant differences remain between the GoV‟s

environmental policies and those of the World Bank. These differences and proposed gap

filling measures are described in the Table below.




Final Report 18

Table 1. Summary of the World Bank and National EA Processes and Proposed gap filling measures

EA Process

Stage

WB (stipulating in OP/BP 4.01 on

Environmental Assessment)

Viet Nam (stipulating in Decree 18/2015/ND-CP,

Decree 40/2019/ND-CP, and Circular 27/2015/TT-

BTNMT

Gap Filling Measures

Screening

- The World Bank‟s EA process generally

begins with screening at the time of project

identification. The World Bank will classify a

proposed project into one of four categories

including A, B, C, or FI depending upon the

type, location, sensitivity, and scale of the

project and the nature and magnitude of its

potential environmental impacts.

Category A: Full EIA is required. In

some cases, ESMF is also required

Category B: ESIA, environmental and

social management framework (ESMF),

or ESMP is required. In most cases,

ESMF and/or ESMP is required

Category C: no EA action is required.

Category FI: ESMF is the most

commonly used instrument. In some

instances, details and impacts of sub-

projects have been identified by

appraisal, the FI prepares specific

instruments based on the frameworks,

such as ESIA or ESMP.

- The project types are indicated in annexes II, III and IV

of Decree 40/2019/ND-CP. Annexes I, II and III

stipulate environmental impact assessment (EIA) and

environmental protection plan (EPP) for proposed

projects. Annex I of Decree 40/2019/ND-CP stipulates

Strategical Environment assessment (SEA) for strategy

and planning. Thus, the project owner shall prepare EA

instruments based on annexes I, II and III in

consultation with the Provincial Department of Natural

Resources and Environment (DONRE) or Vietnam

Environment Administration (VEA) for the appropriate

EA instruments.

Projects falls into Annexes II, III: EIA is required.

Project falls into Annex IV or Column 5 of Annex

II: EPP is required.

- Use the World Bank‟s

discretionary (on a project-by-

project basis) approaches in

screening of projects the

significance of its impacts, and

subsequently to ascertain the

project‟s EA category.

- Examine the magnitude and

significance of the project

impacts based on the project

type and scale, project location,

sensitivity of environmental and

social issues, and nature and

magnitude of potential impacts.

EA

instruments

- Depending on screening, a range of

instruments are used to meet the World

Bank‟s requirement, these include: ESMF,

specific ESIA and ESMP, sectoral & regional

EA; SEA; hazard or risk assessment;

- The type of EA instruments such as SEA, EIA or EPP

is decided based on Annexes I, II, III and IV of Decree

40/2019/ND-CP.

- Follow the World Bank

requirements on the type of EA

instrument needed




Final Report 19

EA Process

Stage





BTNMT


environmental audits. The World Bank

provides general guidance for implementation

of each instrument.

Scope

- The World Bank helps the Borrower draft the

TOR for EA report and identifies the scope of

EA, procedures, schedule and outline of the

EA report.

- For Category A projects, ESIA TOR is

required, and scoping and consultation are

conducted for preparation of the TORs for the

EA report.

- TORs for EA are not required.

- Normally after consultation with the local DONRE or

VEA for the EA category, the project owner will

proceed with EA report preparation.

- TORs for REA, SEA, ESMF,

ESIA, and ESMP are a good

practice to follow.

- Follow the World Bank‟s TORs,

scoping, and consultation

requirements.

Public

consultation

- During EA process, the Borrower consults

project-affected groups and local NGOs about

the project‟s environmental aspects and takes

their views into account.

- For Category A projects, the Borrower

consults these groups at least twice: (a) shortly

after environmental screening and before the

TORs for the EA are finalized; and (b) once a

draft EA report is prepared. In addition, the

Borrower consults with such groups

throughout project implementation as

necessary to address EA-related issues that

affect them.

- For Category B project, at least one public

consultation needs to be conducted.

- For meaningful consultations, the Borrower

provides relevant project documents in a

timely manner prior to consultation in a form

The project owner shall consult with the People‟s

Committee of communes, wards and towns (hereinafter

referred to as communes) where the project is carried

out, with organizations or community under the direct

impact of the project (due to waste water, gases

emissions, dust, solid waste, subsidence, landslide,

sedimentation, noise, biodiversity) research and receive

objective opinions and reasonable requests of relevant

entities in order to minimize the negative effects of the

project on the natural environment, biodiversity and

community health.

- The People‟s Committee (PC) of the commune where

the project is carried out and the organizations under

direct impact of the project shall be consulted. The

project owner shall send EIA reports to the People‟s

Committee of the commune where the project is carried

out and organizations under the direct impact of the

project together with the written requests for opinions.

Within 15 working days, from the date on which the

- EA consultation as per the

government‟s EA regulation is

not enough and the Borrower

and its consultant need to

follow the World Bank‟s

requirements on consultation

and disclosure of information

during EA process.

- Good consultation brings

benefits to the project design

and contributes to project

environmental outcomes.




Final Report 20

EA Process

Stage





BTNMT


and language that are understandable and

accessible to the group being consulted.

- Minutes of the public meetings are included in

the reports.

EIA reports are received, the People‟s Committee of the

commune and organizations under the direct impact of

the project shall send their responses, or not replying to

the project owner if they agree with the project owner‟s

investment plan. (Item 5b, Article 12, Decree

18/2015/ND-CP)

- The consultation with the community under the direct

impact of the project shall be carried out in the form of

community meeting co-chaired by project owner and the

People‟s Committee of the commune where the project is

carried out together with the participation of

representatives of Vietnamese Fatherland Front of

communes, socio-political organizations (local NGOs),

socio-professional organizations, neighborhoods,

villages convened by the People‟s Committee of the

commune. All opinions of delegates attending the

meeting must be sufficiently and honestly stated in the

meeting minutes.

Disclosure

Before the World Bank proceeds to project

appraisal the EA report must be made available

at public place accessible for project-affected

groups and local NGOs. Once the World Bank

officially receives the report, it will make the

EA report in English available to the public

through the Bank external website.

- After an EIA report is approved, the project owner shall

formulate, approve and publicly display its EMP at the

office of the commune-level People‟s Committee of the

locality in which consultation of the community is made

for people‟s information, examination and oversight.

(Article 16, Decree 18/2015).

- Follow the World Bank‟s Policy

on Access to Information and

Policy on disclosure of project

information, including EA

instruments.

Independent

Expert

- For category A project, the Borrower retains

independent EA experts not affiliated with the

project to carry out EA.

- For category A projects of high risk or multi-

dimensional environmental concerns, the

- Not regulated in Vietnam policies.

- Project owner shall make, or hire an institution meeting

the conditions provided in Clause 1, Article 13 (Decree

18/2015) to prepare an EIA report. Project owner or

consulting service provider must fully meet the

- Follow the World Bank

requirements to avoid conflict of

interest




Final Report 21

EA Process

Stage





BTNMT


Borrower should also engage an advisory

panel of independent, internationally

recognized environmental specialists to advise

on aspects of the project relevant to EA.

- Experts/consulting firm will be selected

through bid process under strict observation of

the World Bank.

following conditions: (i) Having staff members in

charge of EIA must obtain at least Bachelor‟s degrees

and Certificate in EIA consultancy; (ii) Having

specialist staff members related to the project obtaining

at least Bachelor‟s degrees; (iii) Having physical-

technical foundations and special-use devices for

measuring, taking, processing, and analyzing

environmental samples, which meet technical

requirements. In case of unavailability of qualified

special-use devices, having a contract to hire a capable

institution.

EA review

process

The Bank reviews the findings and

recommendations of the EA to determine

whether they provide an adequate basis for

processing the project for Bank financing. When

the borrower has completed or partially

completed EA work prior to the Bank's

involvement in a project, the Bank reviews the

EA to ensure its consistency with this policy.

The Bank may, if appropriate, require additional

EA work, including public consultation and

disclosure.

- The Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment

shall assess and approve the EIA reports on projects

prescribed in Appendix III of this Decree, except for

projects subject to national defense and security

secrets.

- Ministries, ministerial agencies shall assess and

approve the EIA reports on projects under their

competence in approval for investment, except for

projects in Appendix III of this Decree;

- The People‟s Committee of the province shall assess

and approve EIA reports on projects in the province,

except for projects prescribed above.

- The appraisal will take place no later than working 45

days at MONRE level and 30 working days at DONRE

level and 5 working days at district level for after

receipt of a full eligible EIA or EPP.

- In case of necessity, the appraisal agency may consult

with a number of environmental and project-related

- In addition to the Government

requirements, follow the World

Bank‟s review and clearance

procedures.




Final Report 22

EA Process

Stage





BTNMT


experts. The consulted agencies, organizations and

experts shall reply in writing within 07 working days

from the day of receiving the written request for

opinion together with the project environmental impact

assessment report (Item 4a, Article 14, Decree

40/2019/ND-CP)

Number and

language of

EIA required

for appraisal

- Numbers of copies are not specified.

- Language requirement: English and

Vietnamese. EA reports in Vietnamese are

required for in-country disclosure and English

is required for disclosure at the Bank external

website

- The project owner has to submit at least seven copies

of EIA report (depend on the number of appraisal

council members) and one copy of the Feasibility

Study or the Economic-Technical argument for the

proposed project.

- Follow the World Bank‟s

guidance and the Government

requirements

Content of

EIA report

- For Category A projects, the content of an EA

report follows Annex B of OP 4.01.

- The scope of EA for a Category B project may

vary from project to project, but it is narrower

than that of Category A EA. The EMP is an

integral part of Category A EAs (irrespective

of other instruments used). EAs for Category

B projects may also result in an ESMP with

the content outlined in Annex C of OP 4.01

The content of an EA report should be in line with

Circular No. 27/2015/TT-BTNMT - The content of an EA report

should satisfy both the Bank

policy requirements and the

GoV‟s regulations.

EA

supervision

- During project implementation, the World

Bank supervises the project‟s environmental

aspects on the basis of the environmental

provisions and the Borrower‟s reporting

arrangement agreed in the loan agreement and

described in the other project documentation,

to determine whether the Borrower‟s

compliance with environmental covenant

- The local DONRE is entrusted to supervise the

environmental compliance of the project.

- By the end of project construction stage, the

Environmental Management Agencies will coordinate

with Construction Management Agencies to supervise

the compliance of environmental management

activities stated in EA study.

- Project environmental

management system needs to be

established to monitor and

supervise safeguards

compliance during

implementation.

- Follow requirements in project

Loan Agreement, EMP, and




Final Report 23

EA Process

Stage





BTNMT


(primarily with EMP) is satisfactory. If

compliance is not satisfactory, the World

Bank will discuss with the Borrower action

necessary to comply.

contract with contractor to

monitor and supervise

safeguards compliance.




Final Report 24

III. ESIA implementation arrangement

III.1. Team members and Tasks

The ESIA of the University of Da Nang Subproject by which the University of Da Nang is the

Project Owner and responsible for implementation with consultants‟ assistance.

The ESIA team members are presented in Table 1 as follows.

Table 2. List of ESIA Team Members

No. Full name Educational

background

Involvement in ESIA

preparation

I University of Da Nang

1 Cao Xuan Tuan University of Da Nang Responsible for organizing

the implementation of ESIA

2 Phan Hong Sang University of Da Nang To support the

implementation of ESIA

II Consultant

1 Nguyen Thi Thuy Master of

Environmental Science

Team leader on ESIA

preparation - Overall

management on ESIA

preparation, site survey,

public consultations and

compose chapters 1, 3, 4, 5

and 6.

2 Nguyen Thi Mai Hoa Master of


Participate in site surveys,

public consultation and

compose chapters 1, 3, 4 and

5.

3 Tran Thi Thuy Trang Master in Sociology Participate in site surveys and

compose chapters 2, 3 and 5.

4 Tran Thi Ngoc Bachelor in Sociology Participate in site surveys and

compose chapters 2, 3 and 5.

5 Le Phuong Khanh Environmental

engineer



compose chapters 2, 7.

6 Dao Thi My Linh Bachelor of




compose chapters 2, 7.

7 Vu Anh Phu Construction engineer Support in summary of

technical documents;

compose chapter 4.

Also, the environmental and social impact assessment is prepared with coordination of:

- PMU: University of Da Nang.

- Consultants for preparation of FS, RAP.




Final Report 25

- Ngu Hanh Son district People‟s Committee (Department of Urban, Department of

Natural Resources and Environment; Land Development Center...)

- Hoa Quy ward people‟s committees and affected community in Subproject area.

- Representative officials, lecturers and students of the Faculty of Medicine and

Pharmacy; Dormitory; College of Information Technology under the UD.

III.2. ESIA Procedures

The ESIA preparation for the UD subproject follows the below procedures:

- Research contents of pre-feasibility study and other relevant technical and legal

documents.

- Collect data on socio-economic aspects, climate, hydrology and environment, etc.

related to the project area.

- Carry out surveys, sampling of soil, water, air, noise, vibration in the project area;

- Identify impact sources, affected subjects and scope; analyze, evaluate and forecast the

subproject environmental impacts.

- Develop measures to mitigate adverse impacts, prevent and respond to environmental

incidents.

- Propose the subproject‟s social and environmental management plan.

- Analyze data and prepare reports according to specialists‟ expertise. Collect data and

prepare component reports.

- Conduct consultations with the community and local authorities and interview

households in the project area about the construction of project works.

- Summary of the subproject‟s ESIA.

- Submit the project‟s ESIA to WB and the Ministry of Natural Resources and

Environment for appraisal and approval.

III.3. ESIA methods

In the process of preparation of ESIA, the Consultant has used the following methods:

ESIA preparation methods

Rapid Assessment Method

Rapid Assessment Method was issued by the World Health Organization (WHO) in 1993. In this

report, pollution load coefficients are referred to in WB‟s ESIA guideline (Environmental

Assessment Manual, volume II, Sector Guideline, Environment, WB, Washington DC 8/1991 and

Exhaust Gases Manual, non-industrial and industrial sources, Netherlands). These coefficients are

used for forecast and assessment of environmental impacts in Chapter 3 of ESIA.

Impact matrix method

The method is used in chapter 3, 4 of the report. By this method, the relation between impacts

of each activity under the subproject and environmental issues, elements is displayed in the

impact matrix. Accordingly, these impacts will be put into studies so as to assess

environmental impacts from construction activities of the subproject.

Environmental modeling

Environmental modeling is used in chapter 3, the method:

- Use Gauss, Sutton models to forecast the spreading level and extend of TSP, PM10,

SO2, CO, NO2;

- Forecast noise reduction by distance generated from machines and construction




Final Report 26

equipment during construction, carried out by Federal Highway Administration

(FHWA);

- Forecast noise reduction by distance generated from machines and construction

equipment during operation.

Expert method

The method is used throughout the subproject implementation process from preparing outline,

determining study scale, environmental issues, surveying natural and ecological conditions,

identifying and analyzing, proposing mitigation measures and developing environmental

monitoring programs.

Comparison methods

The method is used for assessing the quality of environment, waste flows and pollution loads

by comparison with regulations, related environmental standards, regulations of the Ministry

of Health as well as research topics and related experiments.

Identification method

The method is used with following procedures:

- Description of environmental system.

- Determination of subproject‟s components affecting the environment.

- Adequate identification of waste flow and related environmental issues for specific

assessment activities.

Listing method

- Description listing sheet: The method lists environmental components to be studied in

combination with data from measurements, forecasts and assessments;

- Simple listing sheet: The method lists environmental components to be studied which

are likely to be affected.

Others

Public consultation

During the course of report preparation, the Consultant coordinated with the Client to hold

consultations with leaders and local people at office of the Hoa Quy ward People‟s

Committees to collect information necessary for environmental impact assessment of the

subproject. Specially, in early Nov 2019, the Consultant and Client held the fist consultations

with leaders of Hoa Quy ward in relation with the contents as follows: Information collection,

introduction to them about benefits and potential negative impacts caused by the Subproject

to environment and their life. In addition, during the ESIA preparation, there was consultation

with representatives of leaders, lecturers and students at the Faculty of Medicine and

Pharmacy, the College of Information Technology, and the existing dormitory in the

subproject area and with management representatives of pagodas/shrines who are potentially

affected by the subproject (Hai An Pagoda, Khai Tay Sanctuary. The Consultant coordinated

with the local authorities in organizing consultations with communities/units in the subproject

area.

After ESIA report has been prepared, in last Dec 2019, the PMU conducted the second

consultations in Hoa Quy ward and Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy, College of

Information Technology, and existing Dormitory in relation with the draft report‟s contents.

Accordingly, all responses and expectations from local people in the subproject area have

been recorded.

On the other hand, the consultations with local officials and people on local socio-economic

development status have been also carried out. The method of public consultation is applied in




Final Report 27

Chapter 6 of this report.

Information and data inheritance, summary and analysis method

The method is to determine, assess natural and socio-economic conditions in subproject area

through data and information collected from various sources such as Statistical Yearbook,

locally socio-economic reports, environmental current status, hydrological and meteorological

documents and related researches.

At the same time, inheritance from done researches and reports is very crucial because

achieved results will be promoted and shortages will be dealt with and developed.

Site survey method

Consulting agency has conducted visits in Subproject areas, surveys on geographical and

topographical conditions, sampling locations, surveys on current status of water supply,

drainage, power supply, etc. Collected results will be utilized to analyze social and natural

conditions in subproject area.

Sampling and sample analysis in labs

In November 2019, the Client coordinated with the Unit of Environmental Monitoring in

organization the monitoring, sampling and analyzing air, noise, surface water, groundwater,

wastewater, soil samples in the subproject area to evaluate current status of quality of

environment compositions. The sampling, analyzing and storage of samples complied with

the applicable standards and regulations. This method is applied in item 2.1.4, Chapter 2 of

the report.

Socio-economic and GBV survey data method

The survey was conducted in the project area in Hoa Quy ward, Ngu Hanh Son district, Da

Nang city. Surveyed people included the project-affected households in residential clusters

No.58, 59, 60, and 61 of Hoa Quy ward and representatives of stakeholders as following:

a) Collection of secondary information

Document review: The consultant has collected necessary documents available at local

offices including laws, Decrees, Circulars, Decisions related to Vietnam's land acquisition and

social safeguard policies as well as the World Bank's guidelines to study and analyze the

differences and propose measures to harmonize these differences; collect and study annual

socio-economic reports and socio-economic development strategies of Da Nang City, Ngu

Hanh Son District and Hoa Quy Ward to obtain information on existing status of local socio-

economic development and economic development orientations. The documents collected

include:

- Policies of GoV in general and the regulations of Da Nang city in particular on

compensation, assistance and resettlement;

- WB policy on involuntary resettlement (OP4.12);

- Statistical Yearbook of Da Nang City, Ngu Hanh Son District in 2018;

- Socio-Economic Report 2018 of Da Nang City, Ngu Hanh Son District and Hoa Quy

Ward;

b) Collection of primary information and data

The consultant carried out a population census, inventory of losses (IOL) and socio-economic

survey to collect initial data for preparation of a compensation, assistance and resettlement

plan for the project. At the same time, this data will also help provide an in-depth

understanding of the current socio-economic status of the AHs including their livelihoods and




Final Report 28

living conditions to establish entitlements to compensation and support for Livelihood

restoration that is appropriate to socio-economic events of affected households.

Quantitative method: a quantitative survey by questionaire was used for collecting socio-

economic data of affected HHs. A semi-structured questionnaire with specific questions was

designed in a way that enables statistical analysis.

Principle for the survey method: the surveyed people are those who are directly affected by

the project (focus on severely affected (losing 20% of productive land and/or relocation) and

vulnerable persons). Those selected for the survey should represent households that are

between the ages of 18 and 60. The total sample size of the survey is 200 persons represented

for 200 affected households. Sample structure including:

Information Male Female Severely affected household

Number of

households

72 128 200

Percentage 36 64 100

Qualitative method: In addition, qualitative method was also applied. Objective of the

method is to collect general information, clarify or obtain opinions and comments on specific

issues from individuals or a small group of people who are selected from different groups

(male and female affected persons, vulnerable persons, leaders,). At the same time, this

method was also used to build people's consensus on the project. Focus group discussions are

a good way to assess stakeholders‟ view on the project and identify their issues and concern.

The application of SWOT (strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and challenges) matrix

analysis method can help identify priority issues and activities of the project for social groups.

In addition to group discussions, in-depth interviews with some related people were also

conducted to have better understanding of their opinions on some issues or concerns.

Guidelines for group discussion and in-depth interview have been prepared according to

different topics and groups/persons. Consultant has conducted 8 in-depth interviews with 8

local leaders and three group discussions with total 82 people. Qualitative survey including:

Methods Interviewees Number of

interview/discussions

Number of

people

participants

Indepth

interview

Representative of PMU 01 01

Representative of Hoa Quy

ward PC 01 01

Head of villages 03 03

Representative of relocated

HHs 02 02

Representative of vulnerable

HHs 01 01

Group

discussion

Group of leaders: PMU‟s staff,

local authority, Women‟s

Union, Farmer Union, Heads of

residential clusters

01 07

Group of with affected HH 01 60

Group of Students 01 15

c) Site observation




Final Report 29

This method aims to gather useful and timely information by observing what is happening at

the project area to gain a better understanding of the assessment results. The above method

can be used to understand the context in which information is gathered and interpret the

survey results. During the RAP implementation, the consultant visited the construction site to

find out about the living conditions of the people including: (i) housing and facilities for

living and production; (ii) sanitary conditions; (iii) infrastructure conditions; (iv) access to

public services. The consultant also visited the resettlement site to assess the comfortability of

the resettlement site for relocated households. In addition, the consultant also visited the

cemetery area of the city in Hoa Ninh commune.

d) Data analysis

Quantitative data are processed by SPSS – a statistical analysis software.

- A frequency table with correlation tables of results for analysis into the report. The

independent variables are gender of head of household, economic group, etc. In addition,

the correlation between variables such as income, employment, livelihood, poverty,

ethnic minorities and independent variables such as gender, age, education was analyzed

to find out the relationships and the factors of impact. The collected data is kept in a

database to serve as an initial database for monitoring and evaluation during the project

implementation period.

- Processing and analyzing qualitative information: The information gathered from in-

depth interviews and group discussions is processed by the Nvivo program on the topics

that need to be assessed and analyzed. The qualitative results will help explain the

quantitative results more clearly and reflect the views as well as the consensus or

opposition of the people to the project and help identify issues that people are interested

in.

- Results of the socio-economic survey of affected households and socio-economic

information of the subproject district are presented in the following pages.




Final Report 30

CHAPTER 1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

1.1. Project name

Vietnam National University Development Project – University of Da Nang Subproject

(Funded by World Bank)

1.2. Project Owner

Project Owner: University of Da Nang

Representative: Mr. - Position:

Address: 41 Le Duan, Hai Chau 1 ward, Hai Chau district, Da Nang city.

Tel: (84-236) 3822041; Fax: (84-236) 3823683

1.3. Location of subproject Area

The University of Da Nang subproject site (WB fund) has an area of 40ha and located in Hoa

Quy ward, Ngu Hanh Son district, Da Nang city4. Spatial context of the project is a new

campus adjacent to the existing one. Its boundaries are:

The North: borders Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road with the boundary length of about

1.5km toward the intersection of Tran Dai Nghia and Nam Ky Khoi Nghia.

The East: borders Korea – Vietnam Friendship Information Technology College

(under the management of Ministry of Information and Communication)

The South: borders the planned area of Da Nang University Village (in Dien Ban

district, Quang Nam province)

The West: borders the planned area of Da Nang University Village (the planned area

is the services and trading area in Da Nang city).

The UD subproject will construct member units and University of Da Nang, including: (A1)

University of Technology and Education; (A2) University of Foreign Languages Studies;

(A3) International University; (A4) Multi-purpose sport complex; (A5) Center of the

University of Da Nang; (B1) new construction of technical infrastructure of the University of

Da Nang in the area of 40ha; (B2) Construction of Technopole Center and Innovation

Quarter. Positions of the works are shown in the Figure 1.1 below:

4 The University Village of Da Nang, including universities, research centers/institutes and experimental lab area

will be locate in an area of 300ha, in which 110ha belong to Da Nang city and 190ha is of Quang Nam province.

Of 110ha in Da Nang, 40 ha was cleared for constructing the Viet-Han University of Information Technology

and some functional buildings of UD since 2004 and 2009. The remaining 70ha area needs to be cleared in

which 40ha is required for the Bank financed project.




Final Report 31

Figure 1.1: Location of UD subproject in the planning

UD SUBPROJECT

AREAS




Final Report 32

1.4. Scope of Investments

For University of Danang Subproject, the project will provide support for the construction of buildings and technical infrastructures in the proposed

area of 40 hectares (ha). These include: (A1) University of Technology and Education; (A2) University of Foreign Languages Studies; (A3)

International University (British University); (A4) Multi-purpose sport complex; (A5) Center of the University of Da Nang; (B2) Construction of

Technopole Center; and (B1) New construction of technical infrastructure in the area of 40ha.

Details on these proposed work items are presented in following Table 1.1:




Final Report 33

Table 1.1. Detailed Description of Work Items for UD subproject

No Works Description Scope of investments Images

A Component 1

1 University of

Technology

and

Education

(A1)

- Position: the North borders the

land area for construction of

International University under

the UD subproject; the East

borders the existing dormitory

(about 1500 student); the South

is adjacient to the existing

College of Information

Technology (230 lectures/staffs,

1,188 students); the West is

boundary to the existing Faculty

of Machine and Pharmacy (68

lectures/staffs, 989 students) and

the planned area for

construction of trading service

area of University of Da Nang.

- Area: 5,3ha

- Current status of land use: 2.7ha

was cleared and 2.6ha is the

existing residential area in the

beginning of Luu Quang Vu

road, including house and

garden land.

- Infrastucture current status: have

approach roads (Asphalt

concrete road with 14.5m

width), water and power supply

systems, drainage and common

drainage system.

New construction of 4 buildings with

total floor area of 45,142 m2

including:

- 01 building for working with 05

storeys, floor area of 8,500 m2;

- 02 buildings for study with 05

storeys, floor area of 30,000 m2

- 01 building for practicing with 03

storeys, floor area of 6,642 m2.

All buildings will be structured of

reinforced concrete and have no

basement;

Auxiliary works: yard, internal road,

landscape, green trees, parking house,

parking lot, substations and others

Technical systems to ensure the

operation process: fire protection, air-

conditioner, lighting, elevators, M&E

system of the building, electricity

supply, water supply, drainage and

wastewater collection systems, etc.

Installation of teaching and learning

aids: computers, projectors, cameras,

smart podiums, interactive screens,

etc.

Design scale: 6,000 students and 450

officers/lecturers




Final Report 34


- Residents: the site that was

cleared is the vacant land and

covered by shrubs; the area that

was not cleared is the residential

quarter 60, Hoa Quy ward. The

area has moderate residential

density. All residents in the area

will be displaced due to land

acquisition.




Final Report 35


2 University of

Foreign

Languages

Studies (A2)

- Position: the North borders Nam

Ky Khoi Nghia road; the East

borders the existing dormitory;

the South is adjacient to the

planned area for construction of

trading service area of

University of Da Nang; the

West is boundary to the existing


Technology; the West is

boundary to Technopole Center

of the UD subproject.

- Area: 5.0ha

- Current status of land use:

residential area and agricultural

area of households on Luu

Quang Vu road (quarter 60, Hoa

Quy ward)


approach roads, water and

power supply, drainage and

common drainage system.

- Residents: the area that was not

cleared is located in the

residential quarter 60, Hoa Quy

ward. The area has moderate

residential density. All residents

in the area will be displaced due

to land acquisition.



including:


stories, floor area of 10,500 m2;

- 01 building for study with 05 storeys,

floor area of 7,500 m2.



basement;

Auxiliary works (yard, internal road,





conditioner, elevators, M&E system

of the building, etc.




etc.


officers/lecturers




Final Report 36


3 International

University

(A3)



borders the Korea – Vietnam

Friendship Information

Technology College; the South

is adjacient to the existing

dormitory and the area planned

to build the UD subproject;

- Area: 6.1ha

- Current status of land use: about

2ha was cleared and 4.1ha in the

beginning of Luu Quang Vu

road is the residential area

which hass house and garden of

residents.





- Residents: The site that was

cleared is the vacant land and

covered by shrubs; the area that

was not cleared is the residential

quarter 61, Hoa Quy ward. The

area has moderate residential

density. All residents in the area

will be displaced due to land

acquisition



including:




floor area of 9,750 m2.



basement;











etc.


officers/lecturers




Final Report 37


4 Multi-

purpose sport

complex (A4)

- Position: the North borders

Technopole center of UD

subproject; the East borders the

area planned to build the center

area of the UD subproject; The

West is boundary to the area

planned to construction of UD

subproject (currently is rice

paddy)

- Area: 5.1ha

- Current status of land use: is the

residenital area and agricultural

land of households on Luu

Quang Vu road (residential

quarters 58, 59, Hoa Quy ward)

- Infrastucture current status:have




including:

- 03 dormitory building with 05



floor area of 9,750 m2;

- 01 canteen with 1 story, floor area of

3,413 m2.

The buildings will be structured of


basement;








Final Report 38






residential quarter 58, 59, Hoa

Quy ward. The area has low



to land acquisition.







etc.

Design scale: 24,000 students

5 Center area

of the UD - Position: the North and the West

borders the area planned to

construction of Multi-purpose

sport complex; the East borders

Faculty of Medicine and

Pharmacy; The West is

boundary to the area planned to

construction of UD subproject

(currently is rice paddy)

- Area: 9.5ha

- Current status of land use:

residential land and agricultural


Quang Vu road (quarters 58, 59

of Quy Hoa ward)




Construction of 01 central

administration building with 9

storeys, total floor area of 19,170m2.

The buildings will be structured of


basement;

Construction of auxiliary works

(Auxiliary structures: yard, internal

road, landscape, green trees, parking

house, parking lot, substations and

others)







led interactive screen, building




Final Report 39









to land acquisition. In the area,

there area Hai An pagoda (to be

remained) and 2 temples of Le

and Pham families (to be

displaced).

management system, etc

Design scale: 250 officers/lecturers

B Component 2

6 Technopole

and High tech

area (B2)



borders the University of

Foreign Languages Studies

under the UD subproject and the

area planned to build trading

center of the UD; the South is

adjacient to the Multi-purpose

sport complex and the West is

boundary to new residential area

(the vacant area after site

clearance).

- Area: 6.8ha

- Current status of land use: is the

residenital area and agricultural


Quang Vu road (residential

quarters 58, 59, Hoa Quy ward)




including:



- 04 high-tech buildings with 03

storeys, floor area of 15,600 m2.

There are 4 laboratories will be

installed in 4 above high-tech

buildings, including:

- Lab 1: Renewable Energy

Technology - Biology - Environment

- Lab 2: Mechatronics Technology -

Automation - Automatic

- Lab 3: Life Science (gene

technology, Animal and Plant cell

technology, Microbiology Technology,

Nanotechnology, Pharmaceutical




Final Report 40




common drainage system;

adjacient to the temporary yard

of construction materials in

Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road

- Residents: The area that was not






to land acquisition. In the area,

there area Khai Tay Sanctuary

(to be remained) and graves (to

be displaced)

Technology and natural compounds)

- Lab 4: Digital technology (Internet of

Things, Cloud Computing, Artificial

Intelligence, Data Science, Information

Security)



basement;




of the building, laboratory wastawater

treatment plant, etc.




etc.

Design scale: 24,000 students and

staffs

7 New

construction

of technical

infrastructure

(B1)

- Position: are approach roads to

member units of the UD and

division of functional area

within the 40ha-wide campus of

the UD subproject.

- Area: 40 ha

- Current status of land use: is

residential land and agricultural

land, and cemetery land of

households on Luu Quang Vu

road (quarters 58, 59, 60, 61 in

Quy Hoa ward)

New construction of advanced

technical infrastructure, including:

internal road, power and power

system, drainage system, green trees,

Information technology infrastructure

of the University of Da Nang on

40ha, including:

- Leveling elevation: the leveling

elevation is +6.5; black sand is used

for leveling; total volume of soil and

sand is about 160.000m3

- Transport: new construction of about

12km transport road in the campus of




Final Report 41






- Residents: The area that was not


residential quarter 58, 59, 60, 61

Hoa Quy ward. The area has

low residential density. All

residents in the area will be

displaced due to land

acquisition.

40ha with a width of main axis is 34m

(section 2-2); branch axis is 20.5m

(section 1-1) and 15.5m (section 3-3);

compacted at K=0.98; road surface is

structured of asphalt concrete;

sidewalk, path and parking lot are

paved with Tarrezzo brick.

- Water supply: Construction of

separate substations for each site, the

connecting point will be discussed

with Ngu Hanh Son power company.

- Lighting system: internal roads in the

UD will, depending on the width of

cross section, be installed with one or

02 lighting posts opposite on road

sides. The posts will be made of steel,

10m high, the pend pipe is 2m which

stretch 1.5m. the average distance of

posts is 40m. On each post, there is a

LED light of 220V-150W.

- Water supply: connect to clean water

supply in Ngu Hanh Son district.

- Stormwater drainage: From the

UPVC stormwater drainage system, in

construction area and manholes on

transport routes, stormwater is led to

the common collection system located

on Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road. Total

length of 24km

- Wastewater collection: from septic

tank and UPVC pipe for wastewater

collection, wastewater is connected to

the city‟s wastewater treatment plant.




Final Report 42


Total length of the pipeline is 40km.

Discription of laboratories:

- Lab 1: Renewable Energy Technology - Biology - Environment

- Lab 2: Mechatronics Technology - Automation - Automatic

- Lab 3: Life Science (gene technology, Animal and Plant cell technology, Microbiology Technology, Nanotechnology, Pharmaceutical Technology and natural

compounds)

- Lab 4: Digital technology (Internet of Things, Cloud Computing, Artificial Intelligence, Data Science, Information Security)

(Note: The detail discription of above laboratories will be updated during the FS stage)




Final Report 43

Table 1.2. Investment volume of work items

No. Works No.of building No.of

storey Unit

Total floor

area

A Component 1: Enhanced quality of teaching and learning

(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5) 14 101,745

A1 University of Technology and Education 4 45,142

1 Working building (one building with 05 storeys) 1 5 m2 floor 8,500

2 Study building (02 buildings with 5 storeys) 2 5 m2 floor 30,000

3 Practicing building (01 building with 03 storeys) 1 3 m2 floor 6,642

4 Auxiliary structures: yard, internal road, landscape, green trees, parking house,

parking lot, substations and others) item

A2 University of Foreign Languages Studies 2 18,000


6 Study building (02 buildings with 5 storeys 1 5 m2 floor 7,500



A3 International University 2 14,100

8 Working building (01 building with 05 storeys) 1 5 m2 floor 4,350

9 Practicing and testing building (01 building with 05 storeys) 1 5 m2 floor 9,750



A4 Multi-purpose sport complex 6 24,503

11 Dormitory (03 buildings with 05 storeys) 3 5 m2 floor 11,340

12 Study building (02 buildings with 5 storeys) 1 5 m2 floor 9,750

13 Canteen (01 building with 01 storey) 1 1 m2 floor 3,413






Final Report 44

No. Works No.of building No.of

storey Unit

Total floor

area

A5 Executive building

15 Working building (01 building with 09 storeys) 1 9 m2 floor 19,170

16 Internal infrastructure (yard, internal road, landscape, green trees, parking house,


B Component 2: Research excellence in selected fields(B1+B2) 5 24,100

B1 Construction of technical infrastructure (internal transport, water supply, water

drainage, electricity, etc.) ha 40.0

B2 Technopole center (in the research, development and incubation area


19 High-tech lab (04 buildings with 03 storeys) 4 3 m2 floor 15,600




Final Report 45

1.5. Construction methods

Foundation construction

Before commencement of the construction work, contractor will prepare construction method

and equipment mobilization plan, prepare the construction site, check the testing devices,

determine benchmarks and coordinate system of the works. The construction contractors must

strictly follow the process for construction of bored piles to ensure the quality of the piles

meets TCXDVN 326-2004 standard, take measures for earthwork with great depth and for

mass concrete construction in accordance with TCVN 305-2004.

Construction method for 3 – 9- floor works

The works with height from 3 to 9 floors will have concrete pile foundation

Using precast concrete piles; drive the piles in pile groups; from the middle to the

surrounding. Pile size is 30 x 30cm, pile length is 5-7m; The density of piles is about

5-7 piles/m2.

Pressing the pile: Using pile pressing machine to press the pile into the soil, excavate

the soil to the depth of 2-3m. Let the piles set in over 30 days before carrying out static

tests on the piles. Start the pressing on the piles accurately and reasonably. Build the

buildings and ancillary works.

Methods for installation of formworks and scaffolding

Formwork and foundation will comply with the requirements of TCVN 5724-1992.

Construction of formwork will be done by teams of skilled and experienced workers.

Formwork is classified, gathered separately in each area and transported to the construction

site mainly by tower cranes.

Construction method for formwork of girder, floor and roof

Before installing formwork, we will check and position central axle of the beam. Install the

formwork, check after installation to ensure safety during construction.

Construction method for high-rise works

Formwork used for structures using shaped steel formwork. The components fabricated on the

ground will be brought to installation position by cranes. Transport the concrete by

specialized vehicles and brought to high platform by pump or cranes. Transport other

materials to high platform by cranes or hoists.

The formwork system to be used should be convenient, easy to assemble and should ensure

stability under working load and wind effects. Follow construction order for each floor, the

construction joints, the expansion joints between girders, beam and floors, ensure integrity.

Fabrication, assembly and erection of steel structures of the heat exchanger will strictly follow

the process of erection of steel structure. The erection will be implemented upwardly and at

the same time with process of installation of equipment.

Methods for water supply and drainage in the buildings under the project

Measures for carrying out each step of the water supply and drainage construction process of

the Project are specified as follows: Determine locations, Install indoor water supply pipes.

Cut and thread galvanized steel pipes directly at the construction site by manual

cutting method combined with specialized pipe threading machine.

Use a cutting machine to cut PVC pipes into sections with designed lengths.

The water supply pipeline is hidden inside wall, so the brick cutting machines and

manual cutting method will be applied to create trenches on the wall. Thus, after

installation, the pipe will be fully immersed in the wall to facilitate later ceramic tiles.




Final Report 46

The average depth of trenches on the wall is 3-4cm, the average width is 5-10cm

depending on the position. If many pipes are installed at the same route on the wall,

the trench cutting will be made carefully on the wall so as not to affect the structure of

the wall.

The gap of threaded joints during construction of water supply pipeline will be lined

by paint-coated jute wires.

All the pipe ends before and after construction will be sealed by plugs to avoid foreign

objects.

Carry out the pipe pressure test immediately after installation.

After installing the pipe, use plaster to fix the pipe on the wall, under the floor.

Installation of outdoor water supply pipeline

Processing and cutting galvanized steel pipes by manual cutting table combined with

specialized thread cutting machine; Transporting the pipes to locations where installation is

required; Excavating cable trenches and placing steel pipes into trenches and conducting steel

pipe connection joints; The gasket, sealing gap of the threaded joints during construction are

all sealed to avoid foreign objects; After the installation is completed, conduct the testing and

inpecting water supply capacity to each project area.

Installation of indoor drainage pipes

Specialized hanging device will be use to position the drainage pipes on each floor. The

hanging device will be manufactured in such a way that it can easily adjust the height to

facilitate the slope. PVC pipes and fittings will be joined together by specialized pipe glue.

Every position where the pipe penetrates through the concrete floor will be waterproofed.

Installation of sanitary wares

The sanitary wares are mostly made of porcelain, so they will be carefully installed and have

protective measures to ensure their safety; Sanitary wares will be installed when the process

of masonry, plastering, tiling, tile and ceiling are completed; The couplings between the

sanitary wares and the pipeline will be the types supplied or selected by the sanitary ware

manufacturer; The lavabo and wall hanging urinal must be tighten to the wall by galvanized

steel or stainless steel bolts; The sanitary wares will be checked and tested after being

installed; Protective measures will be provided until the works are handed over and brought in

to use.

Construction and installation of grounding system – lightening protection

Survey the structures to identify the type of soil, the characteristics of humidity, pH,

groundwater level to select the form of grounding and the number of piles needed for the

system; Identify the location of piles at the required depth for pile driving based on the design

drawings; Connect the piles into a bare copper wire network; Check the connection joints,

welds, then connect to the main switchboard, write the marks on the grounded busbar to

facilitate the operation of the system.

Construction and installation of the external power system

Turn the trenches to bury the underground power line. Each underground power line is

threaded in a conduit to ensure safety from short-circuiting.

Construction, installation of transformer

Excavate soil, erect reinforced concrete pillars, main drag resistance and install earthing road

for the substation. Install uPVC pipes passing medium voltage cables, low voltage outgoing

cables before construction of transformer station foundation, pipe connections must be glued

of special type, the pipe ends must be cleaned before glued.

Concreting transformer foundation and foundation.




Final Report 47

Construction arrangements

Preparation and receipt of the site:

Organize and assign responsibilities to individuals in the implementation management

apparatus.

Receive the site to construct working offices, stores, worker camps, etc.

Submit the progress of approving design drawing, survey on the construction site for

design of equipment design drawings.

Submit the schedule and material approval.

Submit and implement the material procurement plan.

Construction of stores and worker camps

Warehouse construction materials: The material warehouse at the site shall be

constructed within the subproject area. It should be firmly constructed on high ground

to avoid wetness due to rain or other factors. If the construction area is too narrow, the

Contractor shall set a plan to hire a warehouse for ensuring both material storage and

convenience for material supply.

Equipment storage: Imported equipment or main equipment will be stored at the

warehouse built by the Contractor. Only when the equipment is transported to the

construction site, there are available approved transportation means, installation

methods to ensure the shortest duration of installation.

Works: in inclusive of working offices of the site management board and processing

workshops.

Transportation of materials and equipment

Materials and equipment will be transported from the Contractor‟s warehouse to the

construction site by specialized vehicles such as forklifts, cranes, loads, etc. The

construction materials will be delivered to the site as planned in accordance with the

construction progress so as to avoid delays of the construction progress. Supplies and

equipment will be transported at least 5 days before installation.

The imported equipment is transported to the Contractor‟s warehouse (or the Project

Owner‟s warehouse) to ensure not to be damaged and in timely manner to avoid long-

time storage at the site which can cause damages on equipment. Equipment for

installing cranes and other supplies, load will be calculated and submitted along with

the registration paper before use to avoid accidents that lead to construction delays.

Preparation of equipment

List of supplies and equipment for construction activities will be prepared and

submitted to the Project Owner before transported to the construction site.

Measurement equipment, Testing & Commissioning will be adjusted and labeled by

the State quality verification unit before use.

All electric equipment must be safe and protection devices for the equipment must be

sufficient in the case of electric shocks.

Temporary electric system for construction: electric cabinets (with support stand) on

the floor, Aptomat against shock and short circuits, sockets and circuit breakers for

construction.

Means of transport and construction machines

Means of transportation and installation such as cranes, trucks, construction vehicles,

etc. can be timely provided for the subproject. We are committed to selecting




Final Report 48

contractors who have good equipment and be active for this project to shorten the

construction time.

Construction machine: includes excavators, loaders, and specialized equipment used

for construction and installation such as: cutting machines, drilling machines, drilling

machines, TIG, electric welding, grinding machines, pipe-making equipment, cable

laying machine, etc.

Testing equipment, system testing: Measurement equipment with high reliability and

accuracy, meeting the most stringent requirements of testing standards in the bidding

document.

Preparation of materials and equipment: To ensure quality, the Contractor must prepare the

following steps:

Prepare the plan on materials and equipment to be used and submit the plan to the

Design Consultant,

Prepare the plan on supplies, equipment procurement and submit samples of some

installation materials to the Subproject Owner and Consultant for review and approval.

The Consultant must provide the materials as the prepared schedule, sign contracts on

equipment impacts; ensure the shortest period of material and equipment supply to the

site.

The material and equipment supply plan can be adjusted from time to time and satisfy

the construction progress or any changes on actual schedule and ensure the

coordination with other contractors.

Register of construction plan for the subproject, the Contractor must

Complete the construction schedule from the commencement date ordered by the

subproject Owner.

Detailed construction schedule and manpower plan are made on the Win Project which

is convenient for monitoring, updating and adjusting in each construction period

(weekly, monthly).

The construction plan will give priority to factors that affect the progress of

construction contractors. It should ensure the soonest reinstatement for completing the

works.

1.6. Labors, materials, machinery and equipment

1.6.1. Construction phase

It is expected that the UD subproject will mobilize a large number of construction workers in

18-36 months upon each work‟s scale and characteristics. Details are presented below:

Table 1.2. Number of workers

No. Works

No. of

workers

(person)

Construction

time (month)

Implementation

period

I Component 1

1 University of Technology and

Education 200 24

Phase 2

2 University of Foreign Languages

Studies 200 36

Phase 2




Final Report 49

No. Works

No. of

workers

(person)

Construction

time (month)

Implementation

period

3 International University 150 24 Phase 2

4 Executive building 100 24 Phase 1

5 Multi-purpose sport complex 150 24 Phase 1

II Component 2

6 Technopole Center and Innovation

Quarter 300 36

Phase 2

7 Technical infrastructure in the area

of 40ha 100 18

Phase 1

Total 1200

Note: Phase 1 from 2021 to 2022; Phase 2 from 2023 to 2025.

In the construction phase, the equipment as Excavator, bulldozer, compactor, pile drilling

machine, roller, welding machine, hoist, truck, etc. are used. The list of main machinery and

equipment for basic construction is presented in Table 1.4 below.

Table 1.3. List of main machinery and equipment

No. Machines and equipments

Un

iver

sity

of

Tec

hn

olo

gy

and

Ed

uca

tio

n

Un

iver

sity

of

Fo

reig

n

Lan

gu

ages

Stu

die

s

Inte

rnat

ion

al

Un

iver

sity

Mu

lti-

pu

rpo

se s

po

rt

com

ple

x

Ex

ecu

tiv

e bu

ild

ing

Tec

hn

opo

le c

ente

r

Tec

hn

ical

infr

astr

uct

ure

in t

he

area

of

40

ha

1. Excavator with one

bucket, 0.8m3

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

2. 1.6 m³ excavator 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

3. 108 CV bulldozers 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

4. 108 CV plate machine 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

5. 10T vibratory roller 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

6. 16T Mini Wheel Loader 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

7. 25T vibratory roller 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8. 10T automobile crane 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

9. Cars watering 5m3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

10. Automobile watering

plastic 7T 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

11. Mortar mixer 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

12. Concrete mixers 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

13. Water pumps 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

14. Plastic asphalt carpet

machine 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

15. Pile machine 2 2 2 2 2 2

16. Automobiles dump 20 20 20 20 20 20 20




Final Report 50

No. Machines and equipments

Un

iver

sity

of

Tec

hn

olo

gy

and

Ed

uca

tio

n

Un

iver

sity

of

Fo

reig

n

Lan

gu

ages

Stu

die

s

Inte

rnat

ion

al

Un

iver

sity

Mu

lti-

pu

rpo

se s

po

rt

com

ple

x

Ex

ecu

tiv

e bu

ild

ing

Tec

hn

opo

le c

ente

r

Tec

hn

ical

infr

astr

uct

ure

in t

he

area

of

40

ha

17. Steel bending machine 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

18. Electric welding machines 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

19. Shredder 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

Estimated excavated and backfilled volume is as follows:

Table 1.4. Volume of demolition, dredged material and excavation activities

Work item

Volume of

demolition

(m3)

Volume of

excavation

(m3)

Volume of

back-filling

(m3)

Total (m3)

Excavated and backfilled volume

in the area of 40ha 125,000 75,000 160,000 360,000

Materials demand for UD subproject follows:

Table 1.5. Volume of materials on the construction phase

Works Brick

(psc)

Stone

(m3)

Sand

(m3)

Cement

(Ton)

Steel

(Ton)

Wood/f

ormwor

ks (m3)

Asphalt

(m3)

1. University of

Technology

and Education 35,298,667 40,341 50,427 12,909.23 3,529.87

3,026 -

2. University of

Foreign

Languages

Studies

42,490,000 48,560 60,700 15,539.20 4,249 3,642 -

3. International

University 20,230,000 23,120 28,900 7,398.40 2,023 1,734 -

4. Multi-

purpose sport

complex 11,746,000 13,424 16,780 4,295.68 1,174.60 1,007 -

5. Executive

building 25,841,667 29,533 36,917 9,450.67 2,584.17 2,215 -

6. Technopole

Center 22,166,667 25,333 31,667 8,106.67 2,216.67 1,900 -

7. Technical

infrastructure

in the area of

40ha

- 1,703 - - - - 902,264

Total 157,773,000 212,507 225,390 57,700 15,777 13,523 902,264

The subproject will use materials from available material pits in Da Nang city, mainly in Hoa

Vang and Lien Chieu district, under the Resolution 205/NQ-HDND dated 19/12/2018 on

planning, exploitation and use of minerals as common construction materials in Da Nang city

by 2025, with a vision to 2030.




Final Report 51

The mines supplying construction material to the UD subproject will be granted operation

license in accordance with the city regulations (the license of the mines will be added during

the construction phase, before purchasing materials)

Sand, stone, soil for construction/filling will be purchased from local borrow pits and quarries

transported to the project sites by roadways. Locations of potential sources, capacities and

operation permits are discussed in Table 1.7.

Table 1.6. Some expected mines to be used for the UD subproject

Name Description

a. Borrow pit:

Hoc Gia Hanh borrow pit

- Position: located in Tung Son, Hoa Nhon commune –

Hoa Vang district – Da Nang city. It is managed by

Quang Hung Company Limited.

- Exploitation and transportation conditions:

Convenient in all weather conditions.

- Distance to the subproject area: 12 km

- Reserves: approximately 700,000m3.

- Quality: clay mixed with sand and grit with gray, red-

brown color

b. Sand mine:

Cau Do sand mine (C1)

- Position: Located to the left of Do bridge in Hoa

Chau commune – Hoa Vang district – Da Nang city.

The sand mine is under management of Le Van.


Convenient in dry season and difficult in rainy

season.

- Distance to the subproject area: 10km (in which

0.5km of soil road from the mine to NH1A; 9.5km of

NH1A and Nam Ky Khoi Nghia).

- Supplying capacity: unstable and depending on

weather conditions and the supplying capacity from

exploitation source is small with an average of 300

m3/day.

- Quality: Good. Sand with medium – coarse particles

that is good for concreting use.

Cau Qua Giang sand mine (C2)

- Position: Located in the left of Qua Giang bridge in

Hoa Phuoc commune – Hoa Vang District. It is under

management of Ms Tran Thi Hoa.


Convenient in dry season and difficult in rainy

season.

- Distance to the subproject area: 5.5km (in which

0.2km of soil road from the mine to NH1A; 5.3km of

NH1A and Nam Ky Khoi Nghia)

- Supplying capacity: about 100m3/day.




Final Report 52

Name Description

- Quality: Good. Sand with medium – coarse particles

that is good for concreting use.

c. Quarry: -

Phuoc Thuan Quarries (D1)

- Position: It is located in Hoa Nhon commune – Hoa

Vang district – Da Nang city, under management of

the Asphalt Concrete and Quarry Exploitation

Enterprise.


Convenient.

- Distance to the subproject: about 8.5km (of which

2.0km of asphalt road of 5m wide; 1.0km asphalt road

of 10.5m wide and 2 km of NH14B, 3.5km asphalt

road of Nam Ky Khoi Nghia).

- Reserves: about 2,000,000m3.

- Quality: gray-blue, dark gray granite, good use for

concreting and asphalt concrete.

Hoc Khe Quarries 2 (D2)

- Position: located in Hoa Nhon commune – Hoa Vang

district – Da Nang city, under management and

operation of Chu Lai JSC branch

- Exploitation and transportation conditions: under

mechanical exploitation and convenient

transportation.


2.8km of asphalt road of 4.5m wide; 1.0km asphalt

road of 10.5m wide and 2 km of NH14B, 5km asphalt

road of Nam Ky Khoi Nghia).

- Reserves: nearly 1,400,000m3.

- Quality: gray-blue, dark gray granite, good use for

concreting and asphalt concrete.

d. Asphalt concrete mixer

Truong Son asphalt concrete plant

- Position: located in Hoa Nhon commune – Hoa Vang

district – Da Nang city. The plant is under

management of asphalt concrete and mine

exploitation Enterprise.


convenient. It is under exploitation of works in the

area.


1.0km of asphalt road of 10.5m wide; 2.1km asphalt

road of NH14B, 5km asphalt road of NH1A and Nam

Ky Khoi Nghia)

- The asphalt concrete mixing plant satisfies the

requirements on quality and environmentally friendly

and it is granted with operation license.




Final Report 53

Name Description

- Capacity: 60-80T/h.

Dang Hai concrete mixing plant

- Position: Vo Nguyen Giap - Nguyen Duc Thuan

streest (in 95 block, My Khe ward, Ngu Hanh Son

district).


convenient and exploited by several works in the

area.

- Distance to the subproject: around 4km.

- The asphalt concrete mixing plant satisfies the

requirements on quality and environmentally friendly

and it is granted with operation license.

- Capacity: 200 T/h.

1.6.2. Operation phase

In the operation phase, machines and equipment used for the subproject include studying and

teaching aids (computer, projectors, screens, multimeters,...), kitchen devices (refrigerator,

freezers, sinks, ovens, rice cookers, food drawers, etc.), mechanical equipment installed in the

executive building, air conditioners, pumps, generators, transformer station, etc.

Especially, in the Technopole, specific machines and equipment for studying and researches

will be used. More detail information will be updated in the FS stage. List of machines and

equipment is shown in the following table:

Table 1.7. List of main machinery and equipment in the Technopole

No. Name of universities/equipments

1 High Performance Computing (HPC) Center and Archives Center; Software and Virtual

Lab of 4 prioritized fields

- Multi purpose System - Privated Cloud System

- High Performance Computing (HPC) System

- System of virtual lab and computing software: Fluid Simulation software; Electronic

Simulation system; Simulation Solution for Car Crash; Laboratory of smart vehicles, etc.

2 Laboratory on Renewable Energy - Biology - Environment (Lab 1)

- Solar Simulation

- Thermal Solar collector Study

- FTIR spectrometer

- TOC/TN/TP Analyzer

3 Laboratory on Mechatronics Technology - Automation (Lab 2)

- EXCEED SERIES mechanical universal testing machine

- Industrial robot arm

- Mobile robot model

- Servo motor

- Control board, driver for servo motors




Final Report 54

No. Name of universities/equipments

- Hardware in the Loop simulation

4 Laboratory of Life Sciences (Gene, Animal and Plant Cells, Microbiology,

Nanotechnology, Pharmacy and Natural Compounds) (Lab 3)

- Refrigerator storing microbiological samples (40C).

- Ultra-low freezers (-800C).

- Temperature Controlled Shakers.

- Ultrasound-assisted enzymatic extraction.

- Microbial densitometer.

- Protein Quantitation Kit.

- Biological centrifuge.

- Autoclave.

- Biosafety cabinet-class I.

- Fume hood.

- Conductivity meter.

- pH meter.

- Thermogravimetry-Differential Thermogravimetry (TG-DTG) Analyzer.

- X-ray Diffractometer (XRD).

- Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM).

- CT Scan images.

- Carbonate distillation cabinet.

- Electron microscope.

5 Laboratory on Digital Technology (Internet of Things, Cloud Computing, Artificial

Intelligence, Data Science, Information Security) (Lab 4)

- Virtual Reality Simulation Systems

- Motion monitoring system

- Auxiliary equipment (glasses, station)

- Workstation

- Electrocardiogram, electromechanical analyzing system

- Traffic and attack simulation system

- Firewalls

- Software for workstation security

- Controlling and quick response software

- Intrusion Prevention System

- Centralized monitoring and reporting system

(Source: University of Da Nang, 1/2020)

In the operation phase, the subproject will use the following water and fuels:

- Water supply for buildings/laboratories

- Petrol for the operation of generators and other machines

- Power for lighting, air conditioning, ventilation, cooking. This is the major energy

consumption source of the subproject




Final Report 55

- Gas for cooking in canteen and some compressed gases for testing in the lab.

Chemicals to be used in the lab for Life Science consist of:

Table 1.8. List of materials on the operation phase

No. Name Formula

I Acid

1. Hydrochloric acid HCl

2. nitric acid HNO3

3. Sulfuric acid H2SO4

4. Phosphoric acid H3PO4

5. Sulfuric acid H2SO3

6. chloric acid HClO3

7. Carbonic acid H2CO3

8. Nitrogen acid HNO2

9. Acetic acid CH3-COOH

10. Benzoic acid C6H5-COOH

II Bases

11. Sodium hydroxide NaOH

12. Calcium hydroxide Ca(OH)2

13. Copper (II) hydroxide Cu(OH)2

14. Iron (II) hydroxide Fe(OH)2

15. Barium hydroxide Ba(OH)2

16. Magnesium hydroxide Mg(OH)2

III. Salt

17. Ammonium nitrate NH4NO3

18. Ammonia chloride NH4Cl

19. Sodium chloride NaCl

20. Barium chloride BaCl2

21. Sodium nitrate NaNO3

22. Copper (II) nitrate Cu(NO3)2

23. Sodium phosphate Na3PO4

Note: More detail information will be updated in the FS stage

1.7. Disposal site

For the UD subproject – WB fund, leveling will be conducted in the area of 40ha after

finishing compensation and site clearance. Before leveling, it is required to remove the

organic soil layer and wastes from demolition activities. The construction solid wastes during

the site clearance and organic removal will be transported as follows:

- Construction wastes: Debris and excavated soil can be used for leveling of works and area

of the UD subproject. Particularly, the soil can be used to build service roads to the

construction area. The non-reusable soil can be collected and transported to the disposal site

by Da Nang Urban Environmental Company (described in Chapter 2).

- Removal of organic soil: The results from analysis of removed organic soil showed that the

soil in the subproject area has not been contaminated of heavy metal, thus it can be used to be

the secondary soil for on-sport leveling and compaction if qualified or for planting trees.

Expected disposal site: As planned, the construction wastes (debris), solid domestic wastes from

the subproject will be collected, transported and treated at Khanh Son/solid waste treatment

complex in Hoa Khanh Nam, Lien Chieu district. The site is about 15km from the subproject

area.

- Area: 48ha




Final Report 56

- in Hoa Khanh Nam ward, Lien Chieu district

- Capacity (treatment) : 700 tons/day

- Management Unit: Da Nang URENCO

- Operation duration: 2007 – 2025 (untill 2035 by upgrading Khanh Son/solid waste

treatment complex)

- Transportation distance: about 15km from Khanh Son disposal site NH 14B

NH 1A Nam Ky Khoi Nghia Subproject area.

1.8. Resettlement site

A Resettlement site needs to be constructed to accommodate 468 relocated households due to

losing residential land and houses. This resettlement site is invested by Da Nang city as a

separate project and in the judgment of the Bank it is considered as an associated facility because

it is:

- Directly and significantly related to the project; and

- Carried out, or planned to be carried out, contemporaneously with the project; and

- Necessary for the project to achieve objective

Scope and level of impact:

Affected land area: 12.5 ha

Number of affected households: 120

Number of severely affected households: 58

Number of relocated households: 28

Number of vulnerable households: 7

Investor: People's Committee of Da Nang City Implementation duration: 2020-2021

Estimated total investment: 15,000,000,000 VND

The Resettlement site is associated with the UD subproject, so the Bank‟s safeguards policy

shall apply. Implementation of involuntary resettlement for the resettlement site will be

followed this RAP. The UD-PMU in combination with external monitoring agency will

monitor the implementation of resettlement of this site and include in semi-annual monitoring

reports of the UD subproject to submit to the Bank.

Resettlement site for graves

The project will cause relocation of about 1,500 graves. The People's Committee of Da Nang

City has prepared a plan to relocate all graves in the city, including 1,500 graves in the UD

village project, to Hoa Ninh Cemetery Park which has been built and under operation, 20km

from the city center. The affected households were consulted, and all agreed on relocation of

these affected graves to the new cemetery of the city.

1.9. Project area of influence

According to OP 4.01 and project description, affected areas of the project include work items

under the component 1 and 2 in 40ha of the UD's campus and about 200 m far from the

sensitive locations of affected areas such as schools, religious areas and transport system. The

distance is selected on the basis of noise from pile pressing works which is considered to be

the most serious impacts.




Final Report 57

Table 1.9 The sensitive areas related to activities of the subproject area of influence

No. Components Location Project area of influence

Air, Noise and Vibration Aquatic Ecology

1. Component 1

1.1

University of

Technology and

Education UD's campus

The students, lecturers, officers and

the building structures of (i) Faculty

of Medicine and Pharmacy; (ii)

College of Information Technology;

(iii) The existing dormitory.

None

1.2

University of

Foreign Languages

Studies UD's campus






None

1.3

International

University

UD's campus






None

1.4

Multi-purpose sport

complex

UD's campus






None

1.5

Executive building

UD's campus





(iii) The existing dormitory;

Hai An pagoda.

None

2. Component 2

2.1

Technopole Center

UD's campus





(iii) The existing dormitory;

Khai Tay Santurary

None

2.2

Technical

infrastructure in the

area of 40ha

UD's campus






None

Apart from direct impacts from the subproject in UD's campus following areas may be

affected by the project during implementation of items by material construction transport and

disposal. Basically, main routes for material construction transport and disposal are:

Outbound roads:




Final Report 58

NH 1A: NH1A running through Da Nang city has been upgraded with the cross

section expanded to 33m (the section in Truong Chinh road where the rail way runs

parallelly with the cross section of 28m). The road was asphalted.

NH 14B: This road connects Da Nang city to Highland and links Da Nang with the

Asian Highway to Cambodia, Thailand, etc. It now was completed with an average cross

section in the segment Tien Sa – Hoa Cam from 33 to 48m, and the segment Hoa Cam - Hoa

Khuong of 15m.

Provincial Road 607 (Tran Dai Nghia Road): with total length of 15 km, it was

upgraded to 34m, has a separate strip; each side has 02 lanes. The road was concreted and

has high quality.

Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road (the ring road of Da Nang city): with total length of 10 km,

the section running the project area is 2km long, 34m wide with a separate strip and 02 lanes

on each side. The road was concreted and has high quality.

Mai Dang Chon road: with total length of 15 km. It has been upgraded and expanded

to 34m wide with a separate strip and 02 lanes on each side. The road was concreted and has

high quality.

Transport system in the subproject area

The route 1 (from the College of Information Technology to Nam Ky Khoi Nghia) and

route 2 and 7 and part of the route 2 and 6. These routes are structured of asphalt concrete and

arranged with good drainage and illuminating system on both sides.

Luu Quang Vu road has a width of 6-8m, structure of asphalt concrete. It has common

drainage culvert and lighting system on road sides however the quality of road is not good.

The road will be removed to build infrastructure in the Da Nang University Campus in

accordance with the approved plan.

1.10. Project implementation schedule and total investment fund

a. Total investment fund

Total estimated investment fund for the project is: USD 111 million, equivalent to VND

2,546.007 billion (equivalent exchanges: USD/VND = 22,937).

In which: WB‟s fund is USD 100 million, equivalent to VND 2,293.700 billion (occupying

90%) and counterpart fund of USD 11 million, equivalent to VND 252,307 billion (making

up10%)

b. Project implementation schedule

- Subproject preparation: From 2019 to 2020.

- Subproject implementation: From 2021 to 2025. The subproject implementation will

be divided into 02 phases: Phase 1 (2021-2022) and Phase 2 (2023 - 2025)

- Operation: from 2026.

The project implementation schedule is presented in Table 1.6 below.

Table 1.10 Project implementation schedule

No. Contents Time

1 The subproject proposal approved by the Prime Minister 12/2020

2 Proposal of Pre-FS report prepared and submitted to the Prime Minister

(appraisal of Minister, Central Agencies). 01/2020

3 Investment policy proposal approved by the Prime Minister 03/2020

4 Preparation of FS and other component reports; approval of the subproject 03-5/2020




Final Report 59

No. Contents Time

documents, related documents and decisions on the subproject investment

5 FS appraised by WB 3/2020

6 Approval of FS 5/2020

7 Negotiation – sign of loan agreement 5-6/2020

8 Detailed design, Request for proposal of 30% investment value (Phase1) 6-11/2020

9 Approval of detailed design, Request for proposal of 30% investment value 12/2020

11 Bidding for 30% investment value 01-6/2021

12 Detailed design, Request for proposal of 70% investment value (Phase 2) 1/2021

13 Approval of detailed design, Request for proposal of 70% investment value 6/2021

14 Bidding, construction, acceptance, hand over the site for 70% investment

value

7-12/2010-

12/2025

(Source: PreFS, 1/2020)

Phase 1: 2021-2022: disbursement of 30% WB loan.

Phase2: 2023-2025: disbursement of remaining loan.

The following table displays investment items in 02 phases of the subproject:

Table 1.11 Investment items for components

No. Components Phase 1

(2021-2022)

Phase 2

(2022-2025)

Reason for selection

of the works phase 1

1 Component 1,2

- Executive building.

- Multi-purpose sport

complex.

- Technical

infrastructure in the

area of 40ha.

- University of

Technology and

Education;

- University of

Foreign Languages

Studies;

- International

University;

- Technopole center

(in the research,

development and

incubation area .

- The work selected

in the phase I has

normal

characteristics ; the

contractor selection

is simple and

should be soon

implemented

2 Component 3

- Reform of training

program and method

(phase-1)

- Upgrade of

technology and

research capacity

building (phase-1)

- Reform of training

program and method

(phasse-2).

- Upgrade of

technology and

research capacity

building (phase-2).

- Construction of

advanced university

governance by

application of

information

technology.

- Comply with and

associate with

investments in the

works




Final Report 60

(Source: PreFS, 1/2020)

1.11. Project implementation arrangement

The Ministry of Education and Training (MOET) is the Line agency,

responsible for its own respective sub-components (1.2, 2.2 and 3.2). MOET‟s

responsibilities include, inter alia:

- Approve the project operational manual (POM);

- Review and approve the project procurement, financial and implementation

plans (to be updated annually) that are prepared by PMU;

- Oversee the implementation of the PMU and provide support to address

implementation bottlenecks based on quarterly and six monthly monitoring

reports prepared by PMU; and

- Report to other Government Agencies and the World Bank on the performance

of project implementation by PMU.

Subproject Owner: University of Da Nang (UD)

UD will be assigned by the MOET to be the subproject Owner. UD to establish a PMU to

implement respective components of the project on UD‟s behalf, with clear TOR and

adequate competent personnel and ensure smooth coordination between the PMU and the

beneficiary member institutions; the PMU has the following responsibilities, among others:

• Preparation of the overall work plan; annual work plan with activities, timeline, inputs

required, and outputs expected; procurement plan; financial plan; and regular,

progress, and thematic reports at request;

• Implementation of activities including, but not limited to, financial management,

procurement, safeguards, training, consulting services, goods and civil works;

• Project M&E;

• Coordination with concerned member universities (MUs) to ensure execution of

project aligns with development of respective MUs; and

• Report on project implementation progress and result monitoring to VNUHN, UD and

VNUHCM respectively, the World Bank and other stakeholders.

Representative of the Subproject Owner: Project Management Unit

PMU Director:

• Seconded from the university management board and have at least a standing of

Deputy Director who works full time; or

• Experienced WB Project Director supported by Vice Director(s), specialized in

university development and/or campus/facilities development.

Core service teams:

• Financial Management and Accounting teams;

• Procurement team;

• M&E;

• Safeguards; and

• Administration/Communications.

Technical teams will be required for each component, for example, quality assurance,

pedagogical practices, education technology, research, governance/financial

sustainability, construction/equipment and facility management, management

information system etc.




Final Report 61

Technical team comprise of part-time representatives of the MUs to ensure MUs‟

needs are reflected in various contracts associated with the architecture, design, and

construction of the campus/facilities and institutional capacity development. The PMU

can hire consultants if the requisite skills are not available at the universities.

Figure 1.2: Diagram of subproject implementation arrangement




Final Report 62

CHAPTER 2. ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

2.1. Physical Conditions

2.1.1. Geographical Location, Topography and Meteorology

Geographical Location

The University Village of Da Nang, including universities, research centers/institutes and

experimental lab area will be located in an area of 300ha according to the Masterplan. In

which 110ha is belong to Da Nang city and 190ha in Quang Nam province. Of 110ha in Da

Nang, 40 ha was cleared for constructing the Viet-Han University of Information Technology

and some functional buildings of UD. The remaining 70ha area needs to be cleared in which

40ha is required for the Bank financed project (here is called Da Nang (UD) subproject).

UD subproject is located in Hoa Quy ward, Ngu Hanh Son district, Da Nang city (the

Southeast of Dang Nang city), bordering Dien Ban district of Quang Nam province. Its

boundaries are:

- The North: borders with Nam Ky Khoi Nghia street with length of about 1.5km

toward the intersection of Tran Dai Nghia and Nam Ky Khoi Nghia street.

- The East: borders with Korea – Vietnam Friendship Information Technology College

(under the management of Ministry of Information and Communication)

- The South: borders with the planned area of Da Nang University Village in Dien Ban

district, Quang Nam province)

- The West: borders with the planned area of Da Nang University Village (the planned

area is the services and trading area wihin 110ha area in Da Nang city).

The

subproject

area




Final Report 63

Figure 2.1: Location of UD subproject in UD village

In conclusion, the subproject location is convenient for transport with high-quality roads

linking the center of Da Nang cities and vicinities, including: Nam Ky Khoi Nghia, Tran Dai

Nghia, Mai Dang Chon, etc. and consistent with the future development objectives of Ngu

Hanh Son district in particular and Da Nang city in general.

Topography

The subproject area is situated in the Central Coastal Region which has a flat dry-sandy

terrain under the coastal plain of Da Nang city, with an average elevation of +4.2m. It is

favorable for site clearance, construction and operation of the subproject.

Geology

Da Nang city is situated in the edge of a Paleozoic fold belt (known as the Truong

Son Orogenic Zone). The city‟s geological structure includes 05 formations: A Vuong, Long

Dai, Tan Lam, Ngu Hanh Son and Quaternary. Out of 5 formations, A Vuong, Long Dai, Tan

Lam are structured of schist and sandstone. Ngu Hanh Son formation‟s geology is

characterized of grey-white limestone. The De Tu deposit includes formation of river, river-

sea, see-marssh which was formed from early Pleistocen to late Holocen. Its composition

mainly consists of sand, pebbles, gravel, mixed sand, clay loam, etc.

According to the results of geological survey on construction works near the subproject area

(Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy, College of Information Technology etc.). The project

area has a stable soil foundation with good load strength (R0=1.5kg/cm2). At the depth from

6m-12m, drilling activities should be carried out to avoid construction of works on the Caster

cave.

For the UD subproject, the geological survey results will be updated in the basic design and

detailed design.

2.1.2. Climate, Meteorology

The subproject area shares the common climate characteristics of Da Nang which has tropical

moonsoon, high temperature and low temperature fluctuation. Da Nang‟s climate is

characterized by the mixture of the North‟s and the South‟s climate but the south‟s climate

prevails. There are 02 distinct seasons: rainy season lasting from August to December while

the dry season starts from January and end in July. Sometimes, there are cold spells in winter

but with low intensity and short period.

Temperature: The average temperature of the year is 260C. Storms often hit the city in

September and October annually; The difference between the lowest and highest temperature

is about 8oC. August always has the highest temperature of the year with about 30.1

oC while

the lowest temperature is in February with around 21.50C.

Air humidity: The annual average humidity ranges from 79.7% -81.8% that is almost

unchangeable through seasons.

Rain: The average annual rainfall is 2,539 mm; the highest precipitation is in October,

November and December with about 253mm -1279mm; the lowest is in February, March and

May, with 5mm to 30 mm/month on average.

Wind: The East wind prevails in summer (April-September), wind speed is 3.3 m/s; 14 m/s;

Meanwhile, the North and Northwest wind directions dominate in the Winter (October to

following March), the strongest wind speed is about 20-25 m/s. In case of storms, the wind

speed can reache 40 m/s.

Natural Disasters: Da Nang City in general and the project area particularly will be affected

by natural disasters in the Central Region such as flooding and storm. There are average 02

storms hit Da Nang per year, storms in Da Nang often appears in January, October,

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paleozoic

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fold_(geology)

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Orogeny




Final Report 64

December; the storms are at level 9-10, accompanying heavy and long-lasting rain that poses

the risks of flooding. According to the Report on Natural Disaster Prevention in Da Nang, in

2018 the flooding and heavy rains drown out 925 houses and damaged 31 ha of rice and 3,925

ha of crops. The loss was estimated at VND 11 billion.

2.1.3. Hydrology and Oceanology, water resources

The subproject area is located in the area of 2km away from Co Co river toward the East

and 2.km from Vinh Dien river (The section near the subproject area is Cai river) toward the

West. There is no water body (pond, lake, river, stream) in the project area.

Vinh Dien river: is a branch of Thu Bon river, starting at Cau Lau bridge, about 5km from

the upstream. The river has a length of 23km, carries water of Thu Bon river (Quang Nam

province) and receives the flow from La Tho and Qua Giang rivers before discharging into

Han river (Da Nang). Vinh Dien river mainly serves for trading, irrigation and water supply

for agriculture.

Co Co river: Formerly, the river runs along Cai and Thu Bon river at Cua Dai estuary. At the

present, the river is sedimented and become a dead-end river. The flow of the river in dry

season in Da Nang city is mainly from Cai and Han rivers. Co Co river mainly plays a role as

drainage canal in the area.

Han river: is the last connecting point of Vinh Dien river, Cau Do river – Cam Le, discharge

into Da Nang sea. Han river starts from the confluence of rivers in districts of Cam Le, Hai

Chau, Ngu Hanh Son, then releases into Da Nang bay which is adjacent to Hai Chau and Son

Tra districts. The river‟s flow is from the South to the North. Its length is about 7.2km, width

of 900-1,200m, depth at 4-5m. Its main function serves as the drainage canal and beautiful

landscape – which is the tourism attraction of the city. The flow regime of Han river is

strongly influenced by the tidal regime of Da Nang sea.




Final Report 65

Figure 2.2: River systems in Da Nang city and subproject area

Tidal regime

The tidal regime of the sea in Da Nang has irregular and semi-diurnal tide. Specially, within

half of the day, there are both high tide and low tide but the tides are different between the

magnitude and time. Within a month, there are 03 tidal days on average due to impacts from

the sun, 8 days at most and 1 day at least. Due to the tides, the flowing regime in canals and

drainage culverts is quite complicated. In the course of flooding, canals and drainage culverts

receive both stormwater and wastewater from residential area. Moreover, the regime is

affected by high tide. The flooding level of the average highest tide reaches 120 cm and the

lowest is 80 cm.

2.1.4. Existing Environmental Quality

In order to have quantitative assessment on the local baseline environmental parameters in the

subproject area with an area of 40ha and some positions which are expected to affect by the

subproject, a monitoring program on 18th

Nov 2019 was provided by Thai Duong

Environment Treatment and Monitoring Joint Stock Compainy who is fully eligible and

Project area

Co Co

river

Cai river

Han

river

Vinh Dien

river




Final Report 66

qualified in environmental monitoring – have the certificate of Vimcerts 163 dated 29/8/2019

under the Decision No. 2206/QD-BTNMT. Some criteria on air quality (microclimate such as

temperature, humidity, pressure, wind speed), noise, vibration, water quality (pH,

temperature, DO, TDS) will be measured at the site; the remaining criteria will be sampled

and stored then analyzed in the lab. The monitoring parameters are shown in Table 2.1 below.

Table 2.1. Quantity Samples and Monitoring Parameters

No Sample No. of

sample

Parameters Standards

1 Air 8 13 parameters: Microclimate

(temperature, humidity,

pressure, wind speed, wind

direct), TSP, PM10 dust, CH4,

H2S, CO, NO2, SO2, O3.

- QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT:

National Technical

Regulation on Ambient Air

Quality

- QCVN 06:2009/BTNMT–

National technical

regulation on hazardous

substances in ambient air

- WB‟s HSE guideline

2 Noise, vibration 8 Noise, vibration - QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT:

National Technical

Regulation on Noise;

- QCVN 27 :2010/BTNMT:

National Technical

Regulation on Vibration


3 Surface water 4 17 parameters: pH,

temperature, TDS, TSS, DO,

COD, BOD5, NH4+, NO2

-,

NO3, Total N, Total P, SO42-

,

PO43-

, Cl-, Grease, Colifom.

- QCVN 08-

MT:2015/BTNMT: National

Technical Regulation on

Surface water quality.


4 Groundwater 3 14 parameters: pH,

temperature, hardness, DO,

TDS, NH4+, NO2

-, Cl

-, CN

-,

NO3-, SO4

2-, PO4

3-, Coliform,

E.Coli.

- QCVN 09-

MT:2015/BTNMT: National

Technical Regulation on

ground water quality.


5 Wastewater 3 17 parameters: pH,

temperature, smell, COD,

BOD5, TSS, NH4+, NO3

-,

SO42, PO4

3-, Fe, Mn, Cd, Cu,

As, grease and oil, Coliform.

- QCVN 14:2008/BTNMT:

National Technical

Regulation on domestic

wastewater, Column B


6 Soil 5 8 parameters: Cu, Zn, Cd, Pb,

Hg, As, salinity, pH

QCVN 03-

MT:2015/BTNMT National

Technical Regulation on the

allowable limits of heavy

metals in the soils.





Final Report 67

Figure 2.3: Environmental quality sampling location




Final Report 68

2.1.4.1. Air quality, noise and vibration

Air quality was monitored on 18th

Nov 2019 in sunny weather, moderate wind, temperature

260C, humidity 65%. Sampling locations include:

Sample Coordinate system 2000 Sampling Locations

X Y

K1 1767277 553709

At intersection of Nam Ky Khoi Nghia and Tran Dai Nghia

road

K2 1767215 553352

At Nam Ky Khoi Nghia, entrance road to Da Nang

University Village (near the University of Da Nang - A3)

K3 1766969 553323

At the existing dormitory area (border University of

Technology and Education - A1)

K4 1766815 553115

At the gate of Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy (near the

University of Foreign Language Studies- A2)

K5 1766324 553533

At the entrance road to Technology Faculty (Near the Da

Nang University Center - A5)

K6 1766691 552699

At residential area on Luu Quang Vu road (near Technopole

area - B2)

K7 1767088 551479

At the intersection of Nam Ky Khoi Nghia and Mai Dang

Chon roads (near the subproject‟s resettlement area)

K8 1766230 552760

At residential area that borders the southern Multi-sport

complex - A4

The results of sampling are listed in Table 2.2 below.

Table 2.2. Air Quality, Noise and Vibration

No Paramete

rs

Unit Results (an hour average valid) QCV

N

05:20

13/B

TNM

T

WBG

HSE

guide

line

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 -

1 Temperat

ure

0C 26.1 26.0 26.0 26.3 26.2 26.1 26.1 26.3 - -

2 Humidity % 65.2 65.0 65.1 65.3 65.7 65.2 65.8 65.6 - -

3 Pressure hPa 550 542 545 548 570 565 540 547 - -

4 Wind

speed

m/s 0.5 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.4 - -

5 Wind

direction

- South-

east

South-

east

South-

east

South-

east

South-

east

South-

east

South-

east

South-

east -

6 Noise dBA 60 58 61 62 62 55 63 59 70(1)

70

7 Vibration dB 45 40 42 43 44 45 41 40 70(2)

-

8 Suspende

d dust

mg/m3 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.11 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.3 -

9 Dust

PM10

mg/m3 0.20 0.18 0.15 0.17 0.21 0.15 0.14 0.13 - -

10 CO* mg/m3 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 30 -

11 SO2 mg/m3 0.05 0.02 <0.01 <0.01 0.04 <0.01 0.03 <0.01 0.35 0.2

12 NO2 mg/m3 0.01 0.02 <0.01 <0.01 0.03 <0.01 0.02 <0.01 0.2 -

13 O3* mg/m3 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.2 -

14 H2S mg/m3 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 - -

15 CH4* mg/m3 KPH KPH KPH KPH KPH KPH KPH KPH -

Comments: The results of air, noise and vibration monitoring in the subproject area are lower

than the allowable standards of QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT and HSE Guildeline. This proves

that the air, noise, vibration quality in the subproject areas is quite good and has no sign of

pollution generated from construction, industrial, services activities, etc in the area.




Final Report 69

2.1.4.2. Surface Water Quality

Surface water quality was monitored on 18 Nov 2019, sampling locations include:

Sample

Vietnam Coordinate

system 2000 Sampling locations

X Y

M1 1767312 555285 Surface water in Co Co river at the bridge across the Nam

Ky Khoi Nghia road (low tide)

M2 1767158 555285 Surface water in Co Co river at the bridge across the Nam

Ky Khoi Nghia road (high tide)

M3 1766192 549876 Surface water of Cai river at Hoa Phuoc bridge (high tide)

M4 1766285 549876 Surface water of Cai river at Hoa Phuoc bridge (low tide)

The results of surface water quality analysis are shown in Table 2.3 below.

Table 2.3. Surface Water Quality

No Parameter Unit Test methods Results QCVN

08-

MT:2015/

BTNMT

Column

B1

NM1 NM2 NM3 NM4

1 pH - TCVN 6492:2011 7.2 7.3 7.0 7.0 5.5-9

2 Temporary °C SMEWW 2550.B:2012 25.5 25.7 26.0 25.8 -

3 DO mg/L TCVN 7325:2004 5.1 4.9 5.2 5.0 ≥4

4 TDS SMEWW 2540C:2012 150 155 145 140 -

5 TSS mg/L TCVN 6625:2000 40.2 39.5 37.1 36.8 50

6 COD mg/L SMEWW 5220C:2012 25.1 25.5 23.7 23.5 30

7 BOD5 mg/L SMEWW 5210B:2012 13.0 13.2 10.7 10.5 15

8 NH4+

mg/L EPA Method 350.2 0.55 0.60 0.48 0.45 0.9

9 NO2-

mg/L TCVN 6178:1996 0.011 0.010 0.012 0.012 0.05

10 NO3-

mg/L SMEWW 4500-NO3.E:2012 1.15 1.12 0.85 0.83 10

11 Total N mg/L TCVN 6638:2000 <3.0 <3.0 <3.0 <3.0 -

12 Total P mg/L TCVN6202:2008 0.020 0.020 0.022 0.023 -

13 SO42-

mg/L SMEWW 4500SO42-

.E:2012 <1.7 <1.7 <1.7 <1.7 -

14 PO43-

mg/L TCVN 6202:2008 0.019 0.020 0.015 0.015 0.3

15 Chloride mg/L TCVN 6194:1996 110 115 125 121 350

16 Total oil

and grease

mg/L SMEWW 5520B:2012 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 1

17 Coliform MPN/

100ml

TCVN 6187-2:1996 4,300 4,300 4,700 4,700 7,500

Comment: According to the monitoring results, the monitored water parameters in Co Co

river (at the bridge across the river on Nam Ky Khoi Nghi road, about 2km from the project

area to the East) and Cai river (Vinh Dien river at Hoa Phuoc bridge, about 2.5km from the

project area to the West) are within the permissible level of QCVN 08-MT:2015/BTNMT:

National Technical Regulation on surface water, Column B1 (surface water source for

irrigation or for other using purposes that require the equivalent water quality or other

purposes as same as B2)

2.1.4.3. Groundwater Quality

Underground water was monitored on 18 November 2019 in some households using water in

drilling wells which have depth from 30m-40m. Sampling locations include:

Sample Coordinate system 2000 Sampling locations

X Y




Final Report 70

NN1 1766508 553265 Water in drilling well of Mrs.Le Thi Hai household, near Luu

Quang Vu road, Quy Hoa ward

NN2 1766629 552462 Water in drilling well in Mr.Pham Ngoc Vinh household, near

Luu Quang Vu road, Hoa Quy ward

NN3 1767030 553234 Water in drilling well in Mrs.Pham Thi Hien household, Quy

Hoa ward

Analyzing results on groundwater quality in following table 2.4.

Table 2.4. Groundwater Quality

No Paramet

er

Unit Test methods Result

QCVN 09-

MT:

2015/BTNMT NN1 NN2 NN3

1 pH - TCVN 6492:2011 7.0 6.9 7.0 5.5-8.5

2 Temperat

ure

°C SMEWW 2550.B:2012 24.5 25.1 24.7 -

3 DO mg/L TCVN 7325:2004 4.1 4.1 4.0 -

4 TSS mg/L TCVN 6625:2000 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 -

5 Hardness mg/L TCVN 6224:1996 250 280 210 500

6 NH4+

mg/L EPA Method 350.2 0.04 0.05 0.04 1

7 NO2-

mg/L TCVN 6178:1996 <0.013 <0.013 <0.013 1

8 NO3-

mg/L SMEWW 4500-NO3.E:2012 0.05 0.06 0.05 15

9 SO42-

mg/L SMEWW 4500 SO42-

.E:2012 2.0 1.85 1.90 400

10 PO43-

mg/L TCVN 6202:2008 <0.015 <0.015 <0.015 -

11 Chloride mg/L TCVN 6194:1996 98.7 1021 105 250

12 Cyanua mg/L SMEWW 4500CN-

.B&E:2012 <0.0025 <0.0025 <0.0025 0.01

13 Coliform MPN/

100ml TCVN 6187-2:2009 KPH KPH KPH 3

14 E.Coli MPN/

100ml TCVN 6187-2:1996 KPH KPH KPH KPH

Comment: The monitoring results of underground water show that the underground water

parameters in the project area is lower than the permissible level as per QCVN 09-

MT:2015/BTNMT – National technical standard on underground water quality

2.1.4.4. Wastewater Quality

Wastewater quality was monitored on 18 Nov 2019. Sampling locations include:

Sample Coordinate system 2000 Locations

X Y

NT1 1766908 553413

Wastewater from common drainage culverts near the existing

dormitory

NT2 1766692 553294

Wastewater from common drainage culverts near the Information

Technology College

NT3 1766753 553145

Wastewater from common drainage culvert near Faculty of

Medicine and Pharmacy

Analyzing results of wastewater samples are presented in the following table 2.4.

Table 2.5. Wastewater characteristics

No Parameter

Unit Test methods Results QCVN

14:2008/

BTNMT

column B

NT1 NT2 NT3

1 pH - TCVN 6492:2011 7.2 6.8 7.4 5-9

2 Temperature °C SMEWW 2552.B:2012 27.1 27.5 26.5 -

3 Odor - Sensory No No No -




Final Report 71

smell smell smell

4 TSS mg/L TCVN 6625:2000 75.1 65.8 78.2 100

5 COD mg/L SMEWW 5220C:2012 120 107 98.1 -

6 BOD5 mg/L SMEWW 5210B:2012 65.1 46.2 45 50

7 NH4+

mg/L EPA Method 350.2 6.5 5.15 5.70 10

8 NO3-

mg/L SMEWW 4500-NO3.E:2012 2.15 3.05 3.20 50

9 Fe mg/L TCVN 6177:1996 <0.012 <0.012 <0.012 -

10 Mn mg/L SMEWW 3500Mn.B:2012 <0.016 <0.016 <0.016 -

11 SO42-

mg/L SMEWW 4500SO42-

.E:2012 2.15 3.05 3.10 -

12 PO43-

mg/L TCVN 6202:2008 1.10 0.78 1.05 10

13 Cd* mg/L TCVN 6197:1996 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 -

14 Cu* mg/L TCVN 6193:1996 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 -

15 As* mg/L TCVN 6626:2000 <0.0004 <0.0004 <0.0004 -

16 Total grease

and oil

mg/L SMEWW 5520B:2012 2.5 1.75 3.2 -

17 Coliform MPN/

100ml TCVN 6187-2:1996 4,300 3,790 3,900 5,000

Comments: The results of domestic wastewater monitoring in the dormitory, Medicine and

Pharmacy Faculty, Information Technology College showed that almost all wastewater

parameters in the common drainage culverts are within allowable limit, excepting for BOD5

of the NT1 sample taken from the common culvert in the dormitory exceeds as 1.3 times as

allowable level of QCVN 14:2008/ BTNMT, Column B.

2.1.4.5. Soil Quality

Soil quality was monitored on 18 Nov 2019. Sampling locations include:

Sample

Coordinate system

2000 Sampling locations X Y

D1 1766568 552670 Soil in the construction area of Technopole building

D2 1766568 552938 Soil in the construction area of lecture hall

D3 1767000 553412 Soil in the construction area of dormitory

D4 1766998 552788 Soil in the construction area of smart house

D5 1766998 552550 Soil in the construction area of wastewater treatment station

Analysing results on soil quality in the project area show in Table 2.6.

Table 2.6. Soil Quality

No Parameter Unit Results QCVN 03-

MT:2015/BT

NMT Đ1 Đ2 Đ3 Đ4 Đ5

1 pH - 7.1 6.8 7.5 7.4 6.7 -

2 Salinity ‰ 0.45 0.50 0.61 0.65 0.70 -

3 Hg* mg/kg <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 -

4 As* mg/kg 0.15 0.20 0.17 0.18 0.20 15

5 Pb* mg/kg <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 70

6 Cd* mg/kg <0.25 <0.25 <0.25 <0.25 <0.25 2

7 Cu* mg/kg 2.15 2.10 2.20 2.52 2.45 100

8 Zn* mg/kg 1.62 1.67 1.65 1.65 1.60 200

Comment: The analysis results of heavy metals in the soil in the project area are much lower than

allowable limit as per QCVN 03-MT:2015/BTNMT: National technical regulation on allowable

limit of hevy metals in the soil. The salinity parameter is also as much lower as the permissible level

(0.45-0.75). These findings prove that there is no heavy metal contamination in the construction




Final Report 72

area. The excavated organic soil can be used for on-spot leveling or planting green trees in the

campus.

In conclusion,

2.1.5. Biological resources in subproject area

- Terrestrial animals: In the subproject area, there is no rare species listed in the red book. The

area has a large number of amphibians, reptiles. There are no precious animals, but some

species found as: Rodentia, Muscaroli, Rattus argentiventer, Carnivora, Suncus murinus,

Chiroptera and birds. In addition, there are cattle (buffaloes, cows, pigs, goats, etc.), poultry

(chickens, geese, ducks, and so on) raised by local households.

- Terrestrial plants: there are no rare species listed in the red book. The area has a number of

fruit trees (Coconut, jackfruit, orange, avocado, peach, coconut, dragon fruit, papaya,

bananas, and so on) grown by local people living along Luu Quang Vu road. The rest are

mainly shrubs, weeds, Ipomoea pes-caprae. In addition, there are fields of crops of local

people. Summary of trees and plants in the project area is presented in the following table:

No. Trees and plants Unit Quantity

1 Fruit trees (Coconut, jackfruit, orange,

avocado, peach)

tree 4,500

2 Dragon, papaya, bananas (with fruit,

without fruits, seedlings)

tree 27,500

3 Ornamental plants of all kinds tree 3,500

4 Specialized flowers (m2) m2 5,000

5 Small-size trees in household garden tree 15,000

6 Large-size trees in household garden tree 4,500

7 Vegetable of all kind (m2) m2 100,000

8 Rice (m2) m2 152,800

9 Others m2 -

Some images about the vegetation cover in the subproject area:

Grass and shrubs

Grass and shrubs




Final Report 73

Casuarina, various plants in garden

Ornamental plants of households

2.2. Socio-economic conditions

2.2.1. Land area, Land Use

The area of 70ha that was not compensated and cleared mainly consists of urban residential

area (residential area of group 58, 59, 60, 61), agricultural land, religious land, cemetery land,

transport land, etc. Details are as follows:

No. Type of land Area (ha) Rate (%)

1 Urban residential area 26.9 38.4%

2 Perennial land 14.1 20.1%

3 Transport land 11.0 15.7%

4 Non-agricultural land 1.2 1.7%

5 Cemetery land 3.5 5.0%

6 Unused land 8.7 12.4%

7 Other annual crop lands 3.5 5.0%

8 Others (religious, cultural

lands) 1.1

1.6%

Total 70 100.0%

2.2.2. Administrative units and population

Ngu Hanh Son District has 4 wards: My An, My Khe, Hoa Quy and Hoa Hai, with a natural

area of 40.18 km2. As of 2018, the district‟s population is 87,259 consisting of 43,330 male

(accounting for 49.66%) and 43,929 female (accounting for 50.34%). The subproject is

implemented within Hoa Quy ward.

Quy Hoa ward has a quite large natural area in comparison to other wards of Ngu Hanh Son

district, with 14,82km2, population of 16,868. However, the ward has the lowest population

density with about 1137.78 people/km2.




Final Report 74

Table 2.7. Area and population density of Ngu Hanh Son district in 2018

Communes/wards Area (Km2) Population (people)

Population density

(people/Km2)

Ngu Hanh Son

district 40.18 87,259 2171.25

My An 3.28 27,449 8360.95

My Khe 5.48 15,670 2860.43

Hoa Quy 14.82 16,868 1137.78

Hoa Hai 16.60 27,272 1642.71

(Source: Statistical year book of Ngu Hanh Son district in 2018)

According to the results of the survey on compensation, resettlement of the UD subproject,

there are 468 households, equivalent to 1354 people to be affected. Most of them live in and

sparsely along Luu Quang Vu road sides.

In addition, the subproject area has a large number of people (about 5000 students, officers,

lecturers of the Universities and Colleges, of which there are 3000 people from Information

Technology College, Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy under the University of Da Nang and

2000 people from Korea – Vietnam Friendship Information Technology College under

Ministry of Information and Communication.

2.2.3. Poverty

Based on the national poverty standard 2016-2020, Ngu Hanh Son district has 722 poor

households. Of which, the number of the poor households in Quy Hoa ward in 2018 was 335

households, making up 46% of the district.

Table 2.8. Summary of number of poor households in Ngu Hanh Son through years

Communes/wards Years (unit: household)

2015 2016 2017 2018

Ngu Hanh Son district 595 2,313 1,256 722

My An 66 312 171 78

My Khe 73 335 199 116

Hoa Quy 169 551 342 335

Hoa Hai 287 1,115 544 193

(Source: Statistical year book of Ngu Hanh Son district in 2018)

2.2.4. Economic characteristics

Economic development in Ngu Hanh Son district

The total production value of economic sectors in 2018 of Ngu Hanh Son district is VND

2,699 billion, reaching 106.5% of the plan. In which tourism - trade is determined as a key

economic sector of the district, of which:

- Tourism - Trade is estimated at VND 1,884 billion, reaching 103.97% of the plan. In

2018, Ngu Hanh Son relics and landscapes welcomed 1,946,494 visitors, revenue of

82.257 billions Dong, reaching 126% of the plan;

- Retail sales of consumer goods and services are estimated at VND 5,094 billion, reaching

103.95% of the plan.




Final Report 75

- Industry - Handicraft - basic construction reaches VND 744.38 billion, reaching 110.7%

of the plan. There are 657 industrial facilities in the district, attracting 3,243 workers. The

main industrial products of Ngu Hanh Son district are steel, alloy; Prefabricated building

components; Pure water; Shoes, clothes... Production value of industry – handicraft is

estimated at 422.46 billion VND, reaching 105.09%; and production value of the basic

construction industry is estimated at 321.92 billion VND, reaching 119.23%.

- Agriculture - Fishery industry is estimated at 70.7% billion dong, gaining 141.4% of the

plan, including

- Cultivation: Cultivated area: 467.5 ha, of which 247 ha of rice, yield 63 quintals/ha, yield

1,546 tons; vegetables 96 ha, yield 95 quintals/ha, yield 912 tons

- Breeding: Control of slaughtering, animal quarantine and vaccination for cattle and

poultry are basically ensured. Avian influenza in 2018 across the district for 91

households with 7,923 poultry...

- Aquaculture: Aquaculture area: there are 4 ha for freshwater fish farming, 11 ha for

brackish water shrimp farming in Hoa Quy. The main stocking households are raising

shrimp, snakehead fish and a few households raising tilapia tilapia, hybrid catfish, etc.

The shrimp productivity is estimated at 6 tons/ha, cultured fish of all kinds reaches 1.5

tons/ha. The fishing output is estimated at 1,150 tons of aquatic products of all kinds. The

district has 28 ships with a capacity of 10,966 CV (25 ships with a capacity of over

90cv).

2.2.5. Results of affted households survey in subproject area

The Da Nang University Village project has been planned since 1997, but the project

has not been implemented yet, lasting too long, greatly affecting the local socio-economic

development. People in the project area are not allowed to build, expand their houses, nor

grant construction permits. Therefore, the living conditions are limited, the houses are

deteriorated, the electricity and water supply systems are damaged, children's schooling is

difficult ... The socio-economic survey was conducted with 200 affected households. The

benefits are made by the Counsel during the prison period in November 2019.

Occupation of the employee: Results of the survey on the main occupation of the people,

(the working age of people in the report is from 18 to 60 years old) show that there are four

main groups of employments namely agriculture production (28.5%), Business/trade (27.4%)

and public servants (27%) in addition to a number of 16.8% of other occupations (housewife,

seaonsal waged job and retired person). Survey results on the main occupation of employees

are shown in detail in the following chart:

Figure 2.4: Chart of occupation of the employees




Final Report 76

Income: The average income of the AHs by the project is 5,083,673 VND/household/month.

The highest income is VND 25 million/household/month and the lowest is VND 1

million/household/month. Average income of affected households is lower than the city‟s

income per capita (5,506,000 VND/HH/month). The income structure of households is

detailed in the following table:

Table 2.9. Income structure of AHs

Income resource

Number

(Household) Percentage (%)

Agriculture 36 18

Business 44 22

Waged worker 128 64

Handicraft 4 2

Savings deposit interest rates 0 0

Support for policy family 20 10

Other sources 4 2

(Source: Affted households survey, 11/2019)

In terms of income sources, about 64% of households have income from wages, reflecting a

fact that all households have members at working ages who are involved in labor market with

monthly salary such as workers, waged labors, public officials. 22% of households have

income from business; 18% of households have income from agricultural production. Though

nearly 30% of surveyed households are farmers, only 18% said they have income from

agricultural activities with very low amount (about VND 300,000 /month). The reason is that

this area has been planned for the project, thus, people could not invest in large scale.

Agricultural production here is only spontaneous serving people's daily consumption, not for

commercial purposes. "In fact, cultivation can be even losses, with no income expectation."

(Household said). In particularly, none of the surveyed households has savings at the bank.

This partly reflects vulnerability of the affected community. This issue will be addressed

again in analysis of household expenditure.

Household expenditure: Surveyed households' average expenditure is about 5.7 million

VND/month/HH; while the average income is 5,083,673VND. As a result, these households

do not have savings and this reflects the vulnerability of the affected communities. Activities

for livelihood restoration should be timely identified and updated to ensure that the lives of

the affected people can soon be restored and developed. Thus, care should be taken when

implementing the project so that negative impacts on people's daily life can be mitigated. The

survey was conducted on 11 poor households (among 50 poor households under the project).

Savings: According to the results of the current survey, the income of the project‟s affected

households is lower than their expenditure. Therefore, within the past years, these households

made no savings.

Debt: From surveyed result on affected households‟ income and expenditure, most of the

surveyed households said that in the past 2 months, they had income lower than their

spending. As a result, 24 out of 200 surveyed households reported to be in debt of 12% of

their income. The main source of household loans is from banks (20 households) and mass

organizations (4 households). On average, the household‟s banking loan is 12,400,000 VND

and from organizations and unions (5,000,000 VND). The household‟s loan is for expenditure

(50%), business and other purposes account for 25%.




Final Report 77

Housing condition: Housing is one of the most important criteria for household living

standards. However, the project area has been planned by the city for constructing the

university of Da Nang, so households has not been allowed to expend or build new houses.

Housing type of affected households is shown in detail in the following chart.

Figure 2.5: Chart of housing type of affected households

(Source: Affted households survey, 11/2019)

Current living conditions of the affected households are very poor, the houses have been

degraded, temporarily repaired and unsafe for living. In particular, in the rainy season, the

drainage system is not good, causing local flooding and generation of mostquitoes and flies.

The reason households did not repair their houses to ensure their safety and to have better

living conditions is that their houses are located in the area which has been planned for project

since 1977 so they are not licensed to build/repair houses.

Clean water suply: Currently, the subproject area has been suppling with clean water by Ngu

Hanh Son water supply plant. However, according to the assessment of households, the water

supply source is not stable in terms of quality and quantity. Therefore, in addition to tap water

as a main source (70%), households also use other water sources such as dug wells (10%) and

drilled wells (20%).

Sanitation: In the subproject area, 74% of households use hygienic toilets (with septic tank),

22% of households use two-compartment toilets. In addition, 4% of households use simple

toilets (2% of households use one compartment toilet and 2% of households use rudimentary

toilets -squat toilet).

Energy: The source of energy that households are using for lighting is electricity from the

national grid, 100% of households use this source of energy. The main sources of energy used

for cooking are: Gas (78%); Kerosene (20%) and Electricity are (2%).

Assessment of living standards: Number of poor HHs in sample are 11 (these ones of the

subproject are 50). According to the survey results, people rated their living standard not very

high, only 2% said that their family was well-off, 40% was average, 56% were at poverty

level and 2% of households found no criteria. Living standard of the project affected people is

much lower than average living standard of people in Hoa Quy ward. The ward‟s total

percentage of poor household is 11.68%, and near poor household is 1.59%.

Diseases situation: About 58% (116/200 households) of the surveyed affected people said

there were sick people in their family over the last 3 months. The diseases that households

suffered are mainly common diseases such as: cold/fever (54%); Digestive is (32%); Dengue

fever (54%); Respiratory (28%); Injury (56%) and other illnesses (12%). This is a fairly high

and worrying indicator of the health of the people in the project area compared to the overall

condition of health when the healthcare services are become better and better.

20%

44%

34%

2%

Bungalow withsimple structure

Bungalow withbrick wall

Bungalow withconcreteframework

Other type ofhouse




Final Report 78

Figure 2.6: Chart of healthy condition of affected people

(Source: Affected households survey, 11/2019)

Causes affecting people's health: Based on the survey results, there are two main causes

affecting people's health, namely unsafe food (51.1%) and water pollution (54.8%). It is

observed that the living environment in the project area is really degraded due to the

unsecured drainage system and the dense vegetation not being cleared.

Access to healthcare services: in general people in the project area and the affected

households in particular have quite convenient access to healthcare services. There is a rather

complete hospital system from the medical station to the city general hospital in Da Nang

city. In addition, there is a large network of hospitals, private clinics and pharmacies that also

enhances health access for affected groups. The distance from the project area to the ward

health station and pharmacy is from 2 to 5 km, while the distance to the city general hospital

is over 5 km. Currently, in Hoa Quy ward, there is 1 health station with 7 patient beds and 1

doctor and 0 3 midwives, which has provided good initial services for medical examination

and treatment. According to the survey on health insurance, 100% of children under 1 got

vaccinated and 100% of the surveyed affected households have health insurance.

Labor division of the survey households: Regarding the division of labor by gender in the

affected households, there is not much difference between men and women. All activities

involve both men and women. However, in some activities such as cooking, cleaning the

house and taking care of children, women are often in charge. The division of labor in the

project area does not differ from the current research and analysis on gender labor in Vietnam:

Women are engaged in production, reproduction and child care activities while men are

mainly engaged in production activities.

Decision making on family issues: According to the survey results, for making decisions on

family‟s matters (buying assets for the family, borrowing money from banks, repairing

houses) or making decisions about the education of children ...), there is a discussion of both

husband and wife.

Onwnership of household valuable assets: Most of the land plots have a land use right

certificate but the name of owners on the certificates are not the actual affected households.

This is due to the fact that, the land area has been planned since 1997 and all transactions of

land were not allowed; however, the project implementation was delayed so long that some

households still had private transactions of land when they had demand. These transactions

were made by private writing commitments at people‟s discretion. Information of land

ownership on the document was therefore not taken into account when assessing the project‟s

gender issues. This characteristic also requires a careful and thorough implementation of

compensation and site clearance to avoid any missing cases or wrong cases.

100

58

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Having health insurance Having sick relatives




Final Report 79

Participate in community activities: Community activities such as attending meetings,

sanitation of residential areas, and participating in ensuring security and order in the

residential area, participation rate of both spouses Over 70%, the participation rate of both

men and women in these activities is equal: (community meetings: men (12.0%), women

(14.0%); sanitation activities are participation Both men and women are equal (10.2%) and

the activities of protecting the neighborhood security order are male (12.2%) and women

(10.2%).

2.2.6. Culture

Ngu Hanh Son district

Ngu Hanh Son (known as Non Nuoc) is located about 5km away from the city center toward

the Southeast. It covers 6 mountains: Kim Son, Moc Son, Thuy Son, Duong Hoa Son, Am

Hoa Son and Tho Son which are symbols of 05 elements of the universe (Five Elements). The

mountain has beautiful caves which are the home of Salangane and ancient pagodas. Under

the mountain is the famous Non Nuoc stone carving village. Next to the mountain is an

unspoiled beautiful beach.

The Avalokitesvara Festival is held every February 19 in the lunar calendar. This is the largest

religious festival of the Buddhist community in Da Nang. The Avalokitesvara Festival is held

in the foot of Ngu Hanh Son mountain, attracting thousands of Buddist and visitors all over

the country. In general, these cultural and historical structures are quite far from the

subproject area (5 km).

Hoa Quy and the subproject area

On Luu Quang Vu road, there are Hai An Pagoda, Cao Dai Khai Tay Sanctuary and Temple

of the Le and Pham families, about 100-200m from the subproject area. Although all

residential areas in the expected subproject site will be relocated, Hai An pagoda and Khai

Tay Sanctuary will be remained to protect religious and belief culture of local people.




Final Report 80

Figure 2.7: Location of sensitive receptors

Sensitive receptors Picture Description

Hai An Pagoda

- Distance from construction area

(Center of UD - A5): 100 m.

- This is a Buddhist pagoda where

local people come to organize

worshiping activities, particularly

on the first day and 15th day of

every solar month.

- The number of visitors on the

peak days (the 1st and 15

th day of

the month): 50 - 70.

Khai Tay Santurary

- Distance from construction area

(The Technopole - B2): 200 m.

- This is a Caodaism pagoda

where local people come to

organize worshiping activities,

particularly on the first day and

15th day of every solar month.

- The number of visitors on the

peak days (the 1st and 15

th day of

the month): 50 - 70.

Resident area

Luu Quang Vu road

Hai An pagoda

Khai Tay Santurary

Temple of Pham families

Temple of Le families




Final Report 81


Temple of Le Trung

families

- The temple is located in the

planning area of Da Nang

University center. It is required to

replace as site clearance.

- Provincial historical relic, for

worshiping family‟s members.

- Only crowded (30-50 people) on

Tet holidays and the death

anniversary day of the family.

Temple of Pham families

- The temple is located in the

planning area of Da Nang

University center. It is required to

replace as site clearance.

- Provincial historical relic, for

worshiping family‟s members.

- Only crowded (30-50 people) on

Tet holidays and the death

anniversary day of the family.

Besides, by implementation of Da Nang University Village Project, including the

University of Da Nang Subproject – funded by WB, there are 1,500 graves to be displaced

(these graves are scattered in some areas with a total area of nearly 70 ha to be cleared). All

graves will be relocated to Hoa Ninh cemetery – Hoa Vang district, about 20km from the

project area toward the Northwest.

2.2.7. Medical and Healthcare

Da Nang city has 19 general and special hospitals, 11 district level hospitals and

medical centers, 47 medical service units at communal/ward level and more than 1000 private

clinics. With the appearance of the University of Da Nang of Medical Technology and

Pharmacy in the city, Da Nang is becoming a large medical center of the Central-High Land

Region and of the nation.

There are 7 healthcare facilities in Ngu Hanh Son district including 2 hospitals and 4

ward medical stations with 1,448 beds and 145 medical staffs (36 doctors, 32 physicians, 47

nurses, 11 midwives, 19 technicians). In general, medical and healthcare services for local

people in the project area are good and quite convenient.

In the project area, there are medical and health care units: Hoa Quy medical service

unit on Mai Dang Chon road with a distance of nearly 0.8km; Ngu Hanh Son district Medical

Service Unit with a distance of about 3km. It is worth noting that the project campus has

Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy which is the medical and health care training and testing

center.

In general, the medical and health care services of local people in the project area are

good and convenient. During the project‟s construction phase, the local healthcare facilities

can fully meet the needs of medical examination and treatment of migrant workers.

2.2.8. Education

Universities

Da Nang is among the largest educational and training centers of the Central – Highland area

and the Country. At the present, there are 14 Universities, Academies; 18 colleges; 50




Final Report 82

professional vocational training centers and over 200 schools at levels from kindergarten to

high school. The University of Da Nang consists of 08 Universities/colleges/Faculties.

According the Da Nang University Development Scheme by 2035 approved by the Minister

of Education and Training, there will be additional universities, research institutes established,

including: International University, University of Information Technology and

Communications, University of Medicine and Pharmacy (Upgraded from the current Faculty

of Medicine and Pharmacy), College of Medical Technology (Upgraded from the Central

Medical Technology College II), University of Open, Institute for Postgraduate Training, etc.

Member units of University of Da Nang will be invested with infrastructure and teaching aids

as proposed in the UD subproject (WB fund). Details are as follows:

(1) University of Technology and Education – The University of Da Nang

- The University of Technology and Education is the State-funded university and is a

member of Da Nang Unviersity. It was established in 2017 under the Decision No. 1749/QD-

TTg of the Prime Minister dated 08/11/2017. The University is training center for technical

and technology HR which provides personnel for the socio-economic development demand of

the Central Region and High Land.

- At the present, the

University of Technology and

Education is located at No. 48

Cao Thang, Hai Chau district,

Da Nang city within the

campus of 4,064ha. Total

constructed area is 19.938 m2.

- Currently, the

University has 1,853 students

and 209 lecturers and officers

in total.

- Its structure includes:

Faculty of Mechanical

Engineering Information;

Faculty of Electrical – Electronic Engineering; Faculty of Civil Engineering; Faculty of

Chemical Technology - Environment; Faculty of Industry and Education.

- At the present, the facilities of the University have been degraded because it has been

built for 20 years. Some works have existed more than 50 years. The system of rooms, halls,

workshops, labs have been deteriorated, outdated and no longer met the requirements of a

morden university. There are some training, researching programs and sectors are overlapped

to those of the University of Science and Technology. Therefore, seeking out a typical way to

maximize available advantages in order to match the model of the University of Da Nang is a

essential.

(2) University of Foreign Languages Studies

- University of Foreign Languages Studies is the State-funded University and is a

member of Da Nang University. It was established in 2002 under the Decision No. 709/QD-

TTg of the Government dated 26/8/2002.




Final Report 83

- This University is a

center for training and improving

knowledge about languages,

cultures of countries to serve for

the development of the country

and the integration to the world.

- Its address is at 41 Le

Duan, Hai Chau district, Da Nang

city, within the campus of

University of Da Nang and at No.

131 Luong Nhu Hoc, Da Nang

University.

- At the present, the

University has total 6,726 students and 294 lecturers and officers.

- Its faculties and related units include: Faculty of International Studies; Faculty of

English; Faculty of English for specific purpose; Faculty of Foreign Language Teacher

Education; Faculty of Russia; Faculty of French ; Faculty of Chinese; Faculty of Japanese –

Korean – Thai.

- With a huge advantage of tourism, expansion of training in foreign languages is an

important step to satisfy highly increasing demand of labors specialized in foregin language

and tourism administration. The classrooms, halls and training equipment have been run-

down and outdated. Therefore, it is important and necessary to construct the University of Da

Nang.

(3) International University (Now known as Vietnam-UK Research and Training

Institute).

+ The International University is constructed based on the Vietnam UK Research and

Training Institute. It was established in 2014.

+ According to the Decision

of the Ministry of Education and

Training, VNUK is eligible to

organize trainings for

undergraduate, masters, and doctoral

programs as well as short-term

training courses. The Institute has

been cooperating with international

partners to carry out research and

training activities towards advanced

and modern approaches of the

region and the world. It is

considered to be the first private

international university in The Central of Vietnam.

+ Currently, VNUK has a total of 265 students and 36 lecturers and officers;

+ Its faculties and related units include: Foundation Study program; Computer

Science and Engineering; Data Science (DS) (Specific); Biomedical Sciences; Governance

and International Business; International Tourism and Hospitality Management.




Final Report 84

+ With the demand on high qualified labor in the context of nationally economic

development, establishment and construction of the International University is very important.

The University will provide an excellent teachning and learning environment that satisfies the

national standard on training a high qualified teachining cohorts and meets the requirements

on national industrilizations and modernizations.

(4) Center of Danang University

The University of Da Nang

is located at 41 Le Duan. It was

constructed from 1991-2000 with

3-6 floors and 7,157m2 of floor

area. There are about 223 officers

under organizations: Board of

Directors, Functional Departments,

etc.

When member universities

are invested in construction, it is

necessary to build UD's executive

building. Ensuring administrative

management, administration, effective management of all activities of UD in general and

member universities in particular.

Thus, when UD sub-project is implemented, besides 2 existing universities / faculties,

UD will have more member universities / faculties with the scale of the number of students,

lecturers / officers as statistics. in the following table:

Table 2.10. Number of students/lecturers in 2019 and forecast until 2035

No.

Name of

member

universities

Status (2019-2020) Forecasts to 2035

Students

(people)

Lectures

people)

Total

(people)

Students

(people)

Lectures

(people)

Total

(people)

I Existing

universities 2,177 298 2,475 8,500 475 8,975

1

College of

Information

Technology

1,188 230 1,418 5,500 300 5,800

2

Faculty of

Medicine and

Pharmacy

989 68 1,057 3,000 175 3,175

II

Universities

under UD

subproject

funded by WB

8,844 762 9,606 15,500 1,200 16,700

1

University of

Technology and

Education

1,853 209 2,062 6,000 450 6,450

2

University of

Foreign

Languages

Studies

6,726 294 7,020 7,000 350 7,350

3 International

University 265 36 301 2,500 150 2,650

4 Center of Da

Nang University - 223 223 - 250 250

Total (I+II) 11,021 1,060 12,081 24,000 1,675 25,675

(Source: Da Nang University, Dec 2019)




Final Report 85

Schools:

- The educational system of the project area is quite complete from kindergarten to high

school. In addition to the system of public schools in the project area, there are also

private schools. There is no discrimination on gender and household economic situation,

all children of school age can go to school

- Boys are more likely to drop out of school than girls, mainly because of their poor ability

to study or they prefer playing to learning.

- With not very high educational level of the heads and members of the affected

households in the project area, this can cause a great impact on the development of the

livelihood restoration program for the severely affected households - especially

vocational training and career transition programs for working age members of the

subproject. The proposed plan is to focus on basic majors with short-term training such

as: garment, cooking, veterinary…

2.3. Infrastructure and related services

2.3.1. Elevation of the subproject area

Elevation of the subproject area is as follows:

- The area which was leveled: some structures in the area were built with an elevation from

5.85m-6.30m, in which the elevation of the dormintory ranges from 5.85m-6.00m;

Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy is 6.20m-5.95m and College of Informtation

Technology is 6.30m-6.05m;

- The area of 70ha to be compensated and cleared: (i) Residential area (residential land in

urban area) on Luu Quang Vu road has a ground elevation from 5.5m to 6.0m; (ii) the

Agricultural land, crop land, cementery land and other lands has quite low ground

elevation which ranges from 5m to 5.5m.

In general, because the terrain of the project area is relatively flat, the un-leveled area is only

as from 0.6 m to 0.8 m that is lower than leveled and constructed area.

2.3.2. Traffic

At the present, the subproject area only has road transport system, namely:

Outbound roads:

NH 1A: NH1A running through Da Nang city has been upgraded with the cross

section expanded to 33m (the section in Truong Chinh road where the rail way runs

parallelly with the cross section of 28m). The road was asphalted.

NH 14B: This road connects Da Nang city to Highland and links Da Nang with the

Asian Highway to Cambodia, Thailand, etc. It now was completed with an average cross

section in the segment Tien Sa – Hoa Cam from 33 to 48m, and the segment Hoa Cam - Hoa

Khuong of 15m.

Provincial Road 607 (Tran Dai Nghia Road): with total length of 15 km, it was

upgraded to 34m, has a separate strip; each side has 02 lanes. The road was concreted and

has high quality.

Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road: with total length of 10 km, the section running the project

area is 2km long, 34m wide with a separate strip and 02 lanes on each side. The road was

concreted and has high quality.

Mai Dang Chon road: with total length of 15 km. It has been upgraded and expanded

to 34m wide with a separate strip and 02 lanes on each side. The road was concreted and has

high quality




Final Report 86

Intersection between Nam Ky Khoi Nghia

to Da Nang University Village

Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road

Tran Dai Nghia road

Mai Dang Chon road

Transport system in the subproject area

For the area that was cleared: route 1 (from the College of Information Technology to Nam

Ky Khoi Nghia) and route 2 and 7 and part of the route 2 and 6. These routes are structured

of asphalt concrete and arranged with good drainage and illuminating system on both sides.




Final Report 87

The area of 70ha to be compensated and cleared: includes Luu Quang Vu road has a width of

6-8m, structure of asphalt concrete. It has common drainage culvert and lighting system on

road sides however the quality of road is not good. The road will be removed to build

infrastructure in the Da Nang University Campus in accordance with the approved plan. The

remaining area, including agricultural, agricultural land, cemetery land, other non-agricultural

land, has no transport infrastructure, lighting, water supply and drainage system.

2.3.3. Power supply, water supply

Power supply

At present, Ngu Hanh Son district is using electricity from national power grid with stable

quality which can completely meet electricity demands for production and daily lives of local

people as well as for other ongoing projects in the city.

Currently, the project area has a 22kV on-ground wire grid connected from the branch of the

route 471E13 to serve for 3 transformer stations of the dormitory of Pedagogical University

(180kVA-TBA), Pedagogical University T1 (320kVA) - Pedagogical University T3

(320kVA).

Low-voltage grid of 0.4kV is underground arranged along the sidewalk in the existing areas.

The lighting net using on-ground cable is supplied with power from the electric cabinets

located at 3 substations in order for lighting the roads in the area.

Water supply

Subdivision of water supply area in the project area - Ngu Hanh Son district

The main pipeline with dimension of D600 ÷ D300 is arranged along Ngu Hanh Son road,

dimension of D400 ÷ D300 is placed along Le Van Hien road. Water sources of Cau Do water

treatment plant is provided through pipeline of dimension D500 and 4 D300 crossing Tuyen

Son bridge, and D300; D200 across Nguyen Van Troi bridge. The percentage of clean water

used in Ngu Hanh Son district is quite high (80.57%)

For Da Nang University Village

By now, the subproject is using water provided by the Ngu Hanh Son water supply branch

through the pipeline D110-D32. Besides, the project uses water from small-diameter drilled

wells for watering trees and washing roads. In order to meet the development demand, a

suitable water supply network should be arranged to ensure safe and timely water supply.

2.3.4. Drainage, wastewater collection and treatment

Stormwater drainage

Drainage system of Ngu Hanh Son district

The East of Ngu Hanh Son – Le Van Hien – Tran Dai Nghia road: Stormwater drains towards

the East Sea; Drainage system: Wastewater is mainly drained by box culverts installed in the

coastal road of Son Tra Dien Ngoc. From the drainage axis, there are horizontal culverts with

aperture B = 3-5m.




Final Report 88

The West of Ngu Hanh Son -Le Van Hien – Tran Dai Nghia road: the drainage direction is

towards Han river and Co Co river; water is drained through pipe culvert D1500 on Le Van

Hien – Tran Dai Nghia roads, from the drainage axis, there are horizontal box culverts to Co

Co river.

The area of Ba Tung, Man Quang residential areas and the North of Southern ring road,

petroleum urban area: The main drainage direction is towards Cai and Co Co rivers; The

drainage system mainly uses box culverts with dimension of

1.8x1.4m;2.2x1.6m;2.5x1.5m;4x2.8x.2.5m, pipe culverts d=1500;1600, open ditches Bm=10-

24m.

Current drainage system in the area of Da Nang University Village

On the internal roads in the Campus of Da Nang University Village, stormwater is drained

through longitudinal ditches and horizontal culverts with dimension of 500x800, 600x1000,

800x1000, 1200x1200. Stormwater is self-flown along culverts towards the north to the

drainage system on Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road.

Wastewater treatment

Concentrated wastewater collection and treatment system of Da Nang city and Ngu Hanh

Son district:

Currently, Da Nang City mainly use common drainage system. Only a very small number of

planned areas have a separate wastewater collection system. Most of local households have

septic tanks.

The percentage of collecting effluent from local households to the common treatment system

is very low, presenting only 15%.

The interceptor system for wastewater drainage consists of: 15.7km of self-flowing pipe, 19.4

km of pressure pipe from pumping stations and 18 pumping stations. Wastewater separating

wells have elevation of + 0.6m above sea level. However, in some area where the high tide

raises, the sea/river water flows back the system:

Currently, there are some concentrated drainage systems in the city: (i) Hoa Cuong WWTP:

4.5 ha; Capacity of 40,000 m3/day; (ii) Phu Loc WWTP: 4.5 ha; Capacity of 40,000 m

3/day;

(iii) Son Tra WWTP: Area of 2 ha; Capacity of 10,000 m3/day; (iv) Ngu Hanh Son WWTP:

1.6 ha; Capacity of 10,000 m3/day and (v) Hoa Xuan WWTP with capacity of 60,000 m

3/day.

The connection of internal drainage system of the University of Da Nang to drainage system

of Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road (Ring road in the South of the city) with a dimension

BxH=1200x1200 to the upstream of the drainage culvert B52 of the prioritized infrastructure

project (lead to Hoa Xuan WWTP with capacity of 60,000 m3/day). The culvert, under the

planning, was calculated for the basin of UD subproject (see Annex 3).




Final Report 89

Figure 2.8: Concentrated wastewater treatment plants in Da Nang city

Because of a large number of hotels and resorts of Da Nang city, five-star hotels and resorts

along the East Coast have a wastewater treatment in the campus. It is worth noting that high-

end resorts in the future will be planned to build a separate wastewater treatment plant.

Current status of effluent drainage in the area of Da Nang University Village

The project area has no separate wastewater drainage system. The drainage status of each area

is as follows:

- For the area that was cleared: Domestic wastewater of the area is treated by 3-compartment

septic tanks, then it will be drained to ditches in the area and led to the common stormwater

drainage system of the area. As for the block of universities/colleges/faculties under the

existing Da Nang University, domestic wastewater is collected and treated as following:

+ College of Information Technology: Domestic wastewater is treated by 3-

compartment septic tanks, then will be drained to ditches of the College and led to the

common drainage system of the area (connected to Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road)

+ Dormitory (2 Buildings): Domestic wastewater is treated by 3-compartment septic

tanks, then will be drained to ditches of the Buildings and led to the common drainage

system of the area (connected to Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road)

+ Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy: (i) Domestic wastewater is treated by 3

compartment septic tanks; (ii) wastewater from the testing area is separately collected

and treated in the Faclcuty‟s campus; the treatment quality completely fufills the

Category B of QCVN 40:2011/BTNMT. After treatment, treated effluents will be led to

internal ditches and then drained to commom culverts of the area (connected to Nam Ky

Khoi Nghia road). Details about size, capacity and technological chains of the treatment

system are described in the Appendix.

- The area of 70ha to be compensated and cleared: at the residential areas along Luu Quang

Vu road, the existing domestic wastewater from local households is treated by septic tank,

then the treated wastewater will be led to common drainage system of the area or self-

absorbed in the households in households‟ garden.

2.3.5. Solid Waste Management

At the present, solid wastes in Da Nang city are collected, transported and treated by Da Nang

Urban Environmental One Member Limited Company. The waste is collected by 03 main

methods: (i) Wastes collected by tricycles; (ii) Wastes collected by fixed trash bins on roads;

(iii) Wastes collected by trash bins in a certain period of time.




Final Report 90

The average volume of solid waste collected is 252,500 tons/year; the percentage of waste

reaches 92% of total in the city. In Da Nang, there is Khanh Son solid waste treatment area in

Lien Chieu district. Khanh Son is the hygienic disposal site which is 8km away from Da Nang

city towards the West and has operated from 2008. The site has an area of 48.3 ha and

treatment capacity of 650 ton/day.

The Da Nang city has 01 hazardous waste incinerator located at Khanh Son landfill with a

capacity of 200kg/hour serving hazardous waste treatment, especially clinical hazardous

waste. Depending on the characteristics of each type of hazardous waste, the operation unit

shall directly collect, classify and treat such forms as solidification or landfill, etc., according

to current regulations.

The hazardous waste incinerator located at

Khanh Son landfill

Khanh Son solid waste treatment complex

In short, during the construction process, the "Vietnam National Universities Development

project – University of Danang Subproject" will have to mobilize a large number of workers

to the site during 18 to 36 months depending on the size and nature of the work items.

Concentration of a large number of workers will increase the pressure and competitiveness on

public service providers, specifically: The presence of construction workers and service

providers (maybe even their family members in some cases) may create additional needs for

the provision of public services such as: electricity, water, health services, transportation,

education and social services; as well as potential risks of social evils and environmental

pollution. Therefore, Da Nang City, the Subproject Owner and the PMU should have effective

responding plan.

2.4. Characteristics and existing status of the constructed buildings

The construction area of Da Nang University Village is located in Hoa Quy ward, Ngu Hanh

Son district - Da Nang city, under the planning of Da Nang University Village (adjacent to

Quang Nam province). It has an area of about 90 hectares, of which more than 19 hectares of

land area are available (compensation, site clearance completed) under the planning for the

subdivision of area of Da Nang University Village. Besides, an area of more than 70 hectares

has not been cleared yet. In the city, there are several existing Universities/Colleges.

Specifically:




Final Report 91

Figure 2.9: Locations of Faculties/Colleges within and beyond the subproject area

Information about Faculties/Universities/Colleges within and beyond the project area:



Pharmacy

- The nearest distance to the

works in the Center of the UD

subproject: 200m.

- Faculty of Medicine and

Pharmacy is located in the campus

of the Da Nang University Village

in Hoa Quy ward.

- Area of the existing building is

28,000 m2; 1 building with 4

stories and auxiliary works for

study and teaching activities.

- Number of students, lectures and

officers: about 1,000 people.

Korea – Vietnam Friendship

Information Technology

College

- The college is located near the

area of building International

University, the nearest distance of

100m by a fence of 2.5m and a

green tree row.

- The College borders Tran Dai

Nghia and Nam Ky Khoi Nghia,

near the existing dormitory;


Pharmacy

Korea – Vietnam Friendship


College

The existing dormitory


Technology




Final Report 92


- It has an area of 13.55ha; has a

campus, fence wall of 2.5m high

and a green tree row. Besides, it

has a completed and modern

infrastructure system. The

entrance road from Tran Dai

Nghia road is completely

separated from the UD subproject.




Technology


works in the University of

Technology and Education of the

UD subproject: 100m.

- The College is located in the

campus of the Da Nang

University Village in Hoa Quy

ward.

- It has an area of 42,000 m2; there

are 3 building of 5 stories and

auxiliary works for study and

teaching activities.



The existing dormitory


University of Technological

Education and International

University under the UD

Subproject: 100m.

- The dormitory is located in the

campus of Da Nang University

Village in Hoa Quy ward,

bordering Korea – Vietnam


Technology College.

- The existing area is 30,000 m2

with 02 buildings of 05 stories and

completed infrastructure.

- The number of students ranges

from 1,500 to 2,000 students.

They are students of Faculty of

Medicine and Pharmacy and

College of Information and

Technology

In addition, to the Northwest of the project area, there are residential areas with about 468

households living along Luu Quang Vu road (residential quarters 58, 59, 60, 61 in Quy Hoa

ward, Ngu Hanh Son district). The residential areas mainly have semi-permanent houses,

small businesses, households providing catering services and canteens for students and local

people. These areas will be compensated under the approved planning on subdivision of Da




Final Report 93

Nang University Village. Whole area will be completely cleared (relocation to resettlement

site) to build Da Nang University Village under the approved plan.




Final Report 94

CHAPTER 3. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

In the process of implementation (preparation, construction and operation), the subproject will

bring about both negative and positive impacts. Details are as following:

3.1. Positive impacts


Construction contracts would help to create casual short term job and additional incomes for

local people during construction phase.

The positive social impacts

Once the subproject is completed and the listed facilities are put into operation, the subproject

area would be benefited greatly. Besides, the subproject will be an important base for

successful implementation of the Scheme on comprehensive implementation of Da Nang

University toward 2025, on the vision to 2035. By this subproject, the University of Da Nang

will be sustainably developed. Specifically:

- The University of Da Nang will expand its services of providing high-quality

training program, universalizing training curriculum to attract qualified students and increase

the number of foreign students. Particularly, by increasing investment in equipment for

training and researches, the University will create favorable conditions for further support

disadvantaged students who mainly come from the Central Region – Highland, as well as

encourage the participation of female students in technological sciences

- The subproject will contribute to improvement of infrastructure for study and

attraction of qualified officers, scientists, experts within and beyond the country to teach and

study in the University so as to expand the training scale and quality, especially postgraduate

training; strengthening international cooperation in study and capacity building for

implementing scientific and technological assignments of the State, Businesses and other

organizations.

- Besides, it will improve the relationship with organizations, businesses though

coordination of training, research and technological development, commercialization and

goods promotion; then not only is the training and researching capacity of the University

enhanced, but also the subproject brings an income source for reinvestment.

The positive environmental impacts







using green energy and energy saving.

Direct beneficiaries by 2035: There will be 15,000 students and 1,200 officers, lecturers of

members: University of Technology and Education, University of Foreign Languages Studies,

International University, Executive building of Dang University that funded by WB.

3.2. Negative Impacts and Risks

There will be potentially negative socio-environmental impact and risks posed in the phase of

Clearance, construction and operation of the subproject‟s works.




Final Report 95

Classification of negative impacts and risks

There will be some potential negative environmental and social impacts and risks during the

pre-construction, construction and operation phases of the facilities proposed under UD

subproject.

These potential negative impacts and risks are classified as below:

Significant Impacts (S)

- Impacts on large land areas, important areas, or changes in environmental conditions

in a period of more than two years;

- Impacts exceeding permitted standards and regulations. Long-term and large-scale

impacts;

- Changes in ecological systems, impacts on ecological systems of large areas, or

medium impacts (lasting for more than two years) yet required recovery period of the

affected ecological systems is ten years;

- Impacts on health of people;

- Economic losses and damages to the subproject nearby people and communities;

- Potential significant social and environmental impacts which can only be controlled

and mitigated if proper mitigation measures are implemented.

Medium Impacts (M)

- Impacts on large areas for a period from six months to two years;

- Changes in ecological systems or ecological functions at the localities in a short time

and recovery capacity is good. The impact levels are similar to current changes yet

such impacts can have a cumulative effect;

- Impacts might (or might not) affect people‟s health, causing impacts on persons in the

surrounding areas;

- Impacts are medium, localized and temporary and mitigation measures should be

carried out.

Low Impacts (L)

- Social and environmental impacts that cause significant changes in less than six

months or medium changes for a period of less than two years;

- Impacts are within permitted standards and regulations, causing minor changes at

present. Impacts are fully controlled;

- Impacts that might affect daily activities yet not cause any obstruction to communities;

- Insignificant impacts on health and living standards of people;

- Impacts are minor, localized, and can be neglected.

No Impacts (N)

- Impacts that are unrecognizable or cannot be identified yet such impacts can also be

caused by daily activities;

- No social and environmental impacts.

Types and scope of negative potential environmental impacts and risks are classified in Table

3.1




Final Report 96

Table 3.1. Level of Negative Impacts of UD Subproject

Works Physical elements Biological elements Social elements Others

Air,

noise,

vibrati

on

Soil

,

wat

er

Solid

waste

dredg

ed,

sludg

e

Forest,

natural

ecosyst

em

Fish,

aqua

tic

speci

es

Nati

ve

ethn

ic

grou

p

Land

acquisiti

on and

resettle

ment

Tangib

le

cultur

al

resour

ces

Liveliho

od,

disturba

nce to

resident

ial

commun

ity

Traf

ic

safe

ty

Impact

s from

outside

subproj

ect

area

Work: (A1) University of Technology and Education:

New construction of 01 office building with 05 storeys, floor area: 8,500 m2; 02 lecturer buildings

with 05 storeys, floor area 30,000 m2; 01 practic building with 03 storeys, floor area: 6,642 m2; and

auxiliary works (yard, internal road, landscape, green trees, parking house, parking lot, substations

and others)

The expected number of students, officers and lecturers in the operation phase until 2035: 6000

students; 450 officers/lecturers

Preparati

on

N N M N N N M N M N L

Construc

tion

M M M N N N N N M M L

Operatio

n

L M M N N N N N L M L

Work: (A2) University of Foreign Languages Studies:

New construction of 01 office building with 05 storeys, floor area: 10,500 m2; 01 lecturer building

with 05 storeys, floor area 7,500 m2; auxiliary works (yard, internal road, landscape, green trees,


The expected number of students, officers and lecturers in the operation phase until 2035: 7.000

students, 350 officers/lecturers

Preparati

on


Construc

tion


Operatio

n


Work: (A3) International University:

New construction of 01 office building with 05 storeys, floor area: 4,350 m2; 01 lecture building with

05 storeys, floor area 9,750 m2; auxiliary works (yard, internal road, landscape, green trees, parking

house, parking lot, substations and others)

The expected number of students, officers and lecturers in the operation phase until 2035: 2.500

people and 150 officers/lecturers

Preparati

on


Construc

tion


Operatio

n





Final Report 97


Air,

noise,

vibrati

on

Soil

,

wat

er

Solid

waste

dredg

ed,

sludg

e

Forest,

natural

ecosyst

em

Fish,

aqua

tic

speci

es

Nati

ve

ethn

ic

grou

p

Land

acquisiti

on and

resettle

ment

Tangib

le

cultur

al

resour

ces

Liveliho

od,

disturba

nce to

resident

ial

commun

ity

Traf

ic

safe

ty

Impact

s from

outside

subproj

ect

area

Work: (A4) Multi-purpose sport complex

New construction of 03 dormitories with 05 storeys, floor area 11,340 m2; 01 lecture building with 05

storeys, floor area: 9,750 m2; 01 canteen with 1 story, the floor area 3,413 m

2; auxiliary works (yard,

internal road, landscape, green trees, parking house, parking lot, substations and others)

The expected number of students, officers and lecturers in the operation phase until 2035: 24,000

people

Preparati

on

N N M N N N M M M N L

Construc

tion

M M M N N N N M M M L

Operatio

n


Work: (A5) Center of the University of Da Nang

- Construction of 01 executive building with 09 storeys, total area of 19,170m2; auxiliary works (yard,

internal road, landscape, green trees, parking house, parking lot, substations and others).

- Number of staffs/lectures in the operation phase by 2035: 250 people.

Preparati

on


Construc

tion

M M M N N N N M M M L

Operatio

n


Work: (B1) New construction of advanced technical infrastructure, including: internal road,

power and power system, wastewater treatment system, green trees, Information technology

infrastructure of the University of Da Nang on 40ha of the planned area in Da Nang city.

Preparati

on


Construc

tion


Operatio

n

L L L N N N N N L M L

Work: (B2) Technopole Center and Innovation Quarter

- New construction of 01 office building with 05 storeys and an floor area of 8,500 m2;

- New construction of 04 high-tech buildings with 03 storeys for 5 laboratories, floor area of 15,600

m2;

The expected number of students, officers and lecturers in the operation phase until 2035: 24,000

people




Final Report 98


Air,

noise,

vibrati

on

Soil

,

wat

er

Solid

waste

dredg

ed,

sludg

e

Forest,

natural

ecosyst

em

Fish,

aqua

tic

speci

es

Nati

ve

ethn

ic

grou

p

Land

acquisiti

on and

resettle

ment

Tangib

le

cultur

al

resour

ces

Liveliho

od,

disturba

nce to

resident

ial

commun

ity

Traf

ic

safe

ty

Impact

s from

outside

subproj

ect

area

Preparati

on


Construc

tion


Operatio

n


Remarks - Impacts on land acquisition of the area 70ha under the approved plan in Da Nang

city

- The impact level is from medium to large and mitigable through measures

mentioned in the ECOPs

- Impact on sensitive receptors: Hai An pagoda, Khai Tay Sanctuary; Temple of Le

and Pham families.

- Impacts on activities of students, officers and lecturers of existing Faculty of

Medicine and Pharmacy, College of Information Technology and Dormitory.

3.2.1. Potential negative impacts and risks during clearance

Pre-construction impacts and risks during pre-construction phase include (i) Land acquisition;

and (ii) Safety risks related to unexploded ordnances (UXO). Impacts from demolitions of

house/structures and site clearance of the subproject will be assessed during the construction

process.

a. Land Acquisition

Impacts of land acquisition will be assessed for the area of 70ha. The following impacts are

identified through results of the inventory of loss. Details about the impacts will be identified

and updated in RAP after the detailed design and DMS are approved.

The project will acquire about 70ha of land of all kinds. Of the total of affected land, 26.9ha

are urban residential land, 14.1ha are non-agricultural land, 1.2ha are land for perennial crops,

and 11ha are annual crop land (including 6.9ha of rice land). The remaining area is

transportation land, irrigation, cemetery land and other land. The land acquisition scope is

indicated in the following table.

Table 3.2. Scope of affected land by UD subproject

No. Type of land Area (ha)

1 Urban residential land 26.9

2 Other non-agricultural land 14.1

3 Land for annual crops 11.0

4 Land for perenial crops 1.2

5 Land for transportation development 3.5

6 Land for cementary 8.7

7 Unused vacant land 3.5




Final Report 99

No. Type of land Area (ha)

8 Land of religious establishments 0.4

9 Land of folk belief 0.4

10 Land for aquacultural production 0.017

11 Other agricultural land 0.11

12 Water surface 0.003

13 Land of cultural establishments 0.17

Total 70.0

(Source: RP report, 1/2020)

The subproject will affect a total of 468 households (AHs) of which 468 households will be

relocated, 60 affected households are vulnerable group (50 poor HHs, the remainings are

households with heads as single women and social policy househsolds), 468 households are

severely affected by losing 20% of agricultural land, 84 affected households are businesses.

No households of ethnic minorities live in the project area.. Summary of the number of AHs

is presented in the following table.

Table 3.3. Classification of affected households

No Type of HHs Number of HHs

1 Total affected HHs 468

2 Number of vulnerable HHs 60

3 Number of relocated HHs 468

4 Number of severely affected HHs 5 468

5 Number of business HHs 84


Land acquisition, relocation and resettlement have potential to impact the affected households

physically and psychologically, these may result in social problems and even litigation.

Relocating to a new place may cause disturbances and disruptions to the livelihood, business,

income, accessibility to existing infrastructures and services of affected households.

In general, land acquisition are unavoidable and the impacts on relocated households would

be long term and significant. The subproject owner has prepared a Resettlement Action Plan

to address the impacts related to land acquisition.

Affected houses/structures

There are 419 households losing their houses (in which 49 households have separated but are

currently sharing the same shelter, raising total 468 relocated households). Total affected

house area is 50,600 m2. The type of houses is mainly grade 3-4 houses because after the

announcement of the master plan in 1997, the whole situation of the houses did not change

5 Severely affected households are those who lose more than 20% of agricultural land (10% for vulnerable

households).




Final Report 100

much because they were not granted new construction permits. Details are summarized the

Table 3.4:

Table 3.4. Affected houses/structures

Type of houses Number of

HHs Area (m

2)

House grade 3- 4 419 50,600

Other type 0 0

Total 419 50,600


In addition, other anxiliary works and structures affected by land acquisition include:

No. Type of house Unit Area

1 Grade 3- 4 house m2 50,600

2 Auxiliary structures m2 23,495

3 Stores, workshop m2 1,460

4 Yard m2 20,650

5 Fence m2 35,821

6 Drilled well psc 424

7 Water/electric meter psc 449

8 Graves psc 1,500


Affected graves

There are 1,500 graves to be displaced to acquire 70ha land for the UD subproject (the graves

are scattered in many positions in the subproject area).

According to Vietnamese culture, graves are belief and spiritual matter which should be

respected carefully. Relocation of graves will affect household‟s spiritual and psychological

life. In addition, physical removal of the grave will require customary or religious worshiping

procedure. All 1,500 graves are all belong to Buddhism people so they share the same

spiritual procedures for relocation.

The project will cause relocation of about 1,500 graves. The People's Committee of Da Nang

City has prepared a plan to relocate all graves in the city, including 1,500 graves in the UD

village project, to Hoa Ninh Cemetery Park which has been built and under operation, 20km

from the city center. The affected households were consulted, and all agreed on relocation of

these affected graves to the new cemetery of the city.

Thus, impact is assessed at medium and mitigable.

Affected public assets

About 300m2 of hall of Hai An village will be relocated. In addition, 35,479 m

2 of local roads

will be affected.




Final Report 101

Impacts on religious and belief works

Within the project area, there are two works under management of religious and folk belief

institutions namely Hai An Pagoda and temple of Caodaism Khai Tay 2. According to

information obtained from consultation with City leaders and local religious community, Hai

An Pagoda has planned to relocate and the pagoda and local community have accepted.

For the temple of Caodaism Khai Tay 2, according to the existing plan, the temple will only

be affected during construction of the project due to restriction in access especially on the full

moon or the 1st day of the lunar month, during which the dust or behavior of workers can be a

concern for local people. However, if there is any other possible alternative, consultation with

local people will be re-conducted before commencement, then the RAP will be updated.

Besides, Pham and Le ancestral houses will be relocated by UD subproject. This issue related

to many members of the family so it required more time and more steps for consultations.

Local authorities of all levels have cooperated with stakeholders to conduct the consultations

to get people‟s concensus. At first, meetings with representatives of families have been held

to obtain people‟s comments and wishes, then the families representatives would discuss with

their families‟s members. At present, the Le and Pham families have basically agreed with the

project but they were not consent about locations for construction of their new ancestral

houses. Therefore it is required to have additional consultations to clarify and get strong

concensus on this issue.

Impacts on trees and crops

The subproject will affect 8 types of trees and crops. Loss of trees and crops is summarized in

the following table.

Table 3.5. Impact on trees and crops

No. Types of land Unit Qnt

1 Fruit trees (coconut, jack fruit, orange,

avocado, peach)

Tree 4,500

2 Dragon, papaya, bananas (with fruit,

without fruits, seedlings)

Tree/clump 27,500

3 Ornamental plants of all kinds Tree 3,500

4 Specialized flowers m2 5,000

5 Small-size trees in household garden Tree 15,000

6 Large-size trees in household garden Tree 4,500

7 Vegetables of all types m2 100,000

8 Rice m2 152,800


Cutting down of fruit trees and vegetation will affect households economically, cause the loss

of shadow and change greenery landscape. This impact during construction of these work

items is unavoidable but can be minimized.

b. Safety Risks due to Unexploded Ordnance (UXO)

Before 1975, Vietnam underwent two wars and Da Nang city was also suffered from being

bombed during the war. The subproject areashave been greatly disturbed by human activities

including extensive cultivation and urban development, some UXOs may still be remained

underground in the subproject area. As the subproject involves civil works with excavation,

there are risks that UXOs may expose or even cause injuries, losses of human lives and assets

in the subproject areas.




Final Report 102

For the subproject, the area that was completely compensated is conducted with UXO

clearance, but the remaining 70ha to be cleared for construction of UD subproject was not.

Therefore, UXO detection and clearance will carried out before commencement of any

construction work with more details provided in the ESMP.

3.2.2. Potential adverse impacts during construction

3.2.2.1. Generic impacts

Activities to be performed during the construction of work items under UD subproject

include:

- Leveling of the site and constructing worker camps and site office

- Machinery‟s operation and workers‟ activities.

- Transportation and temporary storage of materials and fuel

- Excavating, backfilling, forming foundation for buildings, roads and drainage works,

electric line…

- Boring pile for foundation of buildings;

- Backfilling and restoring the site;

- Laying aggregate stone and asphalt for buildings, roads

- Transporting waste material to disposal site.

Sources and scale of impacts in the main affected area under construction activities are listed

in following Table 3.6.

Table 3.6. Sources and scale of impacts in the construction phase

No. Impacts/

Risks Sources of Impact Main Receptors

Impact

level Duration

1

Air Quality

Reduction:

increased

levels of

dusts and

exhaust

gas, noises,

vibration.

- Dust from excavation,

loading/ unloading and

transportation of

construction materials.

- Gas emitted from exhausts

of cars, trucks, excavators,

cranes etc.

- Noise from pile driving at

building; sheet piles

installation, operations of

construction plants,

unloading rocks, ...

- Vibration due to pile

driving during

construction of buildings,

and road base compaction

on the new roads.

- People living around

the construction areas

and material transport

routes (Nam Ky Khoi

Nghia, Mai Dang Chon

roads).

- Workers on sites;

- Existing students and

lecturers at the

University (Faculty of

Medicine and

Pharmacy, College of

Information

Technology,

Dormitory).

- Infrastructure and

landscape around the

construction areas and

material transport

routes.

Medium Medium

to Long-

term




Final Report 103

2

Waste

water

generation

- Stormwater runoff through

construction sites;

- Domestic wastewater from

workers‟ camp (about

1200 workers);

- Construction Wastewater.

Land and surface water

sources in the project

areas. Although the

subproject construction

area is more than 2 km

away from rivers/canals

(Co Co river, Do Toa

river or Cai river),

wastewater will be

drained to these two

river basins through the

common drainage

system in the area,

unless mitigation

measures are well

taken.

Medium

Medium

to Long-

term

3 Solid

wastes

generation

- Wastes from demolition of

the existing

houses/structures;

- Excavated soil dredged

materials from buildings

- Domestic waste from

workers‟ accommodation;

- Construction solid waste;

- Hazardous materials and

wastes such as wasted oil

and materials

contaminated with oil.

The workers‟ camps,

students and teachers in

the existing

universities/colleges

(Faculty of Medicine

and Pharmacy, College

of Information

Technology,

Dormitory)

Soil environment,

terrestrial vegetation at

the site.

Medium Medium

to Long-

term

4

Water

quality

reduction

- Storm water runoff from

the construction sites;

- Domestic wastewater from

workers‟ camps;

- Construction Wastewater

from construction sites.

- Impact on groudwater by

the deep excavations for

construction foundation of

buildings.

- Water bodies near

construction sites and

workers‟ camps.

Although the subproject

construction area is

more than 2 km away

from rivers/canals (Co

Co river, Do Toa river

or Cai river), the water

quality can be reduced

because wastewater can

be drained to these two

river basins through the

common drainage

system in the area,

unless mitigation

measures are well

taken.

- Groudwater quality

reduction.

Low Short

5

Impacts on

Biological

Resources

- Site clearance

Trees, vegetation,

insects, some terrestrial

species at construction

sites

Medium Short




Final Report 104

6 Impacts on

Urban

landscape

- Temporary loading of

construction materials and

waste, debis.


lecturers at the


Medicine and


Information

Technology,

Dormitory).

Medium Medium

7

Increased

erosion and

landslide

risks

- Landslide risks at deep

excavations for

construction of buildings.

- Workers working in

the sites


lecturers at the


Medicine and


Information

Technology,

Dormitory).

Low Short

8

Increased

local

flooding,

risks

- Material and waste blocks

the drainage, causing

flooding for surrounding

areas. Rain water run-off

at construction material

yards may cause sediment

in the nearby drains.

- New roads built disrupt the

existing drainage pattern

- Wastewater from

construction site contains

mud and soil, depositing in

the drainage sewer leading

to localized inundation

The existing

universities/colleges

(Faculty of Medicine

and Pharmacy, College

of Information

Technology,

Dormitory) around the

buildings;

Medium Short

9

Traffic

Disturbanc

e and

Increased

traffic

safety risks

- The increase in traffic

vehicles (truck) for

transporting materials,

wastes, construction

machines, equipment can

obstruct, disturb or even

interrupt the traffics in the

area.

- Traffic means and

drivers, pedestrians

- Local residents at the

intersections between

the existing road with

the construction site or

transportation routes

such as: Nam Ky Khoi

Nghia road, Mai Dang

Chon road


lecturers at the


Medicine and


Information

Technology,

Dormitory).

Medium Short




Final Report 105

10

Damages

to existing

infrastructu

re and or

disruptions

to related

services

- Power lines may be

affected by cranes,

bulldozers

- Existing underground

infrastructure may be

affected by excavation

- Excavation to 2m - 4m deep

may cause cracks to weak

structures including existing

buildings around the sites.

- Interruption of related

services such as power

supply, clean water

supply, internet, etc will

affect daily activities

and student studying

conditions in the project

area.

Low Short

11

Social

impacts

and risks

- Construction activities

may disturb or disrupt

accessibility to roadside

houses, offices that may

lead to social conflicts.

- Dust, noise, waste and

wastewater may affect

daily lives of HHs and

business along both sides

of the construction roads;

- Social conflicts may occur

as workers come from

other areas due to

differences in customs,

habit, and income.

- Local security would be

affected if some workers

involved in gambling or

prostitutions.

- Social risks and impacts

and issues related to influx

of workers.

- Social risk related to the

GBV.

- People living

surrouding the

construction sites; and

near workers‟ camps;

- Workers

Medium

Medium

to Long-

term

12 Impacts on

PCRs

- There are about 1,500

graves to be displaced for

site clearance of the

subproject.

- Some pagodas/temple (Hai

An pagoda, Khai Tay

Sanctuary) about 100m-

200m away from the

construction site will be

affected by dust, noise,

traffic disturbance due to

construction activities.

- Pagodas/temples (Hai

An pagoda, Khai Tay

Sanctuary);

- Visitors to the pagoda,

sanctuary.

Low Short




Final Report 106

13

Communit

y Safety

and Health

- Traffic safety risks

increases at construction

areas and transportation

routes.

- Disturbed ground, open

channels, bulky dumps of

materials may cause

accidents;

- The use of electricity, gas,

oil may cause safety risks

to workers;

- Dust and emissions, noise

from construction sites and

along the roads may affect

student, teacher and

people‟s health.

- People living along

the routes; around the

sites.


lecturers at the


Medicine and


Information

Technology,

Dormitory).

Medium Short

14 Health and

safety of

workers

All construction activities

impose safety risks to the

workers, particularly:

+ falling into deep excavated

holes

+ electrical shocks

+ falling from high buildings

+ Bitten by insects, ...

The workers Medium Short

Detailed assessment on the potential adverse impacts during construction of investments

under UD subproject are described below.

1. Air Quality Reduction

During construction phase, air quality would be affected by increased level of dusts and gas

emission. Dust is generated from (i) demolition of existing structures for site clearance; (ii)

from excavation, leveling; (iii) transportation and (iv) unloading of material, (v) operation of

construction machinery and equipment.

Gas emissions including CO, SO2, NO2, hydrocarbonate… are generated from operation of

construction machinery and equipment (bulldozer, excavator…), mainly from vehicles for

transportation of material and wastes. Impact of dust and gas emssions are analyzed in details

as follows:

i. Dust Generated from The Demolition of Existing Houses and Structures

Total volume of the waste generated from demolition of 419 houses and structures is

estimated at 125,160 m3. These are mainly masonry and brick and steel. Demolition of these

materials will generates dust. The volume of dust emitted from the demolition is calculated

below:

W = EQd [1]

In which: W: The average dust emissions (kg);

E: Particulate Emission factor (kg dust/ton);

Q: Emission volume (m3);

d: Specific weight of debris d = 1,8 ton/m3 (according to document No. 1784/BXD-VP of the

Ministry of Construction publishing the norm of construction materials).

Dust emission coefficient is determined in accordance with the guidelines on Environmental

Assessment Sourcebook (World Bank, 1991) and AP 42 for Stationary Point and Area

Sources (US EPA, 1995) as follows:




Final Report 107

E = k x 0.0016 x (U/2.2)1.3

÷ (M/2)1.4

, kg/ton [2]

In which: E - Emission coefficient (kg/ton); k - Particle structure with average value (k = 0.2 with particle size

structure table (k) page 13.2.4-4 AP 42 (US EPA, 1995); U - average wind speed (m/s) (selected speed is 3 m/s);

M - The average moisture content of debris (%) (Selected average moisture is 11% - Table 13.2.4-1 AP 42, US

EPA, 1995). → Ed = 0.02742 kg/ton

Based on pollution coefficient E and compliance with the subproject work progress, the loads

of dust dispersed from demoliton is calculated and provided in Table 3.7.

Table 3.7. Forecasts on Dust from Demolition

Volume of

demolition (m3)

Total dust

emission

(kg)

Duration

(month)

Dust loading

(kg/day)

Dust

concentration

(mg/m3)

QCVN

05:2013

(mg/m3)

125,160 10,130 6 56.3 0.41 0.3

Remark: The following assumptions are made (i) a working day of 8 hours; (ii) Dispersion

height h = 10 m and (iii) Dry season’s meteorological data are used.

The amount of dust generated from demolition depends on many factors such as the material

and the size of the works to be demonised, weather conditions (humidity and especially, dry

or rainy). The results calculated above for dry season show that the amount of dust generated

from demolition operations would exceeds the allowable limits set in QCVN

05:2013/BTNMT from 1.37 times.

Dust from demolition mainly caused by relative coarse particulate matters thus usually

deposit quickly and exist in a relative short time. The demolition lasts in 2-4 weeks in each

area so that the impacts of dusts caused by demolition activites are relative moderate to high

level, short term, temporary and can be minimized.

ii. Dust emission from excavation and filling activities

The construction activities will use some machines, equipment: excavators, bulldozers,

rollers, hoes, shovels, etc. that generate dust and emissions. Based on equation [2] the particle

emission factor applied for the construction phase is E = 0.02742 kg/tons. Thus, dust emission

at each work item is calculated and summarized in Table 3.8.

Table 3.8. Estimation of dust emission from the excavation and filling

Volume of

earthworks

(m3)

Dust emission

(kg)

Construction

Duration (month)

Dust load

(kg/day)

Dust

concentration

(mg/m3)

QCVN 05:2013

(mg/m3)

359.820 29,129 150 194.195 1.7 0.3

Remark: The following assumptions are made (i) a working day of 8 hours; (ii) Dispersion

height h = 10 m and (iii) Dry season’s meteorological data are used.

The results in Table 3.8 show that dust concentration generated from excavation and filling

exceeds allowable limit set in QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT 5.6 times. In general, upon each

work, the dust load will deposit quickly and exist in a short time. Dust generation duration

will be within 2-4 at each construction position. So that, the impacts be at medium to high

level and can be mitigated.

iii. Dust from The Material Loading and Unloading




Final Report 108

The unloading and loading materials are mainly steel, brick, gravel, sand and cement. The

dust emission loads from the material unloading and loading activities can be calculated as

below6 7

Table 3.9. Estimated dust load from material loading and unloading

Works Total dust

loading (kg)

Unloading

period (day)

Dust loading

(kg/day)

Total dust load

(mg/m.s)

(1) University of

Technology and

Education

353.35 1080 0.33 11.46

(2) University of

Foreign Languages

Studies

6013.85 720 8.35 289.93

(3) International

University 2946.36 720 4.09 142.01

(4) Executive building 1662.47 720 2.31 80.21

(5) Multi-purpose sport

complex 3657.52 1080 3.39 117.71

(6) Technopole center 3172.84 720 4.41 153.13

Table 3.10. Dust emission concentration due to loading and unloading

Works

Distance

W (m)

Dust concentration (mg/m3)

QCVN

05:2013/BTNMT

H=1,5 H=5 H=10 H=15 (mg/m3)

(1) University of

Technology and

Education

10 0.235 0.215 0.192 0.185

0.3

50 0.236 0.19 0.18 0.177

120 0.174 0.171 0.171 0.17

(2) University of

Foreign Languages

Studies

10 1.958 1.307 0.738 0.549

50 1.832 0.669 0.419 0.336

120 0.267 0.199 0.184 0.18

(3) International

University

10 2.026 0.727 0.448 0.356

50 0.984 0.414 0.292 0.251

120 0.217 0.184 0.177 0.175

(4) Executive

building

10 1.218 0.484 0.327 0.275

50 0.63 0.308 0.239 0.216

120 0.197 0.178 0.174 0.173

(5) Multi-purpose

sport complex

10 1.708 0.631 0.401 0.324

50 0.845 0.372 0.271 0.237

120 0.209 0.182 0.176 0.174

(6) Technopole center 10 1.171 0.770 0.470 0.370

50 0.395 0.237 0.204 0.192

6 Based on document AP 42, Fifth Edition Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, Volume 1: Stationary

Point and Area Sources, 7 Tran Ngoc Chan, 1999, Air pollutant and waste gas treatment (Volume 1), Ha Noi Science and Technology

Publishing House




Final Report 109

Works

Distance

W (m)


QCVN

05:2013/BTNMT

H=1,5 H=5 H=10 H=15 (mg/m3)

120 0.183 0.174 0.172 0.171

Remarks: These results included the base environmental quality condition

According to the monitoring: the dust concentration parameters emitted from the material

gathering, loading and unloading at the distance of 50m are mostly excessive allowable limit

of QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT with 1.1 times – 6.3 times, upon each subproject site; at the

distance of more than 50m, dust concentration is within the allowable limit.

Faculties/Universities and colleges (i) Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy; (ii) College of

Information Technology; (iii) Dormitory has a distance of 100 - 200m from the subproject

area. Therefore, the works will not be affected by dust from the material loading and

uploading activities. Therefore, workers are the major sensitive receptors by dust from the

material gathering activities

Although the construction period of each work item is quite long (18 - 36 months), successive

construction method is used so the impacts caused by dust generated from the handling of

construction materials is medium level and can be minimized.

iv. Dust and emission generated from the transportation

The materials to be transported: (1) wastes/debris from demolition of existing structures; (2)

excavated and backfilled soil; (3) construction machine, equipment and wastes.

According to the standards established by the World Health Organization (WHO)8, 15-ton

diesel vehicles will generate loads of dust and exhausted CO, SO2, NO2, and HC as follows:

dust: at 1.6 g/km/vehicle; CO gas: 3.7 g/km/vehicle; SO2: 7.43S g/km/vehicle; NOx: 24.1

g/km/vehicle and HC: 3 g/km/vehicle (diesel of 0.05% S). The subproject will use 15-ton

trucks for transporting. The average transport distance is 10 - 15 km. The total passages of

trucks and the generated dust loads in the process of transportation are calculated as follows:

Dust emission from transportation of demolition debris

The total number of trucks and the dust volume generated during the transportation of wastes

from demolition of existing houses/structures on the area of 40ha is calculated as follows:

Table 3.11. Dust load generated from transportation of demolition debris

Demolition volume

(m3)

Solid waste

volume (ton)

Transportation

duration (day)

Solid

waste

volume

(ton/day)

Number of

trips

(trip/day)

Total

dust

load

(mg/m.s)

125,160 187,750 180 1,043 70 0.81

Concentration of dust is quantified using Sutton‟s atmospheric dispersion model as follows:

(mg/m3) [3]

In which (C): concentration of air particles (mg/m3);

(E): Emission load (mg/m.s);

(z): height (m);

8 ) (Assessment of Sources of Air, Water and Land Pollution –Part 1: Rapid Inventory Techniques in

Environmental Pollution, WHO, 1993),

u.

2

hzexp

2

hzexp.E8,0

Cz

2

z

2

2

z

2




Final Report 110

σz : dispersion coefficient (m) as a function of distance and wind direction σz = 0.53x0,73

;

(u): mean wind speed (m/s), u = 3m/s;

(h): road height from base elevation (m), h = 0.5m.

Assuming wind speed at 5.0 m/s, the concentration of dust generated from transportation

vehicles at distance of 10-15m from sources is calculated as follows:

Table 3.12. Dust Emission Concentration from Transportation of Demolition Wastes

Distance

W (m)


QCVN

05:2013/BTNMT

H=1.5 H=2 H=3 H=4 (mg/m3)

10 0.2715 0.2614 0.2378 0.2258 0.3

20 0.2373 0.2347 0.2279 0.2239


Comment: The concentration of dust generated from transportation of demolition wastes is

below allowable limits of QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT - National technical regulations on the

quality of ambient air.

Existing Faculties and units (i) Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy; (ii) College of

Technology and Information; (iii) dormitory, have an distance of 100-200m from the site,

thus the structures will not be affected by the transportation of debris and site cleared

materials. However, some households living along road sides will be affected by dust and

exhaust gases. In general, the wastes and debris from demolition will be used to construct

service road. Therefore, the volume of discarded materials will be much lower than the

calculated volume; transportation routes (Nam Ky Khoi Nghia, Mai Dang Chon is quite large

with 34-60m wide, have a separate strip in the middle) the impact of dust from the

transportation process is medium and mitigable.

Dust generated from transportation of excavated and backfilled soil:

Similar to the calculation of dust load emitted from demolition waste transportation, the

formula [3] is applied to estimate the dust load and concentration generated from the

transportation of excavated and backfilled soil in the area of 40ha. Results are displayed as

follows:

Table 3.13. Dust load generated from the transportation of excavated and backfilled soil

Volume of

excavated

and

backfilled

soil (m3)

Transportation

duration (day)

Solid

waste

volume

(ton/day)

Number of

trips

(trip/day)

Total dust

load

(kg/km/day)

Total dust

load

(mg/m.s)

359,820 150 3,598 240 74.89 2.6

Table 3.14. Concentration of dust generated from transportation of excavated and

backfilled soil

L(m)=W

(m)


QCVN

05:2013/BTNMT

(average 1h)

H=1.5 H=2 H=3 H=3.5 (mg/m3)

10 0.42136 0.39643 0.33802 0.30839

0.3 20 0.34144 0.33040 0.31355 0.29290

30 0.2990 0.2943 0.2869 0.2660

40 0.2589 0.2580 0.2555 0.2520




Final Report 111

Notes: the results were calculated in combination with the baseline air conditions

The calculation results: the dust load generated from the transportation of excavated and

backfilled soil for the subproject area (the area of 40ha) at the distance from 10m-20m are

mostly as 1.1-1.4 times as the QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT; at the distance of more than 30m,

dust load is under allowable limit.

Sensitive receptors of the dust, emissions from the transportation of excavated and backfilled

soil are households living along the main road (Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road, Mai Dang Chon

roads are quite wide, have a separate strip at the middle and sidewalks on both sides). In

general, impact of dust created from transportation activities is assessed to be low and

mitigable.

Dust generated from transportation of construction materials

Similar to the calculation of dust generated from transporting demolition waste as above,

formula [3] is applied to estimate the amount and concentration of diffused dust from material

transportation for construction of subprojects as below:

Table 3.15. Dust load generated from the transportation of construction materials

Works

Volume of

materials

(ton)

Transportation

duration (day)

Number of

trip

(trip/day)

Dust load

(*)

(kg/km/s)

Dust load

(mg/m.s)

(1) University

of Technology

and Education

190,121 36 12 5.3 0.18

(2) University

of Foreign

Languages

Studies

244,378 24 23 10.1 0.35

(3) International

University 162,461 24 16 7.0 0.24

(4) Executive

building 67,556 24 7 3.1 0.11

(5) Multi-

purpose sport

complex

148,626 36 10 4.4 0.15

(6) Technopole

center 127,490 24 12 5.3 0.18

Similarly, concentration of dusts from transportation of materials, excavation and backfilling

is presented in the Table 3.16 below:

Table 3.16. Dust emission from transportation of materials

Work items Distance

W (m)


QCVN

05:2013/BTNMT

H=1.5 H=3 H=5 H=10 (mg/m3)

(1) University of

Technology and

Education

10 0.1876 0.1816 0.1743 0.1700

0.3

20 0.1816 0.1800 0.1770 0.1713

(2) University of

Foreign

Languages

10 0.2042 0.1926 0.1784 0.1701

20 0.1926 0.1894 0.1835 0.1725




Final Report 112

Work items Distance

W (m)


QCVN

05:2013/BTNMT

H=1.5 H=3 H=5 H=10 (mg/m3)

Studies

(3) International

University

10 0.1935 0.1855 0.1758 0.1701

20 0.1855 0.1833 0.1793 0.1717

(4) Executive

building

10 0.1808 0.1771 0.1727 0.1700

20 0.1771 0.1761 0.1743 0.1708

(5) Multi-purpose

sport complex

10 0.1847 0.1797 0.1736 0.1700

20 0.1797 0.1783 0.1758 0.1711

(6) Technopole

center

10 0.1876 0.1816 0.1743 0.1700

20 0.1816 0.1800 0.1770 0.1713


Comment: The concentration of dust generated from the transportation of materials and

excavated soil of construction items is within the allowable limits of QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT

- National Technical Regulations on the quality of ambient air.

Locations of the main transportation routes are presented in following Figure 3.1:

Figure 3.1: Locations of the main transportation routes for material and wastes

Receptors that may be affected by dust generated from the transportation of materials and

waste on main transport routes include:

Table 3.17. Dust sensitive seceptors on main routes

Transportation routes Dust sensitive receptors

Subproject area

Nam Ky Khoi Nghia

road

Mai Dang Chon road Da Nang University of

Medical Technology

and Pharmacy

Institute of Social

Sciences of the

Central Region




Final Report 113

(1) Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road

- Institute of Social Sciences of the Central Region, 100m from the

transportation road, divided by a fence and yard/campus.

- Da Nang University of Medical Technology and Pharmacy, 100m

from the transportation road, divided by a fence and yard/campus

- Western residential area bordering the subproject area, sparsely

poluated, about 50m from the main road, separated by sidewalks and

a space for circulationg.

(2) Mai Dang Chon road

- Residential area along the road, sparsely poluated, about 30-50m

from the main road, separated by sidewalks and a space for

circulationg

The data in Table 3.17 above shows that the dust concentration generated from transportation

activities is lower than QCVN 05: 2013 / BTNMT - National technical regulation on ambient

air quality. Therefore, the impact level is low. Nam Ky Khoi Nghia and Mai Dang Chon roads

are 34m wide with separated green strips and sidewalks along the road, the receptors such as

the Institute of Social Sciences of the Central Region, Da Nang University of Medical

Technology and Pharmacy... are on the side of the idle truck, 100m away from the road, the

yard and the greenery... Therefore, the level of impact will be low but it is necessary to

minimize impacts on people's health.

v. Exhaust Gas Emission due to Activities of Transportation Means

Transportation of construction materials or waste by 15-ton trucks will result in the emission

of exhaust of gas such as NO2, SO2, CO, VOC, affecting the ambient air quality.

Pollutant load depends on the numbers of trucks travel and types of fuel used. Diesel Oil

(DO) with sulphur content smaller than 0.25% so the concentration of SO2, NO2 in the

exhaust gases significantly limited. Moreover, emission source is the mobile source so the

waste gas concentration is not focused but dispersed on whole road line. The people on the

transportation routes and workers may be affected by vehicle gas emissions. The box below

shows the potential health impacts of some gases emitted from vehicles.

Potential health impacts of some gases emitted from vehicles

- CO enters the bloodstream, reacting with hemoglobin (found in red blood cells) to become a sustainable

structure but cannot afford to load oxygen, this cause the body asphyxia. If getting a large amount of CO, people

will feel headache, dizziness, and fatigue. Too much CO can lead to unconscious or suffocated status quickly.

When oxidized, CO turns into carbon dioxide (CO2), CO2 also causes asphyxiation but not so poisoning as CO.

- SO2 can penetrate into the human body through the respiratory system, trespassing into the circulatory system.

When exposed for long periods, it can create small acid particles which can penetrate into the blood vessels if

their size is < 2-3 μm. SO2 can trespass into the human body through the skin and cause chemical conversion,

leading to reduced alkaline level of blood. Ammonia can leak through urine and affects the salivary gland.

Bigger concentration will cause increasing mucous secretion of trachea. This gas exposing to the eyes can form

acid.

- NO2 concentration in the air with 5 ppm will have negative impacts on the lungs. Being exposed to the air for

several hours with NO2 concentration of 15-20 parts per million can cause damage to lung, heart and liver; NO2

concentration in the air of 1% can be fatal in a few minute. NO2 oxidized under sunlight can create ozone gas

causing tear and skin rashes. NO2 also contributes to asthma, even lung cancer, tracheal damage.

VOCs is the common name of liquid or solid substances containing volatile organic carbon. Some common

substances as acetone, ethylaxetat, buthylaxetat ... They are less chronic toxicity. The main toxicity can include




Final Report 114

dizziness, drunken vomiting, swollen eyes, twitching, pneumonia. Only a few substances with chronic toxicity

will cause blood cancer, and neurological diseases9.

Rapid assessment method of WHO is used to evaluate the impacts.

Table 3.18. Emission Coefficient of All Air Pollutant Substance from Trucks

No Type of car Unit (U) SO2 kg/U NOx

kg/U CO

kg/U VOC

kg/U

1 Oil-run lorry DO (3.5 - 16 tons) 1000 km 4.29*S 11.80 6 2.60

Fuel ton 20*S 55 28 12

2 Oil-run lorry DO (>16 tons) 1000 km 7.26*S 18.20 7.30 5.80

Fuel ton 20*S 50 20 16

Remark: S is the concentration of sulfur in diesel (S = 0,25%)

Assumptions: Truck load is 15 tons, average speed is 10 km/h, and the average transportation

distance is 1 km, pollutant load generated from one vehicle is: Dust: 0.90 g/km; SO2: 4.29*S

g/km; NOx: 11.80 g/km; CO: 6.00 g/km; VOC: 2.60 g/km, wind speed of 3.0 m/s, the truck

would consume 0.4 liters of oil/car.km (1 liter of DO weights 0.832 kg). Emission loads are

calculated for the distance of 5-20 m from sources by applying Sutton model are presented in

Table 3.19 below.

Table 3.19. Exhaust emission from vehicles

Works

Expected

duration

(month)

Total trip

(trip/day)

Distance

(m)

Fuel

consumption

(kg/day)

Volume

of SO2

(mg/m.s

)

Volume of

NO2

(mg/m.s)

Volume

of CO

(mg/m.s

)

(1) University of

Technology and

Education

24 12 15 59.90 0.022 24.544 12.480

(2) University of

Foreign

Languages

Studies

36 23 15 114.82 0.043 47.043 23.920

(3) International

University 24 16 15 79.87 0.030 32.725 16.640

(4) Executive

building 24 7 15 34.94 0.013 14.317 7.280

(5) Multi-

purpose sport

complex

24 10 15 49.92 0.019 20.453 10.400

(6) Technopole

center 36 12 15 59.90 0.022 24.544 12.480

Data in the above Table 3.19 shows that the concentration of exhaust gases generated from

transport activities meets QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT - National technical regulation on ambient

air quality. Thus, level of impact is low. If a vehicle stops without its engine turned off,

exhaust gas would affect localised air quality. However, exhaust gas emission is considered to

be small and the gases usually disperse quickly into the surrounding environment thus

concentration would be reduced quickly. The effect of exhaust gas emission is small but

mitigation measures are required to control the impacts on people‟s health.

vi. Exhaust Emitted from The Operation of Construction Machines and Equipment

9 http://tnmtvinhphuc.gov.vn/index.php/vi/news/Moi-truong/Tac-dong-cua-mot-so-khi-doc-den-suc-khoe-con-

nguoi-71/




Final Report 115

The amount of all construction machines and fuel demand are presented in the following

Table 3.20 (Source: WHO, 1993).

Table 3.20. DO Fuel Demand for Construction Machines and Equipments

Equipment, machines

(1)

Technical

Uni

(2)

Foreign

Language

Uni

(3)

International

Uni

(4)

Executive

building

(5) Sport

Complex

(6)

Technopole

Fuel

norm/ca

(diesel

liter)

Vibration roller 25T 40 36.36 33.3 60 31.6 44

Grader 110 CV 2.7 2.45 2.3 4.05 2.1 2.97 40.32

Excavator ≤ 0.8 m3 76.65 69.68 63.9 114.97 60.5 84.32 38.88

Steel wheel compactor 8.5T 354 321.82 295.0 531 279.5 389.4 64.8

Bulldozer ≤110 CV 189 171.82 157.5 283.5 149.2 207.9 24

Car 15 T (tank transport) 75 68.18 62.5 112.5 59.2 82.5 54.6

Asphalt truck 7 T 18 16.36 15.0 27 14.2 19.8 31

Water truck 5 m3 12 10.91 10.0 18 9.5 13.2 25.5

Total DO oil used (liter/hour) 19.7 17.88 16.39 29.49 15.53 21.63

Highst DO oil used (kg/h)

(DDO=0,85kg/liter) 20.97 19.06 17.47 31.45 16.55 23.07

Based on the frequency of the machine activities, the constructional area and a working day of

8 hours, the emission load and emission concentration from Diesel oil combustion process are

calculated as follows:

Table 3.21. Emission Coefficient and Emission Load due to DO Combustion Engines

Load of

exhaust

gas

(g/s)

Pollutant

load

coefficient

(g/kg DO)

(1)

Technical

Uni

(2)

Foreign

Language

Uni

(3)

International

Uni

(4)

Executive

building

(5)

Sport

Complex

(6)

Technopole

SO2 20*S 0.273 0.248 0.228 0.410 0.216 0.300

NO2 2.84 0.039 0.035 0.032 0.058 0.031 0.043

CO 0.71 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.015 0.008 0.011

Dust 0.28 0.004 0.248 0.228 0.410 0.216 0.300

VOC 0.035 0.001 0.248 0.228 0.410 0.216 0.300

In which: S is the concentration of sulfur in the fuel (0.25%).

From the above pollution loads from exhaust gases, by applying Sutton model with a wind

speed of 3.0 m/s, and a distance of 5-10 m from generating sources. The concentration of

exhaust gases generated from construction machines and equipments meets QCVN

05:2013/BTNMT - National technical regulation on ambient air quality. The level of impact

by dust and exhaust gas is low and can be minimized.

In general, dust and emitted gases are generated from the construction progress and on

transportation routes: Dust will contribute to reducing the sight distance that lead to the risks

on traffic safety. Dust deposit will damage the beautiful landscape, affect the sanitation

conditions of restaurants and services units. Besides, the dust is the reason causing respiratory

diseases for local people that can leads to short-term effects on people‟s health because the

construction dust has quite-large particle. It is worth noting that dust on leaves will reduces

the photosynthesis of surrounding plants.

In summary, the sensitive receptors affected by dust, exhaust gases during construction phase

in the project areas and the main transportation routes are listed in Table 3.22 below:




Final Report 116




Final Report 117

Table 3.22. Sensitive receptors affected by dust during construction phase

Work items Sensitive receptors affected by dust Distance to

construction Site

(1) University of

Technology and

Education

- Workers at the construction sites;

- Existing students and lecturers at the University (Faculty of

Medicine and Pharmacy, College of Information Technology,

Dormitory).

100 - 200

(2) University of

Foreign

Languages Studies



Medicine and Pharmacy).

200

(3) International

University


- Existing students and lecturers at the University (Dormitory).

100

(4) Multi-purpose

sport complex




200

(5) Executive

building



Medicine and Pharmacy, College of Information Technology).

- Hai An pagoda

100 - 200

100

(6) Technopole

center




- Khai Tay Sanctuary

100 - 200

100

(7) Internal roads



Medicine and Pharmacy, Dormitory).

- Hai An pagoda, Khai Tay Sanctuary

100 - 200

100 - 200

100

2. Increased Level of Noise and Vibration

i. Noise

The noise generated during the construction phase is mainly from three sources: (i) demolition

of existing structures, particularly the existing houses/structures; (ii) from vehicle movements;

(iii) the operation of concrete/ asphalt drilling-cutting machines, and piling machines. Lower

levels of noise are generated from construction plants, engines of vehicles, and materials

loading/unloading particularly stone unloading.

Noise during demolition of the existing houses/structures: ...

Noise level along the transportation routes: ...

Noise by the operation of concrete/ asphalt drilling-cutting machines, and piling machines: ...

Noise levels generated from the construction plants are estimated by the following equation10

:

[4]

10

by Pham Ngoc Dang 2003. Air environment. Science and technics publishing house 2003

dBALLLL cdpi




Final Report 118

In which: Li – Noise level at site with a distance d (m) from the source; Lp – Noise level

measured at source (from a distance of 1.5m); ∆Ld – Noise level as a fuction of distance d and

at frequency i;

[5]

In which: r1- Distance to the noise source corresponding to Lp (m); r2- Distance

corresponding to the noise Li(m); a- Specific absorption coefficient of noise with the land

surface topography (a = 0.1); ∆Lc- Decrement Noise level through the obstacle. The

construction area with all buildings and obstacle brick wall, thus, ∆Lc = 1,2;

Noise level by the distance of machines in this period is calculated as in the Table 3.23 below:

Table 3.23. Noise level by the distance of machine of work items

Items Construction machine Distance to the noise source (m)

15 30 60 100 120 150 180 200 250 300

(1) University

of Technology

and Education

Combined noise level 100 94 88 84 82 80 78 77 75 73

Excavator 0.8m3 89 83 77 73 71 69 67 66 64 62

Bulldozer ≤ 140CV 90 84 78 74 72 70 68 67 56 41

Lorry 15T 84 78 72 68 66 64 62 61 59 57

Excavator 1.6 m3 100 94 88 84 82 80 78 77 75 73

(2) University

of Foreign

Languages

Studies


Excavator 0.8m3 86 80 74 70 68 66 64 63 61 59

Bulldozer ≤ 140CV 87 81 75 71 69 67 65 64 62 60

Lorry 15T 93 87 81 77 75 73 71 70 68 66

Excavator 1.6 m3 88 82 76 72 70 68 66 65 63 61

(3)

International

University


Excavator 0.8m3 86 80 74 70 68 66 64 63 61 61

Bulldozer ≤ 140CV 87 81 75 71 69 67 65 64 62 59

Lorry 15T 93 87 81 77 75 73 71 70 68 69

Excavator 1.6 m3 88 82 76 72 70 68 66 65 63 65

(4) Multi-

purpose sport

complex


Excavator 0.8m3 89 83 77 73 71 69 67 66 64 55

Bulldozer ≤ 140CV 90 84 78 74 72 70 68 67 65 53

Lorry 15T 94 88 82 78 76 74 72 71 69 73

Excavator 1.6 m3 92 86 80 76 74 72 70 69 67 64

(5) The

Executive

building


Excavator 0.8m3 82 76 70 66 64 62 60 59 57 60

Bulldozer ≤ 140CV 83 77 71 67 65 63 61 60 58 63

Lorry 15T 94 88 82 78 76 74 72 71 69 67

(6) Technopole

center


Excavator 0.8m3 94 88 82 78 76 74 72 71 69 56

Bulldozer ≤ 140CV 85 79 73 69 67 65 63 62 60 67

Lorry 15T 80 74 68 64 62 60 58 57 55 55

a

dr

rL

1

2

1lg20




Final Report 119

Items Construction machine Distance to the noise source (m)

15 30 60 100 120 150 180 200 250 300

Infrastructure

in the area of

40ha


Excavator 0.8m3 85 79 73 69 67 65 63 62 60 55

Bulldozer ≤ 140CV 83 77 71 67 65 63 61 60 58 56

Lorry 15T 96 90 84 80 78 76 74 73 71 67

QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT (from 6h-21h)

– Normal area 70

QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT (from 21h-6h)

– Normal area 55

WBG HSE Guideline 70

The results are as following:

- The noise generated by the machines and equipment within the distance of 30m

(day time) and over 120 (night time) is within allowable limit of QCVN

26:2010/BTNMT – National Technical Regulation on Noise (70 dBA for normal

area from 6h – 21h, 55 dBA for normal area from 21h – 6h)

- The resonance noise of vehicles operating within the distance 60m (day time) and

more than 300m (night time) is lower than permissible level of the QCVN

26:2010/BTNMT – National Technical Regulation on Noise (70 dBA for normal

area from 6h – 21h, 55 dBA for normal area from 21h – 6h)

In general, the works of the UD subproject are constructed at the same time and concentrated

in an area, thus, the noise is assessed to be from medium to large and will be controllable. The

receptors to be affected by the noise include:

Table 3.24. Sensitive receptors by noise

Items Sensitive receptors

Distance to the

subproject site

(m)

(1) University

of Technology

and Education




Dormitory).

100 - 200

(2) University

of Foreign

Languages

Studies




200

(3)

International

University


- Existing students and lecturers at the University (Dormitory).

100

(4) Multi-

purpose sport

complex




Dormitory).

200

(5) Executive

building



100 - 200




Final Report 120

Items Sensitive receptors

Distance to the

subproject site

(m)

Medicine and Pharmacy, College of Information Technology).

- Hai An pagoda

100

(6)

Technopole

center




Dormitory).


100 - 200

100

(7) Internal

roads




Dormitory).


100 - 200

100 - 200

100

The impacts of noise will be more sensitive at night in the existing dormitory, within school

time (7h30 to 11h30 a.m; 13h30 - 17h30 p.m) in the lecture hall of Faculty of Medicine and

Pharmacy, and College of Information Technology. Noise from the construction site is

discontinuous and short-term, but it disturb the community, students, lectures and officers, it

is assessed to be large and must be reduced by proper mitigation measures.

ii. Vibration

Vibration will be mainly caused by construction activities related to buildings construction,

piling and roadbase compaction. Vibration caused by compaction of piped trench will be

negligible because the sand will be watered before compaction takes place. Typical vibration

levels are specified in the following table:

Table 3.25. Vibration Level of Typical Equipment Within 10m Distance

No. Equipment Reference vibration

(Vertical direction, dB)

1 Excavator 80

2 Bulldozer 79 3 Truck 74 4 Roller 82 5 Air compressor 81 6 Concrete hammer 97.5

(Source: Transit Noise And Vibration Impact Assessment, FTA, 2006)

Vibration impact from construction equipment is calculated by vibration attenuation with

distance:

L = L0 – 10lg(r/r0) – 8.7a (r- r0)

In which:

- L: vibration level in dB at a distance “r” from the source;

- L0: vibration level in dB at a distance “r0” from the source. In the project case, r0

is vibration source and r0 = 10m;

- a: intrinsic vibration attenuation coefficient at clay foundation, a = 0.5




Final Report 121

Predicted results are presented in the following table 2.26.

Table 3.26. Vibration by Distance During Construction of buildings

Items Max source

vibration (r0

= 10m) (dB)

Vibration level at a distance (*) (dB)

r = 5m r = 10m r = 15m r = 20m

Concrete hammer 106.5 98.5 72.8 54.6 34.2

QCVN 27: 2010, allowable level of 75 dB during 6÷21h and base level during 21÷6h

In comparison of the monitoring results with QCVN 27: 2010/BTNMT, at the distance >

10m, the vibration is within allowable limit. The existing structures such as Dormitory,

Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy, College of Information Technology are more than 100m

far from the site, they will not be affected by the vibration. However, the construction workers

(especially the workers operating machines and vehicles) will be affected. The impact of

vibration is at medium level and can be managed in short-term.

3. Water quality impacts

During the construction phase, there are three main sources of wastewater generation

including: (i) Rainwater runoff from construction sites; (ii) Wastewater generated from

construction workers‟s camps; and (iii) construction wastewater. The volumes and

characeristics of each types of wastewater generated during construction phase are discussed

below:

i. Rainwater runoff

Rainwater is considered clean if it is not exposed to pollution sources such as wastewater,

exhaust gas, contaminated with soil/dredged material, etc. During the construction process,

when rainwater runoff passing construction sites, it will drag soil, sand, waste discharged by

construction workers, debris,... and become polluted.

Flow of Rainfall rate in the construction areas compared with surrounding environment is

calculated by the method of limit intensity (according to TCVN 7957: 2008 - Drainage and

Sewerage - External networks and facilities – Design Standard).

Rainfall rate Q (m3/s) is calculated by the following formula: Q = q.C.F

Of which:

Q: Calculated flow (m3/s)

q: Rainfall intensity (liter/s.ha).

C: flow coefficient. The flow coefficient C depends on the coverage surface and the

repetition cycle of the calculated rain (P), given C= 0.2.

F: Project area (ha)

Rainfall intensity is calculated by following formula:

q=

nbt

PCA

)(

lg*1

Of which:

q: calculated rainfall intensity (liter/s.ha)

P: Repetition cycle of the calculated rain (years), given P = 2 years

t: Rain runoff duration in the project area (about 30 minutes).

A, C, b, n: Parameters determined according to local rain conditions.




Final Report 122

These parameters depend on local climatic condition. For the area of Ngu Hanh Son district -

Da Nang city, A=2170; C=0.52; b=10; n=0.65. Applying these values in the above formula,

we have:

Calculated rainfall intensity at the construction area is: q = 228,181 (l/s.ha)

Therefore, the volume of rainwater runoff through the construction sites of UD subproject is

calculated as follows:

Table 3.27. Flow of rainwater runoff during construction

Work items Catchment

area (m2)

Flow

coefficient Flow rate

(l/s)

Flow rate

(m3/h)

Runoff

Volume at

design rainfall

(m3)

(1) University of Technology

and Education 53,000

0.4 483.7 1,741 2,612

(2) University of Foreign

Languages Studies 50,000

0.4 456.4 1,642 2,464

(3) International University 61,000 0.4 556.8 2,004 3,006


complex 51,000

0.4 465.5 1,675 2,513

(5) Executive building 95,000 0.4 867.1 3,121 4,682

(6) Technopole center 68,000 0.4 576.0 2,614 3,421

(7) Internal roads 400,000 0.4 365.1 1,314 1,971

Note: Above results are from calculations with rain duration of 90 minutes)

The main environmental concerns of surface runoff is the large volumes may cause localised

flooding, and if it is highly turbid, it may cause sedimentation in exisitng drains.

Rainwater runoff will drag a longpollutants such as oil, grease, dust and soil on the

construction site surface. According to WHO (1993), content of pollutants in the rainwater

runoff is about 0.5 – 1.5 mg N/l, 0.004 – 0.03 mg P/l, 10 - 20 mg COD/l and 10 - 20 mg

TSS/l, these parameters are lower the acceptable standard by QCVN 40:2011/BTNMT -

National Technical Regulation on Industrial Wastewater.

The work item will be constructed from 18 to 36 months so construction in rainy season will

unavoidable; then, the rainwater runoff will drag stone debris, soil, dirt, oil and types of waste

on the construction site surface into the receiving body in the area. These pollutants will

increase water‟s turbidity and content of TSS will usually exceed the allowable limit. Aquatic

species can be affected by polluted water that prevents the respiration, photosynthesis.

However, the construction area is about 2km far from canals/rivers (Co Co river, Vinh Dien

river or Cai river), the stormwater will overflow and absorb in surrounding area. At some

positions where culverts are arranged (the area that was compensated and site cleared), the

water will be led to the common drainage culverts on Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road. Thus, the

impact level is low, short-term, local but mitigation measures should be taken.

ii. Domestic wastewater generated from worker’s camps

Theproject is expected to mobilize about 1200 workers, so each work item will require 100 -

300 workers (the number varies depending on construction time and progress). According to

Vietnamese standard QCXDVN 01: 2008/BXD, the rate of domestic water consumption by

the workers is 45 liters/person/day, the amount of wastewater generated is equal to 80% of the

supplied water amount. Assuming all the workers would reside in camps then the volume of

wastewater generated from each worker‟s camp is calculated in Table 3.28 below:




Final Report 123




Final Report 124

Table 3.28 Amount of wastewater generated in the construction camps

Work items Number of

workers

(persons)

Construction

duration

(months)

Amount of

domestic

wastewater

(m3/day)

Amount of

domestic

wastewater

(m3/month)

Total of

domestic

wastewater

(m3)

(1) University of

Technology and

Education

200 24 9 270 6,480

(2) University of

Foreign Languages

Studies

200 36 9 270 9,720

(3) International

University 150 24 6.75 202.5 4,860

(4) Center of the

University of Da Nang 100 24 4.5 135 3,240


complex 150 24 6.75 202.5 4,860

(6) Technopole Center

and Innovation Quarter 300 36 13.5 405 14,580

(7) Infrastructure in the

area of 40ha 100 18 4.5 135 2,430

Total 1,200 54 1,620 46,170

Domestic wastewater contains suspended solids, and, some oil and grease, high

concentrations of organic matters, nutrients (nitrogen, phosphorus) and microorganisms. The

load of pollutants in domestic wastewater at workers camps is provided in Table 3.29.

Table 3.29. Load of pollutants in domestic wastewater on construction phase

No Pollutants Pollution coefficient (g/per/day) Load of pollutant (kg/day)

Min Max Min Max

1 BOD5 45 54 9 10.8

2 COD 72 102 14.4 20.4

3 TSS 70 145 14 29

4 T-N 10 30 2 6

5 T-P 6 12 1.2 2.4

6 Cl- 2.4 4.8 0.48 0.96

7 Ecoli 106 10

9 2.10

6 2.10

9

(Source: WHO, 1993)

The concentration of pollutants in the domestic wastewater before and after treatment by

septic tank is presented in the following table:

Table 3.30. Domestic wastewater quality

Pollutants Concentration in domestic

wastewater (before treatment) QCVN 14:2008/BTNMT

(Column B)

pH 5 – 9 5 – 9

BOD5 640 – 780 50

TSS 1000 – 1450 100

Nitrate (NO3-) 50 – 100 50

Total coliform 106 – 10

9 5,000




Final Report 125

According to the monitoring results, the parameters of workers‟ domestic wastewater exceed

the standard, including: BOD (as 12.8 – 15.6 times), TSS (may be 10 – 14.5 times), etc. If not

being well treated, the domestic wastes will damage the beautiful landscape, cause

environmental, water and air pollution that facilitate the development of pathogen. Such

impacts will negatively affect workers‟ health. Also, this will be the considerable pollution

sources that disturb living conditions of workers and students, lecturers of existing

colleges/university unless there are proper mitigation measures. Besides, the construction area

is about 2km far from canals/rivers (Co Co river, Vinh Dien river or Cai river), the domestic

wastewater from workers after treatment will be led to the common drainage culverts on Nam

Ky Khoi Nghia road. The impacts assessed to be medium upon each construction site.

iii. Construction wastewater

In the construction phase, the construction wastewater volume is insignificant, mainly from

the process of concrete maintenance, washing road, machines, equipment and vehicles with

the major components of grease, oil, suspended solids and other substances.

The estimated volumes of such construction wastewater is 1 - 3 m3/day at each site. This

wasterwater contains high suspended solids contents, some oil and grease. Untreated

construction wastewater and may cause increased water turbidity which affect respirations

and photosynthesis process of aquatic lives. However, the construction area is about 2km far

from canals/rivers (Co Co river, Vinh Dien river or Cai river), the construction wastewater

after treatment will be led to the common drainage culverts on Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road and

the volume of construction wastewater is small. So, the impact is assessed to be low and

mitigated as the wastes can be collected and treated.

iv. Impact on underground water

Construction of the multi-storey buildings needs to excavate about 2 - 4 m deep for their

foundation construction by machines, which may affect underground water aquifer located at

the depth of foundation requirements. The baseline data showed that the underground water at

the shallow aquifer located at about 8-12m from the ground will be polluted with organic

matters. The depth of the building foundations is maximum of 4m according to the results of

subproject geological survey. Therefore, the impact is considered moderate and direct impact.

4. Solid waste generation

Solid waste generated in the construction phase includes 3 main types : (i) Construction waste

including demolition materials, excavated materials and unused/waste construction materials

(debis); (ii) Domestic solid waste from worker‟s camps; and (iii) hazardous solid waste. The

volumes of each types of solid wastes generated volume are presented below.

i. Construction Waste

Wastes from construction activities are mainly generated from demolition of existing

structures and excavated soil at the site. The volume of the construction solid waste generated

from each work item is presented in Table 3.31 as follows:

Table 3.31. Volume of construction solid waste during construction phase

Work item

Volume of

demolition

(m3)

Volume of

excavation

(m3)

Total (m3)

Excavated and backfilled volume

in the area 40ha 125,000 75,000 200,000

The solid waste generated from demolition and clearance. Mainly construction waste, in

duding brick, motar, broken concrete, tree trunk, weeds… and other material (waste, plastic

bags…). Most of solid waste (about 80% of total volumn, equal 100,000 m3) generated from




Final Report 126

the demolition canreused. Demolition waste can reused for leveling low-lying areas if

necessary or making the work road leading to the construction sites; recyclable materials can

be sold to recycling dealers. The remaining waste (about 25,000 m3 of biomass, unused solid

waste) which can not be re-used will be dumpedat disposal sites.

Total excavated and backfilled volume of the subproject is quite high, with about 75,000m3.

The crop on the top makes up 30% - 40% (30,000 m3) of total excavated volume. Such fertile

soil layer can be used for cultivating, meanwhile, the remaining soil volume can be used to

construct service road or level low land area.

Small amount of construction wastes mainly consists of lime, mortar, iron and steel, soil, rock

and cement packages, etc. will be generated during construction phase. Such wastes should be

collected then transported for disposal at approved sites specified in the Environmental

Management Plan.

In general, the total volume of construction waste generated during construction phase is

relatively large, requirement considerable land area for temporary and final disposal. Other

environmental concerns may also be arisen from temporary and final disposal sites as

discussed at the end of this chapter. Therefore, the potential impacts of solid waste in this

Project is considered HIGH but it can be managed.

ii. Domestic solid waste

Domestic solid waste will be generated from workers‟ camps during operation phase. The

main components in such domestic solid wastes are mainly packaging materials, plastic bags,

bottles, waste from food preparation etc. The volume of domestic generated is assessed

through the application of rapid assessment method introduced by the World Health

Organization, at rate of 0.5 kg/person/day. The estimated volume of the total solid waste

generated daily in the construction process of the work items is calculated and shown in the

following Table 3.32:

Table 3.32. Volume of Domestic Solid Waste Generated from Construction

Work items

Nos. of

workers

(people)

Construction

duration

(months)

Domestic

solid

waste

(kg/day)

Domestic

solid

waste

(kg/month)

Total of

solid

waste

(ton)

(1) University of

Technology and

Education 200 24 100 3,000 72

(2) University of

Foreign Languages

Studies 200 36 100 3,000 108

(3) International

University 150 24 75 2,250 54

(4) Center of the

University of Da Nang 100 24 50 1,500 36

(5) Multi-purpose

sport complex 150 24 75 2,250 54

(6) Technopole Center

and Innovation

Quarter 300 36 150 4,500 162

(7) Infrastructure in the area of 40ha

100 18 50 1,500 27




Final Report 127

Work items

Nos. of

workers

(people)

Construction

duration

(months)

Domestic

solid

waste

(kg/day)

Domestic

solid

waste

(kg/month)

Total of

solid

waste

(ton)

Total 1,200 600 18,000 513

The volume of solid wastes of each work during construction is minor with about 50-

150kg/day, equivalent to 1,500 – 4,500 kg/month. However, in spite of minor volume, the

wastes, if not being treated, will cause environmental pollution due to mal odors, flies, mice

and vector-born diseases, leachate, etc. This will directly affect workers‟ health and damage

the local landscape as well as worsen the environmental sanitation conditions of surrounding

community. However, the subproject‟s works are located in different areas which are quite far

from residential areas. The impact is considered to be low and controllable. The volume of

domestic wastes will be collected and transported to the disposal site/Khanh Son domestic

waste/hazardous waste treatment Plant by Da Nang URENCO.

iii. Hazardous solid waste

A small amount of hazardous waste may be generated during the construction process, worker

camps, including gasoline, waste oil, oily rags, paint containers mainly from repair work,

maintenance of vehicles and machinery, construction equipment, fluorescent lighting, etc. The

hazardous waste is estimated about 1 - 3 kg/days for each work. If such hazardous waste and

materials are not managed properly, environmental and health hazards (spill, fire, explosion,

erosion etc.) related to the storage, transporation, storage, handling and disposal may occur.

In addition, there are also a number of steel welding rods for steel floors used to pour concrete

on floors of buildings during the construction. It is estimated that about 10-20kg welding

pieces are redundant for each completed work item. Welding pieces are classified as

hazardous waste according to Circular No. 36/2015/TT-BTNMT on the management of

hazardous waste due to containing heavy metal Pb.

The risk related to hazardous wastes and materials is assessed to be medium and manageable

as detailed in the Environmental and Social Management Plan. Hazardous waste generated on

the site will be classified, stored in specialized bins, then be collected, transported to and

treated at Khanh Son Landfill/Domestic and hazardous waste treatment plant of URENCO Da

Nang. Khanh Son Landfill is located in Hoa Khanh Nam Ward, Lien Chieu District, Da Nang

City, which is about 15km away from the project area.

5. Impact on Biological Resources

In the subproject area, there is either environmentally sensitive receptors such as national

forest, nature reserves, biosphere reserves or specious animals and plants listed in the red

book. Thus, no impacts on the reserves is recorded.

Impact on biological resources (especially, impacts on Terrestrial) in the project areas is

mainly due to the site clearance of 40ha which will affect terrestrial species.

The activities for site clearance will affect trees, vegetation and some terrestrial species. Site

clearance would remove vegetation cover in 152.800 m2 ricefield, 15000 m

2 vegetable crop

land. Total 27,500 fruit trees (such as jackfruit, coconut, banana, etc) and other wood trees

(such as tamarind, eucalyptus, acacia, bamboo, etc). These vegetation and trees will be

permanently cut down. In addition, there are some shrubby plants and trees in the fallow will

also be cleared.

Removal of the trees in garden and cultivation landwill affects the animals (rat, bat, bird...),

insects (bees, butterflies etc.) living in the subproject area. The number and species affected

by construction are not large, mainly species such as frogs, frogs, snakes, invertebrates, etc.




Final Report 128

These species are not of rare species. In general, impacts are unavoidable. However, as the

subproject is carried out in the area with low biodiversity and with the proposed mitigation

measures, the impacts are considered to be negligible and only occur within the land

acquisition area.

6. Impacts on Landscape

Within the Da Nang University Village, there are campus of faculties/Colleges such as

Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy, College of Information Technology, Domitory, thus,

impacts on local landscape are unavoidable. In the construction phase, the green space in the

subproject area will be affected due to chance finds and site clearance. The collection of bulky

materials, excavated and backfilled stockpile, gathering of construction machines and wastes

as well as open ditches created in the process of building drainage infrastructure, power and

lighting system will cause negative impacts on the urban landscape.

As mentioned in the Chapter 3 on impacts on students, the site clearance, demolition will

remove 152.800 m2 of rice paddy and 15000 m

2 of plant occupying area, 27500 of fruit trees

in garden and 4500 m2 of timber as tamarind, eucalyptus, acacia and bamboo along with

3,500 bonsai trees. With such removal, landscape will be changed from green land into

barren soil during the construction phase (which lasts from 18 to 36 months, variable between

the work items). However, as described in Chapter 2, the affected green areas are scatteredly

distributed so they do not have great contribution in landscape value. Therefore, the impact on

landscape due to loss of one part of vegetation and trees is at medium level.

Landscape in the project area would also be affected by the construction sites with, fences,

bulky materials, excavated soil under construction, temporary loaded construction materials

and wastes. This impact will last from 18 - 36 months at the construction sites. Without

proper management and mitigation measures, landscape will also be affected by temporary

loaded construction material and solid wastes …

Locations and sensitive receptors of the landscape impact during construction phase include:

(i) existing dormitory: about 1500 students and officers, 100 m - 200 m from the subproject

site; (ii) College of Information technology: nearly 1500 students and lecturers/officers, 100m

- 200m from the subproject site; (iii) Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy: about 1000 students

and lectures/officers, about 100m away from the subproject site; (iv) Hai An pagoda: about 50

visitors on the peak days as the 1st and the 15

th days of the month, about 100m far from the

subproject area; (v) Khai Tay Khai Tay Sanctuary: about 80 visitors on the peak days, about

100m from the subproject area.

Besides, the temporary storage of waste, parking of truck, gathering of construction

machinery such a bulldozer, excavator, roller…and workers‟ camps on the vacant land areas

will also affect landscape in these areas.

In general, these work items are concentrated, and are implemented in two phases during 3 to

5 years. Therefore, the impact on landscape is only localized at each construction site and it is

assessed to be medium and mitigable. After the subproject is completed and operated, the

buildings with harmonious greenery and lawns will create a green landscape that is more

beautiful than the current landscape.

7. Increased Localised Flooding Risks

The project‟s localized flooding risks can be as follows:

Construction materials, dredged materials and excavated soil can block the existing rain water

drainage causing localized flooding. However, the construction of the buildings is usually

conducted by successive method so the localized flooding risk is no very high.

The leveling of the subproject area of 40ha, particularly the low land area will contribute to

reducing water reserves in the area. Accordingly, stormwater will be drained to surrounding




Final Report 129

canals faster that lead to local flooding in adjacent areas. In general, this risk can be controlled

and mitigated by mitigation measures and plans to avoid constructing drainage infrastructure

in rainy season.

8. Traffic disturbance and Increased Traffic Safety Risks

During construction phase, it was estimated that 70 trips of vehicles and workers movement

will be added to the traffic flow in the project area if all the work items are built at the same

time. Most of them are heavy-loaded vehicles, some routes of transportation passing

residential areas.

The increase in the number of traffics can affect the traffic safety and cause jams on the

routes, especially at intersections of Nam Ky Khoi Nghia and Mai Dang Chon; Nam Ky Khoi

Nghia and the entrance road to Da Nang University village. These impacts also affect

sensitive receptors along the mentioned transportation routes, especially at rush hours.

Figure 3.2: Intersections may be affected by construction activities

Generally, as the construction will be divided into phases with number of constrction

packages thus the quantity of vehicles added to traffic flow in the project area is much fewer

than the estimated 70 trips per day. The impact is temporary, intermittently but last from 3 to

5 years. Thus the impact on traffic disturbance and increased traffic safety risk isassessed at a

medium level and can be minimized. The impact on traffic will be limited if project owners

and contractors have a reasonable construction plan, coordinate with local governments in

regulating traffic and having legal and economic sanction in transportation.

9. Damages to Existing Infrastructure and Disruptions to Related Services

Almost construction sites has many electricity poles and water supply along existing roads.

The project‟s construction phase can damage or disrupt these services.

Besides, roads power cables on the major transportation routes will also be at risk of being

damaged because the heavy trucks‟ operation on the road can damage road surface, collapse

the culvert and break electrical lines if carrying bulky materials. Nam Ky Khoi Nghia and Mai

Dang Chon are the main transportation routes, thus, the roads can suffer from these risks.

Project area

Nam Ky Khoi Nghia

Road

Mai Dang Chon Road Da Nang University of

Medical Technology &

Pharmacy

Institute of Social Sciences

of the Central Region




Final Report 130

10. Social risk and impact related to Labour Influx and gender based-violence (GBV)

In addition to land acquisition and its related impacts, communities and households not

affected by land acquisition in the project areas would also be affected by other social

impacts. These may include:

Impact on community's health due to construction activities (increased dust, noise and

traffic traffics, etc.)

Social impacts and issues related to influx of workers (an estimate about 1200

workers)

Impact on community's health due to construction activities

Roadside households would be disturbed by dusts, noise, vibration temporary reduced

accessibility to their houses which are located along the road. These impacts may make the

affected families change/modify their routine activities as studying (of children), cooking,

eating and resting, entertainment, etc. On the other hand, traffic disturbance and increased

traffic and safety risk or localized flooding may affect travel habits of household members,

particularly in temporary localy flooded. However, that impacts occur only in short,

intermittent time and can be minimized if applied appropriate measures.

Social risks and impacts related to influx of workers

Community Disturbance due to mobilisation of workers to the Project areas. It is estimated

that the subproject will mobilize about 1,200 workers possibly comes from others localities to

temporarilly live and work in the Project area during construction phase. This number of

workers compared to the total population of Hoa Quy ward - the project area (about 16,868

people) is quite small. Whether living in rented accomodation or in camps set up by the

Contractors, there will be some interactions between the workers with local community.

Social disturbance or even conflicts may be arisen when the workers are presence in the

project area due to:

- The workers come from other places with different income, employment, reputation

and expectations etc.

- Language used by the workers, their behaviours or ways of living not suitable to local

culture/customs, particularly if they involve in drinking, gambling, sexual harassment

or prostitution.

- Construction impacts, particularly waste and wastewater, cause nuisance, disturbance

or even disruption to daily activities of local communities.

- Sanitation conditions at workers‟ living areas/camps is poor, causing environmental

pollution which pose health risks for local communities.

With regards to workers’ behavious, culture and customs... Social conflicts may happen if the

workers use unsuitable language or have behaviours that shows irrespects to the local people.

Social conflicts would be serios if the workers harrass local women/students or have sexual

exploitation and abuse, or involve in drinking, gambling. Particularly, serious long term

health impacts if the workers involve in prostitutions as that would be the cause of STD,

HIV/AIDs. In reality each construction company usually apply certain rules to manage the

workers, prohibiting inappropriate behaviors and enforcing healty lifestyles. Such regulations

would be helpful for managing social impacts. However, current regulations may not be

sufficient to manage all social risks/impacts and should be strengthened if a bidder wins the

contract in the project.

Social risk related to the GBV




Final Report 131

With a large number of workers concentrated over a period of time, there may be potential

risks of sexual harassment, in the construction site environment, female workers usually

subjected to this risk, because the ratio of males is usually much higher

The project is implemented on the campus of the University of Danang where there are many

female students studying and staying at dormitories or in surrouding rental houses. The large

number of male workers also cause potential risk of sexual abuse or harassment against

female students, even sexual assault.

To assess capacity for handling with potential risks, adaptive capacity and management

capacity were assessed as follows:

- Capacity of the local government of Danang city: Danang is a large city of Vietnam.

During construction and development process, the city has implemented many large-

scale construction projects. In the 2017-2020 period alone, Da Nang has had 68 key

projects in different fields which have been included in the porfolio for investment and

implementation. Therefore, the city has had good experience in responding to potential

risks of construction projects in the city in order to minimize negative impacts and

promote positive impacts and the project‟s efficiency. The network of functional units

with direct responsibility includes: district and grassroots local authorities, public

security and social organizations at all levels.

- Capacity of the PMU: (i) The project management unit used to manage and

implement other projects of University of Danang, so they has good experience in

managing contractors as well as contractors‟s workers; (ii) Through consultation, the

PMU also anticipated content of the requirements for contractors in preparing

accommodation for workers; density of workers and related commitments for

contractors on the basis of existing requirements for contractors and reconciliation

with the World Bank's requirements; (iii) The PMU also had certain experience in

communication and cooperation with media partners for dissemination of information

on infectious diseases, especially HIV / AIDs as well as certain experience in

management

In the process of preparing the project in general and preparing the Resettlement Plan for the

project in particular, the PMU also shown capacity for coordinating effectively with local

authorities to promote deployment of necessary activities. This capacity is very important

when management of the project's potential risks.

With regards to camp conditions, it is likely that some contractors may set up camps for the

workers to live in during construction phase. In both cases, if localised pollution is caused

from the workers‟ accommodations, nuisance and health impacts on to the nearby households

would lead to social conflicts.

It is noticeable that Vietnam Labour Code (article 165) regulates that employers are

prohibited to use people under 18 years of age to carry heavy objects, work at construction

sites, to carry out works for demolition of structures, or work under water. Therefore, the age

of workers hired by the contractors should be monitored during construction phase of the

suproject to ensure with this regulation.

Generally, the potential social impacts and risks of the subproject would be at low to

moderate and manageable by the measures presented in Chapter 5.

11. Occupational Health and Safety risks to the Workers

Accident Risks




Final Report 132

Accidents may happen at any stage during construction phase, the causes include:

- Workers working at heights (constructing 5-7-floors buildings) are at risk of being

falled due to their carelessness or tiredness or not following regulations on

occupational safety when performing their construction activities at these areas.

- Outdoor workers exposed to hot weather (in summer, temperature can reach 380C -

400C), Extreme weather events such as heavy rain, storms, flush flood, or extreme hot

weather.

- Environmental pollution may cause fatigue, dizziness or fainting for workers during

their work.

- Risks/incidents due to electric shock.

- Operations of machines and equipments used for loading/unloading materials and

equipment, dredging, excavation, construction and transport of materials.

- Land slide at deep excavation sites such as foundation of buldings.

- Injuries due to insect bites, broken grass when working in the bush during site

clerance,

Generally, the risk of labor accident on construction sites is moderate and can be mitigated by

suitable solution such as training on occupational safety before and during the construction

process and provision of sufficient protective equipment for workers.

Fall risks due to working at heights

Worker is exposed to the hazard of falling more than two meters (constructing 5-7-floors

buildings); into operating machinery; into water or other liquid; into hazardous substances; or

through an opening in a work surface. There are four types of high-rise accidents, which are

by scaffolding, people fall from height, struck by falling object and plant and machinery. The

workers are always exposed to the risk of collapse of the scaffolding. Major of the scaffold

accidents occurred were due to the use of defective materials for scaffolding and coupled with

the unskilled and careless workmanship in erection of scaffolds. Everybody in the

construction site has the risk to expose to fall in anywhere and anytime especially at the

higher level.

In general, lack of the safety measure at the construction sites is one of the causes the

occurrence of fall accidents. In addition, workers can be stricken by the equipment, private

vehicles, falling materials, vertically hoisted materials and horizontally transported materials.

The improper rigging method had caused the accident happen. Overloading is one of the

factors that will cause the cranes collapse in the high-rise building construction. During the

construction, the amount of allowable handling load by the crane is always not proper control

by the supervisor. Accident is an event of unpredictable and it may occur due to the following

causes, lack of training, improper equipment and working platform, wrong safety attitude,

inadequate housekeeping, failure to use personal protective equipment, and problem

procurement method and subcontracting method.

The lack of training in safety and technology knowledge, workers are haven‟t ability and

sufficient knowledge to predicts the potential risk and the way to avoid the accidents. The use

of unsafe working platforms also may put workers at risk when the equipment is not properly

used, maintained or stored. Construction worker‟s safety attitude is influence by their

understanding and realizing of risk, management, safety rules and the working procedures.

The unsafe actions are include do not follow the standard safety procedures, constructing

barbarously and deciding to proceed work in an unsafe conditions. The poor housekeeping in

the workplace can be considered as a risk factor for occupational injuries. Working without

wearing any personal protective equipment may highly increase the probability for occurrence

of any undesired accident. The various reason of workers refuse to wear PPE during working




Final Report 133

are such as feel uncomfortable with the gears while performing their job at site and consider it

as an disturbing item to their work output. Sub-contractors usually have poor safety awareness

at the construction site. Poor coordination, lack of proper instructions and misunderstanding

between working trades all can lead to construction accidents. These impacts are assessed as

magnitude if don‟t have any suitable mitigation measures.

Risks/incidents due to electric shock

Site clearance process shall demolish/relocate electric poles (about 20-30 electric poles),

power lines, electricity meters (449 meters) in residential areas along current Luu Quang Vu

road. This will cause risks of electric shock and electrical accidents if no measures are taken

to ensure electrical safety.

Construction of high-rise buildings requires power supply for many construction activities

and on large construction floors, so the risk of electric shock to workers always exists. Causes

of electrical accidents on construction sites include: workers perform electric repair but not

disconnecting the power source; check electrical equipment without supporting and protection

tools; direct contact with electrical objects; use appliances having power leaks; directly touch

power outlets, exposed power cords or conductors; violate requirements on safety distance

with transformer stations, etc.

In general, the construction period of subproject works is rather long (from 12 to 36 months)

with great volume and a large number of workers (about 100 - 300 workers for each item). So

it is a high risk if no absolute safety measures are taken for electricity supply, however, strict

compliance with good safety measures will mitigate this risk.

Risks of fire, explosion and leakage of fuel

Fire and explosion may occur during transport, storage, handling and usage of fuel, or failure

in the temporary power supply system. These hazards may cause loss of life and damage to

property during the construction phase. The specific causes are identified as follows:

- The temporary fuel and material warehouse (gas, DO oil, FO oil, welding gas, etc.) are

the source of chemical leakage, fire and explosion. The occurrence of such incidents

may relate to smoking, oil and gas handling/usage practices and can cause serious

damage to people, society, economy and the environment.

- Fire risk may happen when operating construction machineries, welding and vehicles

using gasoline and diesel without compliance with fire regulations.

- There can also be risks of electric fire, gas tank explosion, particularly mini gas

bottles.

The construction activities use flammable materials: petrol for construction equipment and

transportation vehicles. The materials will cause severe damages if not being well managed.

In addition, the machines and equipment that are possible to encounter into short circuit

unless the electrical transmission system is good and well managed. Besides, it is worth

noting that fire from cigarette may cause big fire and explosion. Despite minor probability,

the risks, if happen, will cause huge impacts on people‟s life and assets. Therefore, fire and

explosion prevention measures should paid much attention of the Project Owner.

In general, for the subproject, the fire and explosion risk is low because construction sites

mainly at open space and far from residential areas (200 - 500m). If there is any fire and

explosion incidence, it will only affect workers but this impact is at low level, in small scale

and can be mitigable by suitable methods.

3.2.2.2. Site-specific impacts




Final Report 134

In addition to the common construction impacts discussed in detail in the previous section,

there will also be site-specific impacts base on baseline conditions and subproject-proposals.

The site-specific impacts are discussed in detail below.

Impacts on physical cultural resources

The project‟s construction phase can affect some PCRs in the project areas, include:

(i) An Hai Pagoda, area of 1,342.5 m2

(ii) Khai Tay Sanctuary, area of 4172.3 m2

The impacts of construction in these areas are mainly due to dust, noise, traffic hinderance

and aesthetics impact due to construction activities and loading of materials. The impact level

is moderate because the construction time can last several days at the areas where successive

construction method is applied, or up to 18 - 36 months at other areas. Religious activities

(pagoda visits, festival activities…) can be affected especially on the 15th

day and 1st day of

Lunar month. The consultation with key people in these religious and belief works which are

sensitive to the project impact show that, in great feast-days, there will be large number of

Buddhists gathering and joining in the worshiping activities. Contruction and gathering of

material at this time will cause traffic hinderance, affect the psychology and level of

satisfaction of pagoda‟s monks and visitors.

Table 3.33. Physical Cultural Resources impacted in Construction phase

Sensitive receptors Description Impacts

An Hai Pagoda, area of 1,342.5

m2

- Distance from

construction area: 100 m.

- This is a Buddhist pagoda

where local people come to

organize worshiping

activities, particularly on

the first day and 15th day of

every solar month.

- About 50 visitors on the

peak days as the 1st and the

15th days of the month.

- Dust may affect the temple

structure

- Material and wastes may

affect landscape and hinder

access,

- Noise may disturb worshiping

activities on 1st and 15th

lunar month

- Unsuitable language or

behaviours of workers may be

offensive to the relic keeper

and visitors

Khai Tay Sanctuary, area of

4,172.3 m2

- Distance from

construction area: 200 m.

- This is a Caodaism

pagoda where local people

come to organize

worshiping activities,

particularly on the first day

and 15th day of every solar

month.

- About 80 visitors on the

peak days as the 1st and the

15th days of the month.

- Material and wastes may

affect landscape and hinder

access,

- Noise may disturb

worshipinng activities on 1st

and 15th Lunar month

- Unsuitable language or

behaviours of workers may be

offensive to the relic keeper

and visitors

As the subproject involves relative large quantity of excavation, there are chances that

artifacts may be exposed during the execution of earth works. Therefore, a chance find

procedure need to be developed and included in the ESMP.

Health and safety risk at the existing universities/colleges

Impacts on learning and researching activities of staffs and students of the University




Final Report 135

According to current status, lecture-room, office of Faculties and the University, laboratories,

library and dormitory of (i) Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy; (ii) College of Information

Technology are alsmost located in the project area. Thus, construction of works may affect

learning and researching environment of staffs and students of the Universities/Colleges

including (i) existing dormitory: about 1,500 to 2,000 students and officers, 100 m - 200 m

from the subproject site; (ii) College of Information technology: nearly 1,500 students and

lecturers/officers, 100m - 200m from the subproject site; (iii) Faculty of Medicine and

Pharmacy: about 1,000 students and lectures/officers, about 100m away from the subproject

site. The impacts include:

Impacts caused by dust, exhaust and noise: as assessed in the Section of air status in

the construction process, both dust and exhaust are low and within the acceptable

limits in accordance with QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT. And noise in the distance of 20m

or more is still within the acceptable limits in accordance with QCVN

26/2010/BTNMT. However, due to the characteristic of learning and researching

environment, the contractors need to reasonably arrange construction activities to

avoid use of machines causing noise in learning hours of students.

Impacts on landscape in the learning and researching areas: for the learning and

researching environment, to make students and staffs work effectively, it needs to

have clean environment and

In the areas which may affect learning and researching activities of students and staffs.

However, the impact level is assessed as insignificant and only happens during the

construction process.

Risks of accident at the construction site to the University’s staffs and students

The subproject area is located within the planned campus of Da Nang University Village,

including (i) Faculty of Medicine and Faculty (about 1000 students, lecturers); (ii) College of

Information Technology (about 1500 students, lecturers); (iii) the dormitory (from 1500 to

2000 students, officers) and entrance road from Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road to the subproject

area. The approach path will cause risk of accident not only to workers who directly

participate in construction activities, but also to staffs as well as students of the University.

Thus, it is considered a potential impact which should be paid attention by the contractor to

have suitable construction plan and mitigation measures prior to commencement. Details of

mitigation measures is described in the Section of mitigation measures.

Table 3.34. University’s staffs and students impacted during the constrution phase



Pharmacy


Pharmacy is located in the campus

of the Da Nang University Village

in Hoa Quy ward.

Area of the existing building is

28,000 m2; 1 building with 4

storeys and auxiliary works for

study and teaching activities.



- Dust, noise and emissions

- Potential labor accidents

- Impact on learning activities of

students

- Traffic safety risk when students

come to class

- Potential risk of damage to the

building when the construction

equipment and transport

vehicles operate




Final Report 136



Technology

- The College is located in the

campus of the Da Nang

University Village in Hoa Quy

ward.

- It has an area of 42,000 m2; there

are 3 building of 5 storeys and

auxiliary works for study and

teaching activities.






students


come to class




vehicles operate

Student Dormitory

- The dormitory is located in the

campus of Da Nang University

Village in Hoa Quy ward,

bordering Korea – Vietnam


Technology College

- The existing area is 30,000 m2

with 02 buildings of 05 storeys

and completed infrastructure.

- The number of students/officers

is around 1,500 to 2,000 people.




students


come to class




vehicles operate

3.2.3. Potential adverse impacts during operation phase

Social benefits in the operation phase

The subproject will bring about social benefits: (i) Identify the scientific HR supply and

demand sources for the country; (ii) Harmonize of scientific and technical education system

that is consistent with the traditional education and regional and international standards; (iii)

Training for graduated officers and experts; (iv) Improve and increase the role of scientific

and technological application; (v) Satisfy the living conditions for Vietnamese people – these

are the key objectives in social development in the future.








Beside the potential positive impacts discussed above, the operation of the proposed works

may also result in the following negative impacts and riks duing operation phase:

3.2.3.1. Generic Operation Impacts

a. Dust and exhaust gases

Dust and emissions from traffics going in/out the University

Dust and emissions are generated from the operation of vehicles to the University for study

and researches. Because the number of officers and students will rise (according to forecast

until 2035) up to 16,700 people (including about 15,500 students and 1,200 officers/lecturers),

there are a large number of vehicles (mainly motorbike and car). As the vehicles run by




Final Report 137

diesel, the exhaust gases mainly area NO2, CO, CO2, SO2 and dust that directly affects

students, lecturers and officers. These impacts are long lasting but can be mitigated.

Emissions from power generators

According to the approved plan, the orientation of electricity supply for the University of

Danang is the source of electricity taken from the 100kV E13 station through the 22kV line

running along Tran Dai Nghia street. On the 22 kv line, the stations will be built to supply 22

kV to the transformer stations which will be arranged for each university campus. Arranging

22/0.4kV transformer stations for loads of working blocks or lecture halls, multi-purpose

houses, green parks, traffic lighting, ... Accordingly, each zone is expected university will be

installed 01 transformer station with capacity from 630 kVA to 1000 kVA. The location of the

substation will have to ensure a safe distance according to the regulations, be convenient for

the arrangement of the wiring system, repair and maintenance.

For power backup, it is expected to install 01 electric generators for each UD subproject's

work item with a capacity of 250 kVA to 400 kVA at each location of substations.

The generator is only used in urgent cases when electricity is cut off; therefore the

operation time is not much, and the impact due to exhaust gas is negligible. As the generators

using DO fuel that will emit pollutants: ust, SOx, NOx, CO and Volatile Organic Compounds

(VOC), etc. Based on the emission coefficient according to the method of rapid assessment by

WHO and specifications of the generator, it can estimate the pollution load due to the

operation of the backup generators as follows:

- Normally, the consumed fuel volume to generate 10KVA of electricity is about 1kg of

DO. With the backup generator for 6 member universites/buildings of 1650 KVA

capacity, when running, fuel consumption is estimated at 165 kg of DO/hour.

- The amount of exhaust gas when burning 1kg of DO is 20m3 (converted into 20

0C).

Thus, the exhaust gas of member universites/building's generator will be 3,300 m3 per

hour.

Table 3.35. Load of pollutants in exhaust gas from the backup generator

Pollutants Coefficient

(kg/ton)

Load

(kg/h)

Concentration

(mg/Nm3)

QCVN

19:2009/BTNMT

(mg/Nm3),

collume B

Kp = 1, Kv = 0,6

Dust 0.71 0.04 35.5 120

SO2 20*S 0.25 250.0 300

NO2 9.62 0.48 481.0 510

CO 2.19 0.11 109.5 600

THC 0.791 0.04 39.6 -

(Source: Assessment from air, water and land pollution sources, WHO, 1993)

Note: S is the sulfur concentration in DO, S = 0,25%; Nm3: The gas volume converted into

standard conditions; QCVN 19:2009/BTNMT- National Technical Regulation on industrial

emissions of dust and inorganic substances. Column B applies to operation entities from the

date of January 16, 2007.

Comment: Comparing the concentration of pollutants in the exhaust gas according to

QCVN19: 2009/BTNM, it can see that the indicators of dust, CO, NOx, and SO2 are at




Final Report 138

permitted limit. The load is very small, so that the emission through the chimney can reduce

the impact from the backup generator. Besides, as the low frequency of power outage, the

pollution load is insignificant. Officers, students, lecturers and students studying, researching

and teaching in the subproject buildings will be directly affected (it is estimated that about

one-third of the students/lecturers of the schools will participate in learning and teaching at

each class, equivalent to about 5,000 people). However, the tent are minimized thanks to

mitigation measures.

Noise, vibration

The most typical noise source in the universities are: (i) Operation of generators in the case of

national grid disconnect; (ii) Activities of vehicles (motorcycles, cargo vehicles, school

supplies, cars...); (iii) Operation of machinery and equipment for buildings (pumps, exhaust

fans, air blowers, computers, etc.); (iv) Activities of students, lecturers in the universities.

Except for generator and blower sources, the above noise sources have low noise level and

practically, they do not influence inside environment in the UD as well as the surrounding

environment. As for noise sources from generators and air blowers which running time is very

little (only operate when grid electricity disconnect) but they have potential high noise impact,

not only influence university‟s environment but also spread to the surrounding areas. Noise

level will decrease flowing to the propagation distance to central generation sources.

Table 3.36. Noise level of major devices in the UD (dBA)

Name of device Noise level in

the distance of

30m

Noise level in

the distance of

50m

Noise level in

the distance of

100m

QCVN

26:2010/BTNMT

Generator 85.6 – 87.5 68.3 – 76.4 60.3 – 62.5 70 (From 06h-

21h) Air blower 73.0 – 75.1 63.2 – 68.4 54.3 – 56.7

In general, the impact of noise and vibration during the operation of universities is minor,

because, most of machines and equipment operating has low vibration level, and vibration

level mainly arises from backup generators but these machines are located in distinct areas/

warehouses, insulated noise and vibration, so the impact level is low and can mitigate it.

b. Wastewater

Domestic wastewater




Final Report 139

Domestic wastewater is generated from studying and working activities of students, lecturers

in the University. Once the project comes into use, there will be 16,700 students, lecturers in

total. As the standard TCVN 4474-87 (internal drainage), the standard wastewater volume for

an individual is 20 l/person.day, therefore, the total domestic wastewater calculated is: 16,700

x 20 = 334 m³/day.

Domestic wastewater contains residues, suspended solids (SS), organic compounds (BOD,

COD), nutrients (N, P) and bacteria. When being released, the wastewater will cause

environmental pollution unless mitigation measures are taken. The Nutrients (N,P) will cause

eutrophication of water that affect the quality of surface water. Because the students only take

a class half of the day, the wastewater mainly urine, washing water; the manure contained

waste volume is lower than that of the residential area. All domestic wastewater from septic

tanks is also connected with the city drainage system and then treated by Hoa Xuan WWTP

(60,000 m3/day.night) which was funded by SCDP. The connection agreement record from

Da Nang DOC by the Letter No.2951/SXD-QLHT for connection of transport, internal

drainage system of the University of Da Nang subproject to the transport and drainage system

of Ring road in the South of the city (Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road), see the annex.

Thus the impact is assessed to be low and mitigated by measures proposed by the subproject

Owner in the mitigation measures to the Project‟s specific impacts.

Storm water runoff

When the structures are put into use, the ground will be cleared, and storm water is mostly

from building roofs, surrounding concrete and asphalt grounds. There are separated storm

water collection and drainage systems. Therefore, this volume is not considered as a pollution

source and can be discharged in general drainage system on Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road. This

impact is inconsiderable.

c. Solid waste

Domestic solid waste

Domestic solid waste from buildings in the operation phase is inorganic (including scrap

paper, newspapers, nylons, etc.) and some other organic solid wastes (mostly food leftovers

brought by staffs and students). As calculated, khối lượng phát thải 0,5 kg/người.ngày

(CENTEMA - 2002), there are about 16,700 staffs, students and guests each day, therefore the

average domestic solid waste generated is 8,35 tons/day. Total volume of solid waste will be

collected by Da Nang Urban Environment Company (which is having a contract with the

University) everyday. Therefore, this impact is also marginal and can be controlled.

In addition, there is also a small amount of hazardous solid waste from the operation of

buildings such as light bulbs, toner cartridges / photo, fluorescent light bulbs ... Estimated

generation of about 5-6 kg / month.

d. Risks in operation phase

Fire and explosion

Fire and explosion can be occurred in case of careless of temporary electrical supply system,

causing damages on assets and people. The Project Owner will be responsible for taking out

firefighting and protection measures, strictly complying with the measures to prevention of

leaking and fire and explosion because the events can happen any time. However, the risks

can be minimized by trainings and providing students, lecturers, officers with knowledge

about firefighting.

Electric explosion and short-circuit




Final Report 140

The University is in need of huge electricity demand for studying, especially operation of

machines used in the labs or practical rooms. Thus, potential risks of electricity insecurity is

likely to happen while materials used in the labs are combustible such as papers, tables,

chairs, books, chemicals, etc. Fire prevention is always prioritized by the University

leadership. This impact is assessed as minor and mitigable.

3.2.3.2. Site-specific Impacts in operation phase

A. Environmental impacts

Odor generation

When the buildings are put into use, many people will gather here for working and studying.

Therefore, toilets may cause risks to the environment if they are not regularly cleaned and

managed. Toilets without regular cleaning will generate hazardous gases (H2S, NH3,..) and

cause stinks and also increase development of mosquitoes, flies and diseases, which has

impacts on air environment, and health of teachers, students, and guests.

In addition, the odor of organic waste decomposes from the domestic waste collection area

and the local wastewater treatment area of the Technopole building. The odor from these

areas arises mainly from anaerobic decomposition process, including toxic gases such as H2S,

Mercaptane, CO2, CH4, ... In particular, H2S and Mercaptane are the main odors, while CH4 It

is a flammable substance if it accumulates in a certain concentration. These contaminants can

affect the health of on-site employees. Although the amount of the chemicals are toxic is not

too large which will affect people's health without appropriate mitigation measures.

However, for the current structures, the University is hiring staffs who are in charge of

cleaning inside the campus, lecture halls and also toilets. Therefore, the impacts are minor.

Laboratory wastewater

The experiment activities of 2/4 buildings in terms of Life Science Laboratory (gene

technology, Animal and Plant cell technology, Microbiology Technology, Nanotechnology,

Pharmaceutical Technology and natural compounds) will generate wastewater from

microbial, physicochemistry experiments and Renewable Energy - Biology - Environment

Laboratory will generate wastewater from physicochemistry experiments.

With the practices of 8,000 students (1/3 students as the design scale of the UD subproject),

the average wastewater volume in a day is approximately 5l/student/week (7days). That mean

the total volume of wastewater is (5 x 8,000):7 = 5,7m³/day.

The component, contents and concentration of lab wastewater is different that depends on the

testing frequency, quantity, type and purposes. The main contents within the labs wastewater

is heavy metal and oxidants, microorganisms (some types of bacteria and molds such as

Staphylococus Aureus, Staphylococus Sarcina...) |, gas arises mainly from Acid and Bases

such as (NaOH, H2SO4), organic substances (COD, BOD, N, P, ...)Wastewater from the labs

will directly affect the testers and instructors. These impacts are long-lasting and continuously

but the are mitigable by lab wastewater treatment system of Technopole center.

The treated wastewater will satisfy the QCVN 40:2011/BTNMT, column B before

discharging into the common drainage culverts of the University of Da Nang on Nam Ky

Khoi Nghia road, then connect to with the city drainage system and then treated by Hoa Xuan

WWTP (60,000 m3/day.night) which was funded by SCDP. The connection agreement record

from Da Nang DOC by the Letter No.2951/SXD-QLHT for connection of transport, internal

drainage system of the University of Da Nang subproject to the transport and drainage system

of Ring road in the South of the city (Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road), see the annex.

Hazardous waste




Final Report 141

Hazadous wastes from the buildings activity such as printer cartridges, greasy rags from the

manufacture or maintenance of equipment, fluorescent lighting, etc., Especialy, the practicing

process of lab and research institute: 3/4 in terms of

(i) Renewable Energy Technology - Biology - Environment and

(ii) Life Science (gene technology, Animal and Plant cell technology, Microbiology

Technology, Nanotechnology, Pharmaceutical Technology and natural compounds);

(iii) Mechatronics Technology - Automation - Automatic Control.

Based on the actual activities of the exiting Institute and center of the University of Da Nang,

hazardous solid wastes comprise of:

No. Fields of experiments Hazardous waste generated Estimated

amount

(kg/month)

1 Renewable Energy Technology -

Biology - Environment

Circuit board, capacitor,

electronic circuit board

1-2

2 Gene, Animal and plant cell

technology, Microbiology,

Nanotechnology, Pharmaceutical

technology and natural

compounds

Chemical waste, chemical-

containing bags/jars;

Damaged experimental

products, which contain

chemicals or pathogenic

microorganisms;

Experimental chemicals have

expired.

3-5

3 Mechatronics - Automation -

Automatic control

Circuit board, capacitor,

electronic circuit board

1-2

4 Other activities from all

buildings

Printer cartridges, Greasy rags

from the manufacture or

maintenance of equipment,

Fluorescent lighting, etc.

5-6

The estimated volume of hazardous waste is about 10-15kg/month. The properties of the

above hazardous waste types are classified and described according to the list of hazardous

wastes by Circular No. 36/2015 / TT-BTNMT of June 30, 2015 of the Ministry of Natural

Resources and Environment on hazardous waste t management. Details are in the following

table.

Table 3.37. Classification of hazardous waste types

Code Type of waste Hazardousness

Waste generated from laboratories:

020101 Waste sulfuric acid, sulfurous acid AM, OH, Đ, ĐS

020102 Waste hydrochloric acid AM, Đ, ĐS

020103 Waste hydrofluoric acid AM, Đ, ĐS

020104 Phosphoric acid, waste phosphor acid AM, Đ, ĐS

020105 Waste Nitric acid, nitrous acid AM, N, OH, Đ, ĐS

020106 Other types of waste acid AM, Đ, ĐS

020201 Sodium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide,

potassium hydroxide waste and residue

containing sodium hydroxide, ammonium

hydroxide, potassium hydroxide

AM, Đ, ĐS

020202 Other types of waste bases AM, Đ, ĐS




Final Report 142

020302 Waste iron-based salt and salt solution Đ, ĐS

020303 Waste heavy metal-based oxides Đ, ĐS

020403 Waste has other heavy metals Đ, ĐS

020501 Sludge contains hazardous components from the

wastewater treatment process

Đ, ĐS

070101 Waste cleaning acid AM

070102 Other types of waste acid AM

070103 Waste cleaning base AM

Hazardous medical waste

130101 Infectious substance LN

130102

Chemical waste includes or contains hazardous

ingredients

Đ, ĐS

130103 Waste cell-harmful pharmaceutical products Đ

170601

Waste greases, lubricants, refrigerant C, Đ, ĐS

170602 Waste fuel and oil C, Đ, ĐS

180201 Greasy rags Đ, ĐS

160113 Electronic and electrical waste Đ, ĐS

160112 Waste batteries and accumulators Đ, ĐS, AM

160105 Insect sprayers, bottles for chemicals Đ, ĐS

160106 Failed fluorescent lamp Đ, ĐS

Note: Hazardous properties of waste (AM: Corrosive; OH: Oxidation; D: Toxic; DS:

Ecotoxicity; N: Explosive; C: Flammable, LN: Infectious)

All these wastes must be collected and treated the same as hazardous wastes and only

transported and treated under the permission of the competent agencies. Mismanagement of

hazardous solid waste will cause negative impacts on environment and diseases, especially

infectious diseases through exposure to polluted hazadous waste and air resulting from

aforementioned chemical - physical - biological factors. It is assessed as moderate and can be

controlled.

Management of laboratories and practical rooms

At the laboratories on gene technology, animal and plant cell technology, microbiological

technology, nanotechnology, pharmaceutical technology and natural compounds, storage and

usage of chemicals is on the regular basis. Therefore, it is likely to have potentials risks on

management and chemical usage. Risks are assessed below:

- Risk of chemical leak

Each Faculty has particular trainings and researches, therefore each lab/practical room is

different and so are the chemicals. However, in the list of chemicals recorded, most of them

are acids or bases or other mixtures. These chemicals are in solid, liquid and gas states

(mostly solid and liquid) and stored in closed bottles. When chemicals are used, gas emitted

from the chemical into the air is unavoidable. In addition, practicing/studying mixture of

chemicals to create new ones or crushing samples by using chemicals also generates gases

into the surrounding environment (acid steam, Clo, H2S, NH3,....). These gases with high

concentration will directly make impacts on health of staffs as well as students in the lab.

However, this impact can be totally mitigated and eliminated if labs develop management

programs and apply detailed prevention measures. These impacts are long-term within the lab

operation duration.

- Safety risks when using chemicals

When using chemicals, safety is prioritized in all labs because if people get direct exposure to




Final Report 143

chemicals, they may get burnt, have skin corrosion, and negative impacts on respiratory

system, mucosa, etc. Possible unsafety in using chemicals including:

Not using protective equipment when using chemicals (gloves, face masks) leads to

direct exposure of chemicals on skin and its steam affecting people‟s respiratory

system.

Chemicals have low quality, expire or do not have labels and specific instructions,

which leads to misuse and have unpredictable chemical reactions.

Careless storage and usage of chemicals leads to breakage and overflow, which causes

impacts on environment and health of staffs/students, even can cause fire incidents.

That management of chemicals when not in use does not meet standards and comply

with instructions of each chemical kind also changes chemicals and is unsafe for users.

Lack of knowledge and guidance while doing experiments.

Generally, impacts listed above depend on conditions and management capacity of labs and

are assessed as moderate and long-term. However, these impacts can completely be controlled

and mitigated during the operation phase.

- Safety in operating machines and equipment

Most of the listed devices are generated by electricity and require strict and precise operation

procedures. Therefore, if operation of these devices is not ensured, some potential risks may

occur such as short circuit, or false of devices leading to false of findings. Therefore, to

control this impact, before operation, the University should set up suitable management and

usage plans to ensure safety. This impact is assessed as minor.

Flammable Hazards:

Flammable substances, those that readily catch fire and burn in air, may be solid, liquid, or

gaseous. The most common fire hazard in the laboratory is a flammable liquid or the vapor

produced from such a liquid. An additional hazard is that a compound can enflame so rapidly

that it produces an explosion. Proper use of substances that because fire requires knowledge

of their tendencies to vaporize, ignite, or burn under the variety of conditions in the

laboratory.

Explosive Hazards:

An explosive is any chemical compound or mechanical mixture that, when subjected to heat,

impact, friction, detonation, or other suitable initiation, undergoes rapid chemical change,

evolving large volumes of gases that exert pressure on the surrounding medium.

Sharp Edges:

Among the most common injuries in laboratories are cuts from broken glass. Cuts can be

minimized by the use of correct procedures (e.g., the procedure for inserting glass tubing into

rubber stoppers and tubing, which is taught in introductory laboratories), through the

appropriate use of protective equipment, and by careful attention to manipulation. Glassware

should always be checked for chips and cracks before use and discarded if any are found.

Never dispose of glass in the general laboratory trash. It should only be placed in specific

glassware disposal bins. This will reduce the chance of anyone changing the trash receiving a

cut. Other cut hazards include razors, box cutters, knives, wire cutters, and any other sharp-

edged tool. When working with these tools, it is important to wear appropriate eye protection

and cut-resistant gloves.

Slips, Trips, and Falls:

Other common injuries in the laboratory arise from slipping, tripping, or improper lifting.

Spills resulting from dropping chemicals not stored in protective rub ber buckets or laboratory




Final Report 144

carts can be serious because the laboratory worker can fall or slip into the spilled chemical,

thereby risking injury from both the fall and exposure to the chemical. Chemical spills

resulting from tripping over bottles of chemicals stored on laboratory floors are part of a

general pattern of bad housekeeping that can also lead to serious accidents.

Wet floors around ice, dry ice, or liquid nitrogen dispensers can be slippery if the areas are not

carpeted and if drops or small puddles are not wiped up as soon as they form. Attempts to

retrieve 5-gallon bottles of distilled water, jars of bulk chemicals, and rarely used equipment

stored on high shelves often lead to back injuries in laboratory environments. Careful

planning of where to store difficult-to-handle equipment and containers (because of weight,

shape, or overall size) reduces the incidence of back injuries.

Nanomaterials:

As with hazardous chemicals, exposures to these materials may occur through inhalation,

dermal contact, accidental injection, and ingestion, and the risk increases with duration of

exposure and the concentration of nanoparticles in the sample or air. Inhalation presents the

greatest exposure hazard. Nanomaterials suspended in a solution or slurry pose a lesser

hazard, but because the solutions can dry into a powder, they should be handled with care.

Nanomaterials suspended in a solution or slurry present a hazard whenever mechanical energy

is imparted to the suspension of slurry. Sonication, shaking, stirring, pouring, or spraying of a

suspended nanomaterial can result in an inhalation exposure. Suspensions also represent a

dermal exposure potential. Nanoparticles that are fixed within a matrix pose the least hazard

as long as no mechanical disruption, such as grinding, cutting, or burning, occur.

Nanoparticles can enter the laboratory in a variety of ways. For example, the materials may be

imported into the lab for characterizations or be incorporated into a study. Alternatively, they

could be created (synthesized) in the lab as part of an experiment. In either case, it is

important for laboratory personnel to know about the presence and physical state of the

nanomaterial (i.e., powder, in solution, on a solid matrix, or in solid matrix) so they can

manage the hazards accordingly.

Impacts of microbiological experiments (spread of bacteria, viruses ..):

Experimental activities on Life Sciences (Gene Technology, Animal and Plant Cell

Technology, Microbiology Technology, Nanotechnology, Pharmaceutical Technology and

Natural Compounds), typically on gene, cells, microorganisms shall cultivate a certain

number of microorganisms, which can be biological agents spreading bacteria, viruses, etc. if

there is no proper management and protection. Therefore, this is a potential risk during

experiments, and will directly affect lecturers and practicing students. However, at the

experimental level at schools, chosen microorganisms will have genes, cells with high

practical applicability and less dangerous than those in related experiments/tests in hospitals

or research institutes, so that the hazard and spread of biological agents harmful to humans

and the environment will be screened and well controlled. Therefore, the impact level is

assessed to be moderate and mitigable.

For the remaining test areas in the Technopole, there will be no use of chemicals during the

experiment, as a result, no potential impact as mentioned above will arise.

OHS and Safety Risks

Laboratory is a place for practice, study and research of students, students, lecturers and

scientists. however, it is also a particularly dangerous place if the safety rules are not

complied with, especially those on fire protection and safety for toxic chemicals and are likely

to cause fires. In a chemistry lab, all effects of electrical current on humans are dangerous.

Because in addition to electric shock, improper practices of students or researchers may lead

to the drop, fall and break of tools, equipment and chemicals. Chemical spills, release of toxic

gas, electrical shocks, fires, burnts etc. may also happen during the experiments. Exposure to




Final Report 145

these cases affect the safety and health of the operators. Therefore, there should be strict

regulations for laboratories and monitoring arrangements should be in place.

Risks from the laboratory wastewater treatment plant Failure

Chemical Leaks

Chlorine will be used for wastewater treatment. Therefore, there is a risk of chlorine leakage

from containers or an accident from chemical handling. If chlorine leakage is serious or an

accident occurs, it will cause serious pollution of air, soil, water and health hazards for

operators and residents. The risk of chlorine leakage and accidents will be controlled by the

methods described in Chapter 5.

Other Risks and Issues

If sewer system is broken or clogged, untreated wastewater will leak on the ground and spill

around to contaminate the soil and water.

Fire and explosion can occur due to electric shock, lightning ... and damage to people and

property.

Occupational diseases of operators will also be of concern because they will be exposed to

chemicals such as acids, corrosive soda and have health effects if workers are in direct

contact. Sludge, if directly exposed, can also cause a number of health risks for workers.

3.2.4. Induced Impacts and Cumulative Impacts

Cumulative impact assessment

This section discusses the cumulative impact of the subproject. In this regard, the cumulative

impact under consideration is defined as two or more individual affects that, when considered

together, are considerable or which compound or increase other environmental impacts. The

cumulative impact from several projects result from the incremental impacts of the proposed

subproject when added to other closely related, and reasonably foreseeable, future projects.

The impacts that do not result in part from the subproject will not be discussed.

In this ESIA, it is considered whether the subproject construction and operation may

contribute to cumulative impacts on the Valued Environmental and Social Components

(VECs) on which other existing or future developments within or nearby the subproject area

may also have detrimental effects.

According to section I.3. Related Projects and Plans and the University’s Development

Master Plan, UD in Hoa Quy - Dien Ngoc (total land area of 300 ha) will be invested through

9 sub-projects (or ‟ functional areas's project).

Study area and research facilities of UD: with a scale of about 60,000 students, 3,364 lecturers

by 2035. Expected arrangements for 11 schools have been identified in Development Strategy

the University of Da Nang, including: Polytechnic University; University of Economics;

University of Pedagogy; University of Foreign Languages Studies; University of Technology

and Education; Vietnam - Korea Friendship Information Technology College; Faculty of

Medicine and Pharmacy; British University (International University); University of

Sciences; University of Law and University of Culture and Tourism.

Up to now, after 20 years there have been only 3 universities and faculties built, including:

Vietnam - Korea Friendship IT College (under the Ministry of Culture, Communications and

Information); Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy - the University of Da Nang and College of

Information Technology; and the Dormitory (under the University of Da Nang) with existing

2,177 students and 298 lecturers and a part of infrastructure system. Remaining subproject

are being planned. However, due to difficulties in investment capital, according to the




Final Report 146

assessment at this time, these projects in the above-mentioned preparatory stage will be

slower to implement than UD subprojects that borrow from WB.

All the planned projects are under management of UD. The subproject description reveals that

within the geographical scope of proposed subproject area, with small to medium scales.

Under the cumulative impact definition, the proposed subproject may contribute to

cumulative impact on VECs on which these projects are being constructed or planned to be

constructed in several next years.

According to the results of reviewing the relevant documents and the subproject affected

communities and stakeholder consultation combined with field studies, it is identified that the

proposed subproject together with the projects that is being constructed or planned to be

constructed in several next years may not contribute to a cumulative impact on the air

environment. Air pollution may be incremental in the subproject area and more traffic

congestion and accident along local roadways may occur due to the current or planned

construction of the other projects. Specific analysis of these cumulative impacts on these

VECs is as follows:

Construction phase

Air quality: the air pollution in the subproject area would be expected to be cumulatively

impacted as several projects within the geographical scope of the proposed subproject area

have been constructing or planned to be constructed in several next years. Regardless of their

specific locations within the subproject area, dust and exhaust gases generated from the

activities of soil excavation, machine operation and vehicles‟ movements from the other

projects will contribute to increasing an extent content of dust and toxic gases in the

subproject area if mitigation measures for controlling generated dust and gases emission

within the standard are not effectively applied.

However, the baseline data of air quality in the subproject area showed that the existing air

quality in the subproject area is quite good and parameters to be monitored in the air are far

below the allowable standard. The impact is considered low and could be managed by the

Danang University by application of the mitigation measures in the ESMP to suppress dust

and control exhaust gases for the proposed subproject construction.

Traffic congestion and accident: The traffic congestion and risk of traffic accident

especially on the Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road (Ring road of Da Nang city) has been given in

Chapter 3. This road will be mainly used for transporting materials to the subproject

construction sites and wastes from the sites to disposal sites. An additional vehicle travel due

to the subproject may result in exposing the communities living near the traffic routes to

higher risks of traffic congestion and accidents due to construction activities. Besides, within

the geographical scope of subproject area, some other projects under the university‟s

management are being constructed or planned to be constructed in the next years. The

cumulative impact on the traffic congestion and accident not only on Nam Ky Khoi Nghia

road but also on internal roadways especially from Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road to the

construction sites would be particularly occurred. The impact is considered moderate and

could be managed by the Danang University through application of the traffic management

plan proposed in the ESMP to address the traffic congestion and traffic accidents on Nam Ky

Khoi Nghia road and internal roadways of the proposed subproject construction.

Operation phase

Water quality: The proposed subproject does not cause any significantly detrimental effects

on the water quality during operational activities. All domestic wastewater from septic tanks

is also connected with the city drainage system and then treated by Hoa Xuan WWTP (60,000

m3/day.night) which was funded by SCDP. The connection agreement record from Da Nang

DOC by the Letter No.2951/SXD-QLHT for connection of transport, internal drainage system




Final Report 147

of the University of Da Nang subproject to the transport and drainage system of Ring road in

the South of the city (Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road). Besides, a small WWTP (estimated about

30-50m3/day) is constructed to treat laboratory wastewater to meet class B of QCVN

40:2011/BTNMT before discharging to the city drainage system and then also treated by Hoa

Xuan WWTP (60,000 m3/day.night) which was funded by SCDP. The culvert under the

SCDP, was calculated for the basin of UD subproject. So, there will be no cumulative impact

to this system.

Induced impacts

The induced impacts can be, due to induced actions of the project and activities that may

occur if the action under assessment is implemented such as growth inducing impacts and

other effects related to induced changes to the pattern of future land use or additional road

network, population density or growth rate.

The internal roads and planned trade and bussiness areas that are located within or surrouding

campus after completion may become an attractive place for tourism and entertainment

activities of students and local people. This is considered a social benefit brought by the

subproject to the community. However, such influx will also induce the following services

such as food and drink stores and others to come in the area. A certain amount of garbage and

wastewater will be discharged in the area causing the pollution of environment in general. Not

only the environment but also the landscape of university will be deteriorated if the university

does not have any effective measures to prevent the influx of illegal traders from gathering

into the area and proper management of wastes discharged by them and tourism and

entertaining activities.

In addition, the related businesses such as guesthouses for rend and the following services

around the university shall be developed to meet the increased students‟ demands. Beside the

benefit of local people in terms of economic aspects, the population in such area will increase,

which leads to a burden on physical and social infrastructures, waste management, social

disturbance and insecurity. To minimize the adverse impact, the university shall cooperate

with local authorities at ward and district/ward levels to orient a sustainable socioeconomic

development surrounding the subproject area. The impact is considered moderate.




Final Report 148

CHAPTER 4. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

4.1. “With” and "Without project" scenario

Challenges existing in the project area are (i) the insufficient traffic system; (ii) Life of people

in the project area is facing many difficulties because the suspension plan has been more than

20 years; (iii) Lack of infrastructure, synchronous equipment, focusing on teaching and

learning activities of lecturers and students of UD's member universities. Therefore, if the

project is not implemented, negative social and environmental issues will exist under the

current conditions:

- At the present, the project area has an entrance road crossing with Nam Ky Khoi

Nghia road in the direction with low visibility, where there is a high population

density who are doing business and trading on both sides of the road. If the project is

implemented, traffic density and traffic safety risks will increase due to the increasing

traffic volume.

- The construction of the planned infrastructure facilities for education has the potential

to cause environmental pollution, especially waste and wastewater. When the

constructions are built and put into operation, the increase in number of people will

lead to the increasing demand for domestic water every year, so the amount of

wastewater will also increase and put more pressure on the environment. In addition,

generation of solid waste from daily activities and hazardous waste from laboratories

will also be an arising issue.

- Increasing the number of students will implicitly lead to social issues such as issues of

security, social security for students, social evils...

Comparisons between environmental and social issues related to the choice of “with” or

“without” project are described in Table 4.1 below.

Table 4.1. Comparing cases of “with” and “without” subproject

No.

Social and

environmental

issue

With subproject Without subproject

1 Education

environment

When being put into operation, the

project will provide a good

educational and scientific

environment to attract children

from local area and other areas to

study and work or live and settle

around Hoa Quy ward and Ngu

Hanh Son district. As a result,

quality of local human resources

will be improved.

Currently, the project area does not

have any educational and scientific

research facilities so it cannot

develop strongly both human and

material resources for this field

2

Environmental

sanitation

Urban environmental sanitation

will be improved, pollution and

disease risks related to wastewater

and environmental sanitation will

be reduced and qualify of life of

people living in the project area

will be improved. Urban services

will also be improved, ensuring

aesthetic and sustainable

development for UD.

Environmental sanitation and quality

of life are not guaranteed due to the

lack of a wastewater treatment

system.




Final Report 149

No.

Social and

environmental

issue

With subproject Without subproject

3 Social economy

Construction and operation of the

project will generate significant

revenue for the local budget. It is a

premise for the socio-economic

sustainable development

associated with education and

scientific research.

However, increasing the number of

students will implicitly lead to

social issues such as issues of

security, social security for

students, social evils, ...

There is no revenue or investment if

there is no project

4 Livelihood

When the constructions are built

and put into operation, the number

of people will increase, the local

people will have the opportunity to

sell food and consumer goods,

thereby they can have more

income for a more stable life

Will not be improved because there

is no development of business

activities

Conclusion: The investment for UD development is necessary because the subproject will

contribute significantly to national and local socio-economic development and the strategy of

global integration of the country. It is concluded that the option of “with subproject” is

selected.

4.2. Alternative Analysis

4.2.1. Alternative analysis between traditional design and application of sustainable design

for the subproject buildings

Normally in Vietnam, the educational facilities have been traditionally designed following the

local standards that might be set for the country in the past. Currently, the higher education

system of the country has been required to be innovated to keep up with the globally

advanced educational system. The requirements have been recently institutionalized through

Law on Education, 2012 and the related legislation under Law. The alternatives in the

sustainable design of the educational facilities shall be considered against the traditional ones

to select the most suitable design model toward the global modernity meeting the

international and regional standards. Two options in the design of the educational buildings

are proposed to be analyzed including (i) application of the sustainable design and (ii)

following the traditional design. The results of alternative analysis are presented in Table 4.2.

Table 4.2. Analysis of design alternatives

Considerabl

e issues Sustainable design Traditional design




Final Report 150

Energy and

material

- Optimizing energy use will contribute to

effective use and saving of water and energy,

reduction of Greenhouse Gases (GHG)

emission, and adaptation to climate change.

- Optimize Building Space and Material Use

will reduce the natural resource exploration,

contributing to protecting natural ecosystem.

- Purchase cleaning products and supplies that

are resource-efficient, bio-degradable and

reduce waste through source reduction and

recycling to eliminate off-site disposal.

- The buildings will use national electricity

network as the energy sources for

lighting, heating, cooling system during

operation. This can create a burden on

the national energy consumption. In

addition, currently the national energy

sources have been produced mainly from

the hydro power plants and thermal

power plants using coal as fossil fuels.

Both types of power generation plants

have been considered contributing to

damage to the natural ecosystem and

increasing GHG.

- Furthermore, traditional design does not

pay attention to use cleaning products

and suppliers or bio-degradable materials

because their costs are high. This has

resulted in increasing the off - site waste

disposal causing harmful to natural

ecosystem.

Life span of

works

- Longer because the sustainable design helps

the facilities be tolerant to impacts due to

climate change through designing and

choosing the construction materials adaptive

to climate change and other extreme

weathers.

- Sustainable design will minimize the system

failure through training building occupants,

facilities managers, and maintenance staff in

sustainable design principles and methods.

- Shorter because the traditional- design

does not pay attention much to the

potential negative impact on facility

lifespan due to climate change and other

extreme weathers.

- In addition, the quality of buildings

applied the traditional design could be

quickly deteriorated because the moisture

content indoors is not properly controlled

leading to a development of molds, fungi

able to destroy the wall surface.

Furthermore, the O&M activities are not

properly managed through its life cycle.

Aesthetics

- Better as sustainable design will pay attention

to value aesthetics inside and outside the

facilities such as the importance of views and

the integration of natural and man-made

elements.

- Normally traditional design does not

thoroughly analyses the landscape of a

proposed building in terms of the

structure and shape to be harmonizing

between the features of surrounding

nature and man-made elements.




Final Report 151

Health and

safety of

students and

staff

- Health and safety of students and staff

studying and working in the facilities

especially in laboratories will not be affected

because of sustainable design as follows:

+ With building envelope design that

properly manages moisture sources

through heating, ventilating, air-

conditioning (HVAC). Such designs will

prevent airborne bacteria, mold, and other

fungi, as well as radon developed inside

and outside the buildings.

+ Quality of the environmental components

in doors the facilities will be monitored

automatically through test sensor control

points to control the effective use of

energy, water, waste, temperature,

moisture, and ventilation.

+ System of fire and explosion prevention

and fighting as well as evacuation lines for

people including people with disabilities

working inside the facilities will be well

designed.

+ Noise and vibration levels inside the

facilities will be controlled through the use

of sound absorbing material and

equipment isolation.

- Traditional design does not focus much

on enhancing the environment indoor

quality of a building during the operation.

Concretely, it is rare to see a sensor

installed indoor to monitor automatically

the environmental components and

control the pollutants, toxic substances,

heating, air-conditioning to protect health

and safety of people working inside.

- The issues of prevention, fighting and

evacuating due to fire and explosion may

not be synchronized through the facility

design to the application of mitigation

measures during operation,

- Noise and vibration effects from inside

and outside activities may not be

carefully considered during design to

prevent any occupational diseases for

students and staff.

Gender and

social

equality

- Sustainable design will contribute to

improving gender equality; reducing gender

based violence (GBV) and creating

advantageous conditions for people with

disabilities through designing the educational

facilities with separate restrooms, prioritized

paths to elevators, car parks for people with

disabilities and pregnant women.

- Traditional design may not pay much

attention to the condition for improving

gender issues, GBV and being

convenient for people with disabilities.

- If the educational facilities are designed

with no separate restrooms, pathways

prioritized for people with disabilities

and pregnant women and no car parks

prioritized for them, the opportunities of

going to the university for learning and

working for them will be limited.

Construction

cost, O&M

cost

- Although, the construction cost must be

higher, the O &M cost must be significantly

reduced because (i) the work lifespan is

longer, and (iii) the energies used are taken

from the renewable sources.

- In contrast, the construction cost may be

lower, but the O&M cost will be higher

because (i) work life cycle is shorter, and

(ii) the energy used is taken from national

grid with a higher price.

http://www.epa.gov/mold/




Final Report 152

Socio-

economic

efficiency

- More effective because of the following

reasons:

The number of students especially

female students and students with

disabilities may increase.

The subproject operation will influence

on the operational mechanism of the

university members toward a high

autonomy model that is a basis for them

to improve the quality of training,

scientific research and community

services in the southern key economic

region, the central region and the

central highlands.

The subproject successful model in

higher education will be made into the

lessons learned to be shared to the

whole higher education sectors in

Vietnam.

The subproject will contribute to the

social sustainability through the

promotion of national economic

development as well as the

enhancement of the democracy,

equality and progress in the society.

- Less affective because of the following

reasons:

The traditional design may not

change the quality of learning

space and facilities toward the

international and regional

standards as well as meeting the

advanced demand of students and

social and gender equality and

democracy within the university.

This will not become a good model

for sharing with other universities.

This results in not increasing in the

number of domestic and abroad

students to enroll for learning and

researching, which will be difficult

to balance the revenue and

expenditure toward the autonomy

of finance following the

governmental policy.

Conclusion: Based on the above analysis, the option of applying the sustainable designing for

the university is selected because of its advantages meeting the demand of learners,

researchers and staff and suitability with national development condition and legislation.




Final Report 153

CHAPTER 5. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT

PLAN

With the potential impacts and risks identified and assessed in Chapter 3, an Environmental

and Social Management Plan (ESMP) has been prepared in this chapter with the aims of

impact prevention and mitigation. Procedures for implementation, monitoring, supervision

and reporting are also included in this ESMP together with Capacity building program and

cost estimation. This ESMP consists of main contents as follows:

- The measures to minimize the potential environmental impacts from Feasibility Study

and Detailed Design stage to pre-construction, construction and operation phases together

with implementation and supervison responsibilities;

- Environmental Monitoring Program;

- The subproject Compliance Framework, including environmental and social supervision

arrangements, fines applicable to non-compliance;

- Capacity building programs;

- Cost estimation; and

- Grievance Redress mechanism.

5.1. Mitigation measures

5.1.1. Environmental considerations during Pre-FS and FS

In the pre-feasibility and feasibility study steps, it is necessary to consider the greenness of the

building, also known as green building.

Green building is the practice of designing, constructing and operating buildings to:

Use energy, water and other resources efficiently

Reduce waste, pollution and other negative impacts on environment

Maximize occupant health and productivity

Decrease life cycle costs

Green building represents one of the most significant solutions and feasible for sustainable

growth and environmental protection at both national and global level.

Some specific objectives of Green building:

To represent an intelligent approach to energy

Green building encourages setting energy goals and target from the start of the project, taking

advantages of building site and climate attributes to reduce heating, cooling and lighting

loads, integrating landscape design for shading and windbreaks, facilitating the use of public

transport, incorporating renewable energy where possible, etc.

To protect water resources

Designs need to take into account reduction of water use.

Green building tries to reduce water use by using water efficient fittings and fixtures to

havest rainwater on the roof and rainwater runoff on the ground. These water can be reused

for watering purpose or for fire fighting.

To reduce waste and pollution

Waste minimization requires careful planning throughout the design, build and occupancy

phases. Green building minimizes negative impacts on the environment by “Reduce, Reuse

and Recycle” strategies. For example, by reducing impervious area, we reduce stormwater

runoff and reduce surface temperature. Reusing previously developed sites or existing




Final Report 154

structures is one of the best ways to limit the negative impacts of development. And certainly,

there are a myriad of opportunities for recycled materials use in site development.

To ensure health and well-being of all users of the building

Green building emphasizes on providing adequate supply of fresh air throughout the building

premises, which is achieved by good ventilation which maintains high indoor air quality, and

avoidance of materials and chemicals that can cause emissions of harmful gases.

It encourages extensive use of natural light to illuminate rooms and makes sure that their

occupants have a nice view of the surrounding environment, which not only provides the

building users with great amount of comfort and a possibility to enjoy the surroundings, but

also reduces the need for artificial room lighting.

It is a design that “appeals to both eyes and ears”. In fact, when it comes to schools, health

care institutions, private homes and workplaces, acoustics and sound insulation play an

important role in providing an ambiance that is good for concentration, recovery as well as for

enjoying work and spending time in one‟s own home.

Green building encourages the use of passive cooling through proper use of shading and

natural ventilation, or simple but effective equipment such as ceiling fans.

To keep landscape green

Particular attention is paid to site selection, preservation of existing vegetation or the addition

of vegetated area during green building design. Vegetation can reduce heating and cooling

needs, clean the air and reduce heat island effects, among other benefits.

To connect community

As early as at the design stage of a building, thought is given to shortening the distance

between people‟s homes and workplaces or other social locations, which results in a reduced

environmental impact of personal vehicles as well as of road and rail traffic in general. Green

building encourages the use of environmentally friendly means of transport, such as bicycles

and other green transport modes.

To optimize the cost over the building’s entire lifecycle

Green building considers costs over the entire life of the building, whereas conventional

building is often focused on initial design and construction costs.

For the Vietnam National Universities Development Project – Da Nang sub-project, the

following criteria can be applied in the preparation of pre-feasibility and feasibility studies to

improve efficiency. results of the project:

Criteria 1: Reasonable land use planning and ensuring necessary green spaces

The plan must respect the natural ecological clown, create green spaces and water surface, so

that users, visitors can see clear blue sky, clean water and access to other green areas within

the shortest distance while they are traveling on the unconcretized space in the project area.

The greenery system enhances the landscape aesthetics, creating a mellow feeling of the

colors and climate environment in the project area, enhancing the aesthetic value of the

architectural works. Construction works should comply with regulations on construction

density and land use efficiency.

Criteria 2: Green building

New buildings should be oriented to:

- Green the building and ground with greenery vegetation and grassland; plant trees in the

building area, biodiversify courtyards, terraces and mezzanines of works, preventing glare

from glass surfaces...;




Final Report 155

- Save and rationally use energy: minimize energy consumption in the layout of architectural

space of buildings, in designing of covering structures (insulating, avoiding sunlight,

construction materials), take advantage of natural light, natural ventilation, energy saving for

air-conditioning systems and artificial lighting systems, cooling system, use renewable energy

(solar power supply, energy wind, solar water heating, ...);

- Save water: efficiently consume water, reuse waste ater for washing and watering plants,

storing and using rainwater;

- Minimize the project's waste sources (exhaust gas, wastewater, solid waste), waste from the

the operation phase;

- Ensure the quality of indoor air environment, ensure fresh air exchange coefficient, meeting

hygiene requirements; no vibration, noise; indoor surface is not condensated or wet, material

is not moldy, sanitary works meet environmental standards, ensuring health and comfort.

Criteria 3: Green transport

- Planning space, arranging a reasonable working area to reduce travel needs of users;

- Planning the technical infrastructure system of transport and communications to meet the

travel needs of users.

- Development of public transport (buses, trams,...) connecting the subproject areas; facilitate

people to ride or walk (vehciles, cars cause air pollution per capita 15-20 times higher than

traveling by bus).

Criteria 4: Completing the system of collection, treatment, recycling, and reuse of wastes

(wastewater, solid waste and exhaust gas)

- Ensure 100% of daily-life solid waste and hazardous waste generated in the subproject area

are collected, classified, safely transported, recycled, reused and treated in accordance with

safe techniques environmental sanitation;

- Good management of surface water drainage and drainage systems in the subproject area;

build rainwater collection system, treatment and reuse system of domestic wastewater to use

for road cleaning, watering plants...;

- The streets and sidewalks of the subproject area are regularly kept clean, watered and

washed in hot and dry days.

Technical aspect and climate co-benefit

The project shall include/consider climate co-benefits design/activities such as (i) Consider to

adopt green/environmental friendly design/technology/equipment, for instance lighting,

cooling/ventilation, solar PV, etc and (ii) Adopt/deliver training course/research on

environment, renewable energy and efficient utility of energy.

Possible Actions under the subproject:

- Energy efficiency improvements in existing and greenfield buildings: Energy and

resource efficiency improvements in existing industrial, commercial (including

warehouses), public, and residential buildings Leading to Energy savings, water

savings, increased consumption of renewable energy, and/or reduction of material

consumption.

- Green Buildings for greenfield buildings: Use of highly efficient architectural designs,

energy-efficient appliances and equipment, and building techniques that reduce the

energy consumption of buildings, exceeding available standards and complying with

high energy efficiency certification or rating schemes.

- Institutional Capacity and Project Management.

For UD subproject, the climate co-benefits consider below:




Final Report 156

Component/Activity

types

Potential linkage to climate change co-benefits

Component 1. Quality of

Teaching and Learning

Adaptation: Not applicable

Mitigation: Construct or retrofit education facilities could provide

climate co-benefit by integrating renewable energy and application of

more energy-efficient design/appliance than the prevalent standard in the

area (e.g., conducting energy audits, installing solar panels, using energy-

efficient appliances and equipment).

Renewable energy (RE): Roof-top solar PV is a financially viable

investment. The PV would reduce fossil fuel-based energy thus creates

climate change co-benefit. It would also enhance the electricity services

quality, reduce the university electricity bills and generate additional

income.

Energy efficiency (EE): Application of highly efficient architectural

designs, energy efficient appliances, purchase of equipment that is low

carbon in manufacture and energy efficient in operation, modern and

efficient water supply and treatment, and building techniques that reduce

building energy consumption, exceeding available standards and

complying with high energy efficiency certification or rating schemes.

Component 2. Research

Excellence and

Technology Transfer

Adaptation: (i) Integrate content on climate change adaptation in

curriculum (education about growing climate change issues, changing

patterns of rain and floods, emergency responses to cyclones, floods).;

and (ii) research grants for technologies, processes, or policies

contributing to climate change adaptation (e.g., hydrometeorological risk

analysis, agroclimatology).

Mitigation: (i) Promotion of RE and EE; (ii) Include content on climate

change mitigation (e.g., GHG reduction) in curriculum; and (iii) (ii)

research grants for technologies, processes, or policies contributing to

climate change mitigation (e.g., agroforestry, carbon sequestration).

Component 3.

Institutional Capacity and

Project Management:

Adaptation: Require IT vendors to ensure preparation of disaster

recovery plans to mitigate potential climate and natural disaster risks, and

to conduct training on emergencies for the system operators.

5.1.2. Mitigation measures to be incorporated into detail design

Some measures that can be incorporated into the detailed design to ensure environmental

friendliness and adaptation to climate change are given below:

Minimizing consumption of artificial energy sources, make use of natural and

renewable energy sources.

Saving water demand, taking advantage of water sources like rainwater, reusing

wastewater.

Using environmentally friendly materials, renewable fuels.

Using “design for all” which has arrangement of access for people with disabilities

from the roadway to the sidewalk, from the yard into the buildings. Arrange handrails

for people who have disabilities.

Aiming for protection of ecological resources, minimizing the negative impacts of

building construction on the surrounding ecosystem, conserving biodiversity,

developing vegetation, planting trees on roofs or other floor.




Final Report 157

Minimizing waste and environmental pollution, reducing the discharge of wastewater,

solid waste, emissions, encourage recycling and reuse solutions during construction

and operation.

Ensuring comfort and health, indoor air quality, thermal comfort, microclimate, light

comfort, noise and vibration comfort.

Green building standards raise the ability to adapt and mitigate natural disasters, the

ability to prevent flooding, ensure the sustainability of the building.

Ensuring the project does not cause heat island effect, encourages commuting by

bicycle and uses public transport, makes use of local materials, reduces transportation

demand.

Easily connect the community, consult with the community when investing in project

construction, connect utilities, infrastructure and available services, community

service space and full facilities for everybody.

Ensuring the optimization of most management activities during the design phase,

construction and operation phases, encouraging the application of additional

environmental management systems.

Encourage initiatives that benefit the environment in addition of the above

requirements.

Building envelope

Building envelope including exterior wall, roof, glass, natural ventilation... is considered as

the inside and outside boundary of the building, which have attributes to take advantage of

natural light and shading, and natural vents for entry control.

In the past, the building envelope simply consisted of sunshades that could be opened and

closed manually or automatically to improve the quality of shading, lighting and ventilation

inside the building, or added by passive design solutions using solar energy. Currently, the

building envelope is more complex, consisting of many layers with many functions and

integrated with other technical systems (such as building control systems) to minimize energy

use and be more eco-friendly. This is considered an inevitable direction to green architecture,

including some typical building envelope as follows:

Green building envelope: The solutions to green streets, roofs and exterior of the

building are also a trend to improve the living environment and increase the effective

green area. The building envelope covered with greenery reduces urban heat island,

minimizing the formation of storms due to the difference in temperature between

areas, cooling the building. This is a tendency of the building envelope which is

natural, low cost and technology and only need to choose appropriate trees for the

architectural design of the building. Attention should also be paid to solution for

maintenance of green envelope for the building to remain their function and

architectural aesthetics.

Building envelope with integrated environmental technology: The building envelope

merely connects one, or several technologies, but has no connection to other building

systems. The building envelope can generate energy, collect rainwater, and absorb

carbon dioxide (CO2). Some examples are: Residential buildings in Albstadt

(Germany) use solar panels attached to sunshades in the building envelope, or similar

houses in Switzerland using sunlight reflectors and PCM materials for energy storage.

Climate-adaptive building envelope: The climate-adaptive envelope takes full

advantage of natural ventilation, and also maximizes mechanical ventilation, in order

to create better indoor microclimate while minimizing energy consumption.




Final Report 158

Energy-efficient glass cover: With an energy-efficient glass cover, it will help

buildings avoid the radiation of sunlight and also save the electricity used by the air

conditioner which can cause a loss of cooling heat from inside room to outside. In

addition, to save heating energy when the energy from the inside is not diffused into

the outside environment.

System for rainwater harvesting and reuse

Rain falling from upstream will flow on the surface through cities, rivers, or infiltrate into

groundwater; and eventually flow into the sea. Initial clean rainwater will be contaminated

when moving on the surface. The degree of contamination depends on the distance the

rainwater moves after touching the ground and the time it touches the surface. The farther the

distance traveled, the greater the contamination. Based on the principle of the distance

traveled, the rain on the roof has a distance of almost zero; Therefore, rainwater on the roof is

of the best quality compared to surface rainwater.

If rainwater on the roof is collected with good technology, we can easily treat it to the

standards of the quality of drinking water according to WHO standards or standards of

drinking water supply of Vietnam. By simple techniques, we can effectively increase the

quality of collected rainwater such as the application of natural technologies: gravity

technology and bio-film, etc., right in the rainwater storage tank. Some advanced technologies

can be applied to improve the quality of rainwater such as sediment removal technology, first

flush, solar disinfection, or floating rainwater transport model.

5.1.3. Measures to address the impacts of land acquisition and resettlement

During project preparation, the resettlement consultant and Da Nang University have worked

together prepare RAP. This resettlement action plan includes results of the preliminary

inventory of loss, socio-economic survey, entitlement of the affected people and assessment

on project positive and negative effects. The plan also refers to resettlement options,

livelihood restoration program, consultations and participation of stakeholders, grievance

redress mechanism, and implementation of the resettlement plan, monitoring and evaluation

of the implementation of resettlement planas well as cost for implementation of the RAP.

The estimated cost for implementing the Resettlement Plan is VND 1,221,758,842,871 (One

thousand and two hundred and thwenty one billions, seven hundred fivety eight million, eight

hundred and fourty two thousand, eight hundred and seven one Vietnamese dongs). This

amount includes budget for compensation, assistance, implementation of livelihood

restoration program, replacement cost survey, monitoring and implementation. Below is a

breakdown of cost.




Final Report 159

Table 5.1. Cost estimation for resettlement implementation plan of Da Nang subproject

No. Items Cost

I Compenstation 1,194,181,218,501

1 Residential land 808,375,800,000

2 Agricultural land 8,504,979,000

3 Housing 151,800,000,000

4 Architectural structures 36,066,124,730

5 Trees and crops 14,510,271,800

6 Displacement support 1,404,000,000

7 Support livehood stabilization 3,936,240,000

8 Policy support 450,000,000

9 Graves 6,150,000,000

10 Support per household (on average 50

million/household) 23,400,000,000

11 Contingency 10% 139,583,802,971

II Others 38,183,273,603

1 Site clearance implementation (2% of compensation

and support fund) 23,883,624,370

2 Cost for eplacement survey 500,000,000

3 Cost for implementation of the Income Restoration

Program 1,694,000,000

4 Independent monitoring 1,500,000,000

TOTAL 1,221,758,842,871

(Source: Resettlement Plan, Jan 2020)

Compensation and support for affected households will be based on the following main

principles:

- All affected people having assets in or residing within the subproject area before the cut-

off date are compensated for the damage. Those who lose income and/or livelihood will

be assisted to restore their livelihoods based on the eligibility criteria defined by the

project in consultation with the project affected persons. If by the end of the subproject,

livelihoods have been shown not being restored as before the subproject level, additional

measures will be provided.

- Compensation cost for agricultural land: At present, Da Nang city has no longer

agricultural land fund to compensate for the households with affected agricultural land

under the land-to-land mechanism, so all these households will be compensated in cash at

100% replacement cost.

- Housing construction costs: Houses/structures of affected households regardless of legal

status will be compensated by 100% of replacement cost if built before the cut-off date.

For houses and structures that are partially dismantled and the remaining unqualified

places will be compensated for the whole house at the replacement cost (in this case, it is

specifically determined by the Compensation Council), for the structure/house is partially




Final Report 160

dismantled but the remaining is eligible to stay, apart from the compensation value for the

dismantled area, the affected persons will be supported an additional 30% of the value of

the dismantled part to restore the previous status or improve it better. The replacement

cost is calculated for rebuilding new house/structure excluding the depreciation and a

deduction for reused materials.

- Compensation for trees and crops: compensation in cash will be applied at replacement

cost.

- Income restoration program: There will be 468 households participating in the Program.

In order to identify people‟s demands for support, the Consultant carried out a survey to

assess people‟s need for an appropriate income restoration program. People‟s

needs/demands will be updated at the time of implementation to help the Program

achieve its goals. Estimated budget for the Income restoration program is VND

1,694,000,000 including training, seminar, management, and supervision and evaluation

costs. Activities of the program including (i) Establishment of a savings and loan team

using the National employment fund; (ii) Support for access to loans for business

operation; (iii) Support for vocational training; (iv) Provision of information and job

placement and (v) Support for business registration.

Details are included in the Resettlement Action Report of Da Nang University Subproject.

Mitigation measure for grave relocation

There are about 1,500 graves which will need to be

relocated for construction of the university. Da

Nang city has had a plan for relocation of all graves

in Ngu Hanh Son district to a centralized cemetery

in Hoa Ninh commune which is 20km from the

city. To implement this plan, the city has consulted

with people and published information about the

cemetery. In May 2019, Ngu Hanh Son District

People's Committee together with Department of

Labor, Invalids and Social Affairs invited affected

households to visit the cemetery in Hoa Ninh.

Almost all affected households had agreed with the

new place after visited.

Accordingly, the relocation of graves will be done on the basis of full consultation with the

affected households to meet their customs and habits regarding to relocation of graves.

Compensation payment for affected graves includes full costs associated with a) land for re-

burial, b) excavation, c) relocation, d) reburial, e) construction of new tombs, and f) other

reasonable related costs which are necessary to meet local customs and habits.

In case owners of the affected graves could not be identified, public announcement have to be

made (on TV, popular newspaper) for a number of times to look for the grave owners. Within

a reasonable time, if grave owners could not show up, the relocation of graves should be done

by a specialized unit. The geographical location and status of the graves (with photos taken in

details), the procedure of grave relocation, and the new location of the graves have to be

documented carefully for the owner‟s use at a later time. During implementation the

Subproject Owner will make early announce to the households whose graves are affected so

that they can arrange their embodiment in consistence with the spiritual practices of the

people and compensate to the affected household as required in the subproject RAP and

ESMP for the subproject.

The table below presents mitigation measures to address potential negative environmental and

social impacts during pre-construction.

Some out of 1500 graves to be relocated




Final Report 161

Table 5.2. Mitigation measures during pre-construction phase

Environmental and social

impacts Mitigation measures

Responsibilities

Implementation Supervision

Impacts of Land Acquisition

and Resettlement Implementation of approved RP in accordance with its provision PMU, City

People's

Committee

ISMC

UXO can affect health and

safety of workers, students

and staff, and local people

Unexploded bombs and mines will be searched for removal right after completing the

compensation for site clearance and before carrying out the levelling of the site. This is

required to be made prior to the construction of 70ha land area for UD subproject. The

subproject owners must contract with a competent military agency to clear all UXO to

the depth of five meters from the ground surface of the construction sites. The detailed

plan for removal of UXO should be disclosed and informed to local people, the

university staff and students in the affected area in a timely manner before UXO

clearance starts.

PMU/contracted

competent

military unit

UD


impacts and risks from

demolition of existing

infrastructures

Demolition of Existing Infrastructures

Clearance process including the following activities: Demolition of existing structures

such as houses, fences; cut down trees, removing weed. Number of house demolition is

419 units; cut down 4,500 trees and removing grasses, reeds.... General impacts such

emissions, dust, solid waste, wastewater, noise, vibration, occupational accident risks

will be reduced through the application of Environmental Codes of Practice (ECOP)

below, like in the construction phase. The following measures shall be implemented in

order to protect workers and the public from falling debris and flying objects:

- Carefully check the building to ensure no one is in it and cut off the electric

power systems before dismantling

- Do roadblocks created a safe distance around the building before dismantling

- Apply spacing dismantling construction safety if wall collapse without causing

the accident

- Apply a safe dismantling measures, such as using grab, removed from the top

down

- Water to reduce dust during dismantling

- Appoint guardian during dismantling

- Conduct proper training to all workers, make better assignment of

Contractor PMU, CSC, IEMC




Final Report 162


impacts Mitigation measures

Responsibilities

Implementation Supervision

responsibility and proper planning prior to job execution

- All safety requirements must be followed and make ensure that all parties

involved adhere to the quality standards of the demolition process.

Remove existing electric poles/power lines

Site clearance process shall remove/relocate electric poles and power lines in residential

areas along existing Luu Quang Vu road insite the university village. This may cause

risks of electric shock, electrical accidents if there are no measures to ensure electrical

safety. Following measures will be taken to ensure safety:

- PMU will carry out legal procedures and sign contracts with functional units to

remove the existing power supply system.

- Contact and coordinate with local power management units to prepare a plant

of power cut and to notify the local community at least 2 weeks in advance.

- Perform power cut and prevent wrong power connection to workplace such as:

lock the disconnector actuator set, release circuit fuses, lock pneumatic valves,

etc.

- Set up sign of "No power connection! People are working" at the disconnector

actuator set, sign of "No valve release! People are working" at on the pneumatic

valve and put a barrier if necessary.

- Matching ground wire mobile to ground. Checking that there is no electricity

left at the equipment section will carry out the work and proceed to earth.

- Set mobile earthing wires on the ground. Check to ensure no electricity in the

equipment before working and perform earthing.

- Set up barriers to separate workplaces and hang signs of electrical safety

according to current standards. No barrier is needed in case of complete power

cut. Temporary barriers can be made of wood, insulating materials, etc. and

must be dry and firm.

- Equip workers with protective equipment to participate in removing/relocation

of electric poles and power lines.

-




Final Report 163

5.1.4. Measures to be Implemented During Construction Phase

Below are the mitigation measures to be implemented during the construction phase of the

project and presented by Category:

General mitigation measures presented as ECOP (Environmental Codes of Practice).

ECOP will be applied to all bid packages by the contractors and supervised by the

construction supervision consultant (or Engineer).

Mitigation measure applicable to specific types of activities to be carried out; and Site-

specific mitigation measures to address site-specific potential impacts and risks

Bidding documents and construction contracts of each bid package will include the entire

ECOP and specific mitigation measures by type of construction activity and location

consistent with the work content in the bid package.

The contractors will be required to prepare Site Environmental and Social Management Plan

(C-ESMP) and submit to the Construction Supervision Consultant and the Project

Management Unit (PMU) for review and approval at least two weeks prior to construction

commencement.

5.1.4.1. Generic impact mitigation measures

Environmental Codes of Practice (ECOP)

As part of the Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) for the subproject these

general measures have been translated into a standard environmental specification to be

incorporated into bidding and contract documents. These are referred to as Environmental

Codes of Practice (ECOP), and will be applied to mitigate typical impacts of the subproject‟s

civil works under Component 1, 2.

The ECOP describes typical requirements to be undertaken by contractors and supervised by

the construction supervision consultant during construction. The ECOPs will be incorporated

into the bidding and contract documents (BD/CD) annexes. The measures identify typical

mitigation measures for the following aspects:

1. Dust generation, emission, noise and vibration

2. Wastewater management

3. Solid waste management

4. Hazardous waste management

5. Water quality reduction

6. Plants species

7. Urban landscape and aesthetic impacts

8. Sedimentation and flooding, subsidence risks

9. Traffic safety management

10. Interruption to existing infrastructure and services

11. Social impacts

12. Workers‟ health and safety

13. Community‟s health and safety

14. Management of warehouses and borrow pits

15. Cultural works & Chance finding procedures

16. Communication to local community




Final Report 164

Table 5.3. Environmental Codes of Practices for Addressing General Construction Impacts (ECOPs)

Environmental

and social issues Mitigation measures

Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

1. Dust and

exhaust emission

- The Contractor is responsible for compliance with relevant Vietnamese legislation with

respect to ambient air quality.

- The Contractor shall ensure that the generation of dust is minimized and is not

perceived as a nuisance by local residents and shall implement a dust control plan to

maintain a safe working environment and minimize disturbances for surrounding

residential areas/dwellings.

- The Contractor shall implement dust suppression measures (e.g. use water spraying

vehicles to water roads, covering of material stockpiles, etc.) as required.

- Material loads shall be suitably covered and secured during transportation to prevent the

scattering of soil, sand, materials, or dust.

- Setting up the wheel washing facilities at the entrances/exits of construction sites to

reduce dust emission levels.

- Exposed soil and material stockpiles shall be protected against wind erosion and the

location of stockpiles shall take into consideration the prevailing wind directions and

locations of sensitive receptors.

- Dust masks should be used where dust levels are excessive

- All vehicles must comply with Vietnamese regulations controlling allowable emission

limits of exhaust gases.

- Vehicles in Vietnam must undergo a regular emissions check and get certified named:

“Certificate of conformity from inspection of quality, technical safety and

environmental protection” following Decision No. 35/2005/QD-BGTVT;

- There should strictly be no burning of solid wastes or construction materials (e.g. wood,

rubber, oil-based rag, emptied cement bags, paper, plastic, bitumen, etc.) on site.

- TCVN 6438-2005:

Road vehicles -

Maximum

permitted emission

limits of exhaust

gas

- Decision No.

35/2005/QD-

BGTVT on

inspection of

quality, technical

safety and

environmental

protection

- QCVN 05:

2013/MONRE:

National technical

regulation on

ambient air quality;

- WB's EHS

standard


- Noise and

vibration impacts

- The contractor is responsible for compliance with the relevant Vietnamese legislation

with respect to noise and vibration.

- All vehicles must have appropriate “Certificate of conformity from inspection of

quality, technical safety and environmental protection” following Decision No.

35/2005/QD-BGTVT; to avoid exceeding noise emission from poorly maintained

machines.

- QCVN

26:2010/BTNMT:

National technical

regulation on noise

- QCVN

27:2010/BTNMT:





Final Report 165

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

- To use non-percussive piling methods to reduce noise and vibration levels (especialy,

using pile pressing machine to press the concrete pile into the soil for foundation

construction of the buildings) and setting up the movable noise absorbent barrier in

construction.

- Measures to reduce noise to acceptable levels should be implemented, including:

Selecting equipment with lower sound power levels

Installing silencers for fans

Installing suitable mufflers on engine exhausts and compressor components

Installing acoustic enclosures for equipment casing radiating noise

Installing acoustic barriers without gaps and with a continuous minimum surface

density of 10 kg/m2 in order to minimize the transmission of sound through the

barrier

Barriers should be located as close to the source or to the receptor location to be

effective

Installing vibration isolation for mechanical equipment

Limiting the hours of operation for specific pieces of equipment or operations,

especially mobile sources operating through community areas

Re-locating noise sources to less sensitive areas to take advantage of distance and

shielding

Siting permanent facilities away from community areas if possible

Taking advantage of the natural topography as a noise buffer during facility

design

Reducing project traffic routing through community areas wherever possible

- Developing a mechanism to record and respond to complaints

National technical

regulation on

vibration;

- WB's EHS

standard

2. Wastewater

management

- The Contractor must be responsible for compliance with the relevant Vietnamese

regulations on wastewater discharges into surroundings.

- Portable or constructed toilets must be provided on site for construction workers.

- Consider hiring local workers to reduce wastewater generation on site.

- Provide septic tanks for collecting and treating wastewater from toilets.

- QCVN

14:2008/BTNMT:

National technical

regulation on

domestic





Final Report 166

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

- Wastewater from kitchens, showers, sinks shall be discharged into a local sewerage system.

- Wastewater from washing vehicles and construction equipment shall be collected into a

settling pond before discharged into local drainage system.

- At completion of construction works, wastewater collection tanks and septic tanks shall

be safely disposed of or effectively sealed off.

wastewater;

- QCVN 40:

2011/BTNMT:

National technical

regulation on

industrial

wastewater;

- WB's EHS standard

3. Solid wastes

management

- Before construction, a solid waste control procedure (storage, provision of bins, site

clean-up schedule, bin clean-out schedule, etc.) must be prepared by Contractors and it

must be carefully followed during construction activities.

- Before construction, all necessary waste disposal permits or licenses must be obtained.

- Measures shall be taken to reduce the potential for litter and negligent behavior with

regard to the disposal of all refuse. At all places of work, the Contractor shall provide

litter bins, containers and refuse collection facilities.

- Solid waste may be temporarily stored on site in a designated area approved by the

Construction Supervision Consultant and relevant local authorities prior to collection

and disposal through a licensed waste collector, for example, URENCO.

- Waste storage containers shall be covered, tip-proof, weatherproof and scavenger proof.

- No burning, on-site burying or dumping of solid waste shall occur.

- Recyclable materials such as wooden plates for trench works, steel, scaffolding material,

site holding, packaging material, etc shall be collected and separated on-site from other

waste sources for reuse, for use as fill, or for sale.

- If not removed off site, solid waste or construction debris shall be disposed of only at

sites identified and approved by the Construction Supervision Consultant and included

in the solid waste plan. Under no circumstances shall the contractor dispose of any

material in environmentally sensitive areas, such as in areas of natural habitat or in

watercourses.

- Decision No.

59/2007/NĐ-CP on

solid waste

management;

- Decree No.

38/2015/NĐ-CP

dated 24/04/2015

on waste and scrap

management


4. Hazardous

wastes

- Fuels and chemicals must be safely stored in areas with impermeable ground with roofs

and surrounding banks, equipped with safety warning signs located at least 20m from the

- Decree No.

38/2015/NĐ-CP





Final Report 167

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

management camps and at the end of prevailing winds;

- Collect, store, and transported for treatment all hazardous wastes (road asphalt, waste oil

and grease, organic solvents, chemicals, oil paints, etc.) in accordance with Circular No.

36/2015/TT-BTNMT on management of hazardous waste.

- Collect and temporarily store used oil and grease separately in specialized containers and

place in safe and fire-free areas with impermeable floors roofs, at a safe distance from

fire sources. Sign contracts with for oil and grease to be delivered to suppliers/

manufacturers

- Do not use unapproved toxic materials, including paint containing lead, asbestos, etc .;

- The removal of asbestos-containing materials or other toxic substances shall be

performed and disposed of by specially trained and certified workers.

- Used oil and grease shall be removed from site and sold to an approved used oil

recycling company.

- Do not perform any maintenance (change of oil and filter) of cars and equipment outside

the designated area.

- Used oil, lubricants, cleaning materials, etc. from the maintenance of vehicles and

machinery shall be collected in holding tanks and removed from site by n approved

specialized oil recycling company for disposal.

- Used oil or oil-contaminated materials that could potentially contain PCBs shall be

securely stored to avoid any leakage or affecting workers.

- Unused or rejected tar or bituminous products shall be returned to the supplier‟s

production plant.

- Relevant agencies shall be promptly informed of any accidental spill or incident

- Store chemicals appropriately and with appropriate labelling

- Appropriate communication and training programs should be put in place to prepare

workers to recognize and respond to workplace chemical hazards

- Report all incidences of oil spills immediately and prevent any risks of oil spills

- Prepare and initiate a remedial action following any spill or incident. In this case, the

contractor shall provide a report explaining the reasons for the spill or incident, remedial

action taken, consequences/damage from the spill, and proposed corrective actions.

dated 24/04/2015

on waste and scrap

management

- Circular No.

36/2015/TT-

BTNMT on

hazardous waste

management




Final Report 168

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

- In the event that accidental leakage or spillage of diesel/chemicals/chemical wastes takes

place, the following response procedures shall be followed immediately by the

Contractor(s):

o The person who has identified the leakage/spillage shall immediately check if

anyone is injured and shall then inform the Contractor(s), Supervision

Engineer and PMU;

o The Contractor(s) shall ensure any injured persons are treated and assess what

has spilled/ leaked;

o Should the accidents/ incidents generate serious environmental pollution (e.g.

spillage / leakage of toxic or chemicals, large scale spillage / leakage, or

spillage / leakage into the nearby water bodies, the Contractor shall immediate

inform PMU;

o In such cases, the Contractor(s) shall take immediate action to stop the spillage

/ leakage and divert the spilled / leaked liquid to nearby non-sensitive areas;

o The Contractor(s) shall arrange maintenance staff with appropriate protective

clothing to clean up the chemicals/chemical waste. This may be achieved

through soaking with sawdust (if the quantity of spillage/leakage is small), or

sand bags (if the quantity is large); and/or using a shovel to remove the topsoil

(if the spillage/leakage occurs on bare ground); and

o Depending on the nature and extent of the chemical spill, evacuation of the

activity site may be necessary;

o Spilled chemicals must not be flushed to local surface drainage systems.

Instead, sawdust or sandbags used for clean-up and removed contaminated soil

shall be disposed of by following the procedures for chemical waste handling

and disposal already described;

o The Contractor(s) shall prepare a report on the incident detailing the accident,

clean up actions taken, any pollution problems and suggested measures to

prevent similar accidents from happening again in future. The incident report

shall then be submitted to the Supervision Engineer and PMU for review and

keep in the records. The incident report shall also be submitted to DONRE, if

required.

5. Water quality - The Contractors are responsible for controlling surface water quality when discharging it - QCVN Contractor PMU, CSC,




Final Report 169

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

reduction out of construction sites, in accordance with QCVN 08-MT:2015/BTNMT and QCVN

14:2008/BTNMT;

- Store used and unused oil and petrol on impermeable grounds covered with roofs, with

warning (flammable and danger) signs, and contained within surrounding fences for easy

control and collection in case of leakage. Locate oil and petrol storage areas at least 25m

from any ponds, lakes, rivers, and streams. Restrict accessibility to these temporary

storages to only authorized persons;

- Perform concrete mixing on impermeable ground only, at least 20m far from any water

sources. Collect wastes and wastewater containing cement at sedimentation traps and

drainage ditches regularly to limit number of solids entering receptors;

- Maintain vehicles and replace oil at designated workshops only. Do not perform these

activities at sites;

- Collect and keep used/waste oil and materials polluted with oil/chemicals in containers,

store in safe places (on impermeable grounds, roofed, fenced and with warning signs) for

regular collection by licensed dealers;

- Carry out concrete mixing on impermeable grounds only. Collect wastes and wastewater

containing cement at the sedimentation traps and drainage ditches regularly to limit

number of solids entering receptors;

- Provide sedimentation pits and ditches at big construction sites;

- Provide appropriate toilets for the workers;

- Avoid carrying out excavation and backfilling in rainy weather;

- Collect and transport materials and wastes generated during excavation and backfilling

materials to designated sites for reuse or final disposal as soon as possible;

- Collect and transport excavated soil out of construction sites within 24 hours. Dredged

materials must be transported away from temporary disposal sites as soon as they are dry

sufficiently;

- Maintain vehicles and equipment, including oil replacement or lubrication, at designated

areas only. Ensure that no chemicals, petrol, oil, or grease are leaked into the soil, drains

or water sources. Use trays to hold rags and materials used in maintenance. Collect and

dispose off wastes in accordance with hazardous waste management requirements.

14:2008/BTNMT:

National technical

regulation on

domestic

wastewater;

- QCVN 08-MT:

2015/BTNMT:

National technical

regulation on

sufarewater;

- QCVN 40:

2011/BTNMT:

National technical

regulation on

industrial

wastewater;

- WB's EHS standard

IEMC




Final Report 170

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

6. Plants species - The Contractor shall prepare a Clearance, Revegetation and Restoration Management

Plan for prior approval by the Construction Engineer, following relevant regulations.

The Clearance Plan shall be approved by Construction Supervision Consultant and

followed strictly by contractor. Areas to be cleared should be minimized as much as

possible.

- Avoid disturbances and damage to the existing vegetation and green trees.

- Do not load materials and wastes at places having vegetation cover. Load them on barren

land instead;

- If trees can be replanted somewhere, move them instead of cutting the trees down;

- If any invasive species are found during construction phase, burn them before disposed

of to prevent them from regrowing at disposal site;

- Chemicals must not be used to clear vegetation;

- Minimise the areas disturbed, especially in locations having trees or vegetation;

Determine areas to be undisturbed for protection during construction.

- Do not remove or damage the vegetation without direct instructions.

- Do not hurt, trap, feed or harm any animal - including birds, frogs, snakes, etc.

- Do not cut trees outside the approved construction area for any reason

- Do not buy any wildlife for food;

- Birds and animals must not be kept in cages in camps

- No collection of firewood.

- Do not burn litter that damages vegetation.

- Limit disturbances to areas with construction operations, especially in locations covered

with green trees or vegetation.

- Do not gather materials and wastes at places covered with vegetation or with green trees,

but on vacant land instead.

- Trees cannot be cut down unless explicitly authorized in the vegetation clearing plan.

- When needed, temporary protective fencing will be erected to efficiently protect the

preserved trees before commencement of any works within the site.

- The Contractor shall ensure that no hunting, trapping, shooting, poisoning of fauna takes

- Environment

Protection Law

55/2014/QH13





Final Report 171

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

place.

7. Urban

landscape and

aesthetic impacts

- The Contractor shall prepare a Clearance, Revegetation and Restoration Management

Plan for prior approval by the Construction Engineer, following relevant regulations.

The Clearance Plan shall be approved by Construction Supervision Consultant and

followed strictly by contractor. Areas to be cleared should be minimized as much as

possible.

- Place the signboard “Sorry to disturb” at the construction sites located in popular areas;

- Keep the disturbed areas to be minimal; re-establish vegetation covers as soon as

construction is completed;

- All facilities are maintained in neat and tidy conditions and the sites shall be kept free of

litter;

- Fence the construction sites with solid materials if the construction sites are exposed to

sensitive sites or exposed to tourist areas;

- Do not load construction materials or wastes within 10 m from the gates of any public

buildings or cultural structures such as government offices, temples, schools, etc.;

- Collect and transport excavated materials and construction wastes to the disposal sites

within 24 hours;

- Clean up the construction sites daily if the sites are located in populated areas;

- Wash vehicles periodically to prevent dust dispersion onto roads.

- Contractor PMU, CSC, IEMC

8. Sedimentation,

Flooding,

Subsidence Risks

Management of Flooding Risks

- Periodically and thoroughly remove soils, stones and wastes from drainage sewers

and ditches inside and around the construction site.

- Neatly gather materials and wastes so as to limit them being swept away by

stormwater.

- Carry out ground levelling and rolling after discarding materials at disposal sites.

- Install supports to protect the walls where excavation is deeper than 2 m.

- Check the existing drains within and surrounding the construction sites, improve

before levelling to ensure rainwater can be drained properly;

- Load construction material and wastes at least 10 m from any existing drainage

ditches or water sources to minimise materials from entering the channels which

may lead to sedimentation and blockage;





Final Report 172

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

- Clean up the existing drains regularly.

Sedimentation Control

- Transport the waste out of the site within the shortest time possible but this

operation should not last more than 2 days;

- Install and maintain sedimentation traps within and/or surrounding centralised

construction sites. Remove the soil, stone and waste periodically from the traps to

maintain their functions;

- Gather the materials and waste neatly to limit the amount of materials being swept

away by stormwater;

- Carry out levelling and rolling after waste disposal at the disposal sites in order to

minimise erosion;

- Use Larsen sheet piles for protecting the walls/slopes when excavation is deeper

than 2.5m. Reinforcing piles must be checked and maintained to ensure stability

of excavated trenches and holes;

- Levelling the disturbed areas to prevent erosion;

- Strictly avoid disturbance or damages to the existing vegetation and trees.

Measures to Control Subsidence

- Limit disturbances to construction areas, especially in locations currently with

green trees or vegetation;

- Use Larsen sheet piles for building prop walls when excavation is performed to a

depth of 2.5m and more;

- Reinforce weak slopes and protect them with sandbags when there are high risks

of erosion and landslides or in case of visible gully erosion;

9. Traffic safety

management

- Install and maintain sign boards, fences, signal lights to direct traffic to ensure traffic

safety. Ensure adequate lighting at night time;

- Only use vehicles with valid registration. Trucks must be covered to prevent materials

from dropping along the routes to cause dusts and accidents;Arrange and provide

separate passageway with safe and easy access for pedestrian and for people with

disability and mobility issues especially the areas in proximity of schools, including easy

wheel chair access and hand rail. Make staff available any time for helping people with

disability if needed.

- Set up traffic and maintain instruction signs and warnings to secure safety for people and

- Law on traffic and

transport No.

23/2008/QH12;

- Decree

46/2016/ND-CP on

administrative

penalty for traffic

safety violation

- Law on





Final Report 173

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

means of transport during construction.

- Put speed limit signs at a distance of 200m from the construction site.

- Carefully cover materials on trucks. Do not load to a height of 10cm higher than the

truck body so as not to spill out and scatter materials onto roads, giving rise to dust and

endangering road users. Collect spilt soils and materials at the construction site each day

to avoid slippery incidents for vehicles.

- Do not park vehicles in the roads longer than necessary. Do not allow construction

vehicles and materials to encroach upon the pavements.

- Water the roads to prevent dust, limit the speed of traveling trucks, do not allow flared

horns, and do not dispose the waste and wastewater onto areas near office areas of the

existing universities under UD.

- Install night lighting of all construction sites.

- Significant increases in number of vehicle trips must be covered in a construction plan

previously approved. Routing, especially of heavy vehicles, needs to take into account

sensitive sites such as schools, hospitals, and markets.

- Installation of lighting at night must be done, if necessary, to ensure safe traffic

diversion.

Avoid material transportation for construction during rush hours.

construction No.

50/2014/QH13;

- Circular No.

22/2010/TT-BXD

on regulation on

labour safety in

construction

10. Interruption to

the existing

infrastructures and

service

- Planned and unplanned interruptions to water, gas, power, internet services: the

Contractor must undertake prior consultation and contingency planning with local

authorities about the consequences of a particular service failure or disconnection.

- Coordinate with relevant utility providers to establish appropriate construction

schedules.

- Provide information to affected households on working schedules as well as planned

disruptions (at least 5 days in advance).

- The contractor should ensure alternative water supply to affected residents in the event

of disruptions lasting more than one day.

- Any damages to existing utility systems of cable shall be reported to authorities and

repaired as soon as possible.

- Decree No.

167/2013/ND-CP

on administrative

penalty for

violations related to

social security,

order and safety

issues


11. Social Impacts - The Contractors are required to comply with Circular No. 22/2010/TT-BXD by the - Decree No. Contractor PMU, CSC,




Final Report 174

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

Ministry of Construction on construction safety.

- Register workers with the local authorities for temporary residence.

- Inform communities about construction plans at least two weeks before construction

commencement.

- In case that electricity and water supply is to be disrupted, the PMU must inform PAHs

at least two days in advance.

- Avoid construction at night time. Where this is inevitable, inform the nearby

communities at least two days in advance.

- Construction should be performed within the shortest possible time, and carry out

construction in various phases to minimize impacts on local communities.

- Construction sites should be kept tidy and safe.

- Wooden planks must be placed over open ditches to provide temporary access to

roadside houses and shops.

- Hire local workers to carry out simple tasks.

- Instruct workers on environmental issues, safety and health before construction tasks are

assigned.

- Request workers to follow Code of conducts:

+ Use adequate safety gears provided

+ Smoke designated places only. Do not litter the construction sites

+ Do not store and use weapons and toxic substances;

+ Do not cut the trees outside the construction sites, set fire, burning waste on-site

(except invasive plants);

+ Do not drink alcohols during working hours;

+ Do not operate construction plants if not authorized

+ Do not quarrelling, fighting, involving in gambling or social evils such as drug use,

prostitution;

- Provide medical check-up for workers periodically. Do not employ people with highly

infectious diseases shall.

- The contractor must develop a Code of Conduct for sexual harassment in the workplace

and check their compliance. The PMU should supervise the implementation of this code

167/2013/ND-CP

on administrative

penalty for


social security,

order and safety

issues

IEMC




Final Report 175

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

strictly; regularly organize activities for raising legal awareness for male and female

workers such as provision of leaflets, regular activities.

12. Workers‟

health and safety

- Provide training in EHS to workers for raising their awareness of infectious diseases

especially HIV/AIDS within 2 weeks prior to the commencement of packages for

construction items lasting at least 6 months.

- Provide training in first-aid skill and first-aid kit to workers and site engineer

- Regularly exam worker‟s health to ensure occupational health

- Provide workers with PPE such as masks, gloves, helmets, shoes/boots, goggles, safety

belt, etc. and enforce wearing during working especially working at heights and in

dangerous areas.

- Limit or avoid working in extreme weather conditions, e.g. too hot, heavy rain, strong

wind, and dense fog.

- Provision of proper eye protection such as welder goggles and/or a full-face eye shield

for all personnel involved in, or assisting, welding operations. Additional methods may

include the use of welding barrier screens around the specific work station (a solid piece

of light metal, canvas, or plywood designed to block welding light from others). Devices

to extract and remove noxious fumes at the source may also be required.

- Special hot work and fire prevention precautions and Standard Operating Procedures

(SOPs) should be implemented if welding or hot cutting is undertaken outside

established welding work stations, including „Hot Work Permits, stand-by fire

extinguishers, stand-by fire watch, and maintaining the fire watch for up to one hour

after welding or hot cutting has terminated. Special procedures are required for hotwork

on tanks or vessels that have contained flammable materials.

- Safely install power lines at offices and in construction sites and do not lay connectors

on the ground or water surface. Electric wires must be with plugs. Place outdoor electric

panels in protection cabinets.

- Provide sufficient lighting when carrying out construction activities at night.

- Locate noise-generating sources and concrete mixing plants far enough from and

downwind of residential areas and camps.

- Store fuels and chemicals in areas with impermeable ground, roofs, surrounding banks,

and warning signs at least 50 m far from and downwind of residential areas and the

- Directive No.

02/2008/CT-BXD

on labour safety and

sanitation in

construction

agencies;

- Circular No.

22/2010/TT-BXD

on regulation on

labour safety in

construction

- QCVN

18:2014/BXD:

Technical

regulation on safety

in construction





Final Report 176

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

camps.

- Provide training in fire-fighting to workers and fire-extinguishers for the camps.

- Prepare an emergency plan for chemical/fuel spill incident risk before construction begins.

- Provide the camps with sufficient supplies of clean water, power, and sanitary facilities.

There must be at least one toilet compartment for every 25 workers, with separate toilets

for males and females. Workers‟ beds must be provided with mosquito nets so as to

prevent dengue fever. Temporary tents will be unacceptable.

- Clean camps, kitchens, baths, and toilets and sanitize regularly, and keep good

sanitation. Provide dustbins and collect wastes daily from the camps. Clear drainage

ditches around the camps periodically.

- Stop all construction activities during rains and storms, or upon accidents or serious

incidents.

13. Community‟s

health and safety

- The Contractor will have to conform to regulations in Circular No. 04/2017/TT-BXD by the

Ministry of Construction on safety in construction.

- The subproject owner and contractor are to cooperate closely with the local government in

performing effective community sanitation in case of epidemic symptoms breaking out in

the area.

- The subproject owner and contractor are to cooperate with local authorities in preventing and

fighting against social evils.

- Do not disturb or cause trouble to community

- Fence of excavation pits and open channels and make off with luminous cordon and warning

signs. Provide sufficient lighting when carry out construction at night.

- Limit the speed of transport means to 20km/h within 200m from the construction site so as to

minimize dust and noise.

- Keep noise-generating machines and vehicles at such suitable distances that noise

transmitted to residential areas will not be higher than 70dBA.

- Use static compacting when the road base is constructed near areas with many households

and weak temporary works to restrict vibration.

The subproject will cooperate with the local health agency in developing and

implementing plans for control of diseases among workers.

-




Final Report 177

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

14. Management

of warehouses and

borrow pits

- All borrow pit locations to be used must be previously identified in conformity with

approved construction technical specifications. Sensitive sites such as scenic spots, areas

of natural habitat, areas near sensitive receiving waters, or areas near water sources

should be avoided. An open ditch shall be built around the stockpile site to intercept

wastewater.

- Retaining walls are to set up around disposal areas if necessary.

- The use of new sites for stockpiling, gathering or exploiting materials necessary for

construction operations must obtain prior approval from the Construction Engineer.

- PMU‟s Environment Officer should conduct due diligence to make sure that borrow pits

and quarries are legally operating by undertaking a rapid review of quarry sites to assess

if operations are in compliance with Vietnamese laws and Bank requirements prior to

construction.

- Include the requirement that the contractors shall be required to buy materials from

licensed borrow pit and quarry operators into the civil work contractual documents.

- .


15. Cultural works

& Chance find

procedures

If the Contractor discovers archeological sites, historical sites, remains and objects,

including graveyards and/or individual graves during excavation or construction, the

Contractor shall:

- Stop the construction activities in the area of the chance find;

- Delineate the discovered site or area;

- Secure the site to prevent any damage or loss of removable objects. In cases of

removable antiquities or sensitive remains, a night guard shall be arranged until the

responsible local authorities or the Department of Culture, Sport and Tourism takes over;

- Notify the Construction Supervision Consultant who in turn will notify responsible local or

national authorities in charge of the Cultural Property of Viet Nam (within 24 hours or

less);

- Relevant local or national authorities would be in charge of protecting and preserving the

site before deciding on subsequent appropriate procedures. This would require a

preliminary evaluation of the findings to be performed. The significance and importance of

the findings should be assessed according to the various criteria relevant to cultural

- Law on Cultural

Heritage (2002)

- Law on Cultural

Heritage (2009)

for supplementary

and reformation

- Decree No.

98/2010/ND-CP

for supplementary

and reformation





Final Report 178

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

heritage; those include the aesthetic, historic, scientific or research, social and economic

values;

- Decisions on how to handle the finding shall be taken by the responsible authorities.

This could include changes in the layout (such as when finding an irremovable remain of

cultural or archeological importance) conservation, preservation, restoration and salvage;

- If the cultural sites and/or relics are of high value and site preservation is recommended by

the professionals and required by the cultural relics authority, the Subproject‟s Owner will

need to make necessary design changes to accommodate the request and preserve the site;

- Decisions concerning the management of the finding shall be communicated in writing

by relevant authorities;

- Construction works could resume only after permission is granted from the responsible

local authorities concerning safeguard of the heritage.

16. Communicatio

n with local

communities

- Maintain open communications with the local government and concerned communities;

the contractor shall coordinate with local authorities (leaders of local wards or

communes, leader of villages) for agreed schedules of construction activities at areas

nearby sensitive places or at sensitive times (e.g., religious festival days).

- Copies in Vietnamese of this ECOP and of other relevant environmental safeguard

documents shall be made available to local communities and to workers at the site.

- Reduced playground space, loss of playing fields and car parking: The loss of amenities

during the construction process is often an unavoidable source of inconvenience to users

in sensitive areas. However, early consultation with those affected, provides the

opportunity to investigate and implement alternatives.

- Disseminate subproject information to affected parties (for example local authority,

enterprises and affected households, etc) through community meetings before

construction commencement.

- Provide a community relations contact from whom interested parties can receive

information on site activities, subproject status and subproject implementation results.

- Provide all information, especially technical findings, in a language that is

understandable to the general public and in a form of useful to interested citizens and

elected officials through the preparation of fact sheets and news release, when major

findings become available during subproject implementation phase.

- Decree No.

167/2013/ND-CP

on administrative

penalty for


social security,

order and safety

issues





Final Report 179

Environmental


Applicable the

GoV’s regulations

Responsibility

Implementa

-tion

Supervi-

sion

- Monitor community concerns and information requirements as the subproject

progresses.

- Respond to telephone inquiries and written correspondence in a timely and accurate manner.

- Inform local residents about construction and work schedules, interruption of services,

traffic detour routes and provisional bus routes, blasting and demolition, as appropriate.

- Limit construction activities at night. When necessary ensure that night work is carefully

scheduled and the community is properly informed so they can take necessary measures.

- At least five days in advance of any service interruption (including water, electricity,

telephone, bus routes) the community must be advised through postings at the subproject

site, at bus stops, and in affected homes/businesses.

- Provide technical documents and drawings to local authority and community, especially

a sketch of the construction area and the ESMP of the construction site.

- Notification boards shall be erected at all construction sites providing information about

the subproject, as well as contact information about the site managers, environmental

staffs, health and safety staffs, telephone numbers and other contact information so that

any affected people can have the channel to voice their concerns and suggestions




Final Report 180

Besides, depending on the scope of work and type of auxiliary items of each bid package, the

Contractors will be required to comply with the specific requirements described below. The CSC

and PMU shall monitor the Contractor‟s compliance.

Workers and Workforce Management

A concern during construction phase of the project is the potentially negative impacts of the

workforce interactions with the local communities. For that reason, a Code of Conduct shall be

established to outline the importance of appropriate behavior, alcohol abuse, and compliance with

relevant laws and regulations. Each employee shall be informed of the Code of Conduct and bound

by it while in the employment of the Client or its Contractors. The Code of Conduct shall be

available to local communities at the project information centers or other place easily accessible to

the communities.

The Contractor is responsible for providing appropriate training to all staff according to their level

of responsibility for environmental, health and safety matters.

The Code of Conduct shall address the following measures (but not limited to them):

- All of the workforce shall sign in the CoCs and abide the laws and regulations of the

Socialist Republic of Vietnam;

- Illegal substances, weapons and firearms shall be prohibited;

- Pornographic material and gambling shall be prohibited;

- Fighting (physical or verbal) shall be prohibited;

- Creating nuisances and disturbances in or near communities shall be prohibited;

- Disrespecting local customs and traditions shall be prohibited;

- Smoking shall only be allowed in designated areas;

- Maintenance of appropriate standards of dress and personal hygiene;

- Maintenance of appropriate standards hygiene in their accommodation quarters;

- Residing camp workforce visiting the local communities shall behave in a manner consistent

with the Code of Conduct; and

- Failure to comply with the Code of Conduct, or the rules, regulations, and procedures

implemented at the construction camp will result in disciplinary actions.

- Develop a Code of Conduct for sexual harassment in the workplace and check their compliance. The

PMU should supervise the implementation of this code strictly; regularly organize activities for

raising legal awareness for male and female workers such as provision of leaflets, regular activities.

Prohibitions. The following activities are prohibited on or near the project site:

- Cutting of trees for any reason outside the approved construction area;

- Hunting, fishing, wildlife capture, or plant collection;

- Buying of wild animals for food;

- Use of unapproved toxic materials, including lead-based paints, asbestos, etc.;

- Disturbance to anything with architectural or historical value;

- Building of fires;

- Use of firearms (except authorized security guards);

- Use of alcohol by workers during working hours;

- Gambling should be strictly forbidden.

- Washing cars or machinery in streams or creeks;

- Doing maintenance (change of oils and filters) of cars and equipment outside authorized

areas:

- Disposing trash in unauthorized places;

- Driving in an unsafe manner in local roads;




Final Report 181

- Having caged wild animals (especially birds) in camps;

- Working without safety equipment (including boots and helmets);

- Creating nuisances and disturbances in or near communities;

- The use of rivers and streams for washing clothes;

- Indiscriminate disposal of rubbish or construction wastes or rubble;

- Littering the site;

- Spillage of potential pollutants, such as petroleum products;

- Collection of firewood;

- Poaching of any description;

- Explosive and chemical fishing;

- Latrine outside the designated facilities; and

- Burning of wastes and/or cleared vegetation.

Security. Some security measures shall be put into place to ensure the safe and secure running of the

camp and its residents. Some of these security measures include:

- The list of workers must be registered to local authorities in accordance with existing

Vietnamese regulations

- Children under 14 years of age will hot hired under the Project

- Adequate, day-time night-time lighting shall be provided;

- Control of camp access. Access to the camp shall be limited to the residing workforce,

construction camp employees, and those visiting personnel on business purposes;

- Prior approval from the construction camp manager for visitor’s access to the construction

camp;

- A perimeter security fence at least 2m in height constructed from appropriate materials;

- Provision and installation in all buildings of firefighting equipment and portable fires

extinguishers.

Any construction worker, office staff, Contractor’s employees or any other person related to the

project found violating theses prohibitions will be subject to disciplinary actions that can range

from a simple reprimand to termination of his/her employment depending on the seriousness of the

violation.

Workers Camps

Workers’ Camp and Site Installation Requirement. Potential sites of workers‟camps were discussed

with and proposed by local communities and authorities during consultations. Construction camp

sites will have to be approved by local authoritiesand agreed with local communities prior to their

establishment. If additional camps and ancillary construction sites are selected, for following

criteria must be used:

- Construction sites, including concrete mixing stations and asphalt stations as well as

construction camps will minimize the land occupation by setting them at the interchange areas

where relatively large areas of land will be needed eventually.

- Site offices shall be located at least 200 meters from any existing residential settlements Camp

facilities should not be located in steep slopes;

- Site offices, camps be located at least 100 meters from any watercourses, and be operated so

that no pollutants enter watercourses. Camp areas shall be located to allow effective natural

drainage;

- All construction camps shall be zoned according to their use. For example, workers’ camp zone,

sanitary facilities, offices, etc.

- The workforce shall be provided with safe, suitable and comfortable accommodations. They

have to be maintained in clean and sanitary conditions;




Final Report 182

- In every site adequate and suitable facilities for washing clothes and utensils shall be provided

and maintained for the use of contract labor employed therein;

- Potable water for human consumption shall be provided for at camps, site offices, medical

facilities, and other areas. Potable water shall follow the National Standards for Drinking Water

Quality, and the other municipal water will be in accordance with class B1 of QCVN 08-

MT:2015/BTNMT - National technical regulation on surface water quality.

- The camp can be characterized as a housing estate, and the water quota could refer to class B1,

QCVN 08-MT:2015/BTNMT - National technical regulation on surface water quality.

- Drainage, wastewater treatment and solid waste disposal of the construction site shall follow

national regulations and the mitigation measures presented in the Contractor’s Waste

Management Plan.

- Fire fighting equipment, fire extinguishers shall be available at every camp.

Sanitary Facilities. In every camp site separate and adequate lavatory facilities (toilets and washing

areas) shall be provided for the use of male and female workers. Toilet facilities should also be

provided with adequate supplies running water, soap, and toilet paper. Such facilities shall be

conveniently accessible and shall be kept in clean and hygienic conditions;

- Where workers of both sexes are employed, there shall be displayed outside each block of

latrine and urinal, a notice in the language understood by the majority of the workers “For Men

Only” or “For Women Only” as the case may be;

- Sanitary arrangements, latrines and urinals shall be provided in every work place on the

following scale: Where female workers are employed, there shall be at least one latrine for

every 25 females or part thereof; Where males are employed, there shall be at least one latrine

for every 25 males or part thereof;

- At every construction camp, there must be at least one mobile septic tank. The wastewater from

the tank shall not be discharged into any watercourses. The wastewater shall be periodically

transported away by a water tank to the nearest treatment plant;

- Sewage tanks shall be designed and installed by the Contractor(s) in accordance with the

National Design Code for construction of camps.

Medical Facilities. A medical and first aid kit, medicine cabinets, condoms, etc, emergency phone

number, phone number of the person in charge of safety, chief construction supervision engineer,

hotline shall be provided at each camp area. All consumables in the first aid kit should be checked

and recharged regularly.

Fire fighting equipment. fire-extinguishers must be provided and setup the safety instructions on

fire prevention and emergency phone number at the site office, camp.

Earthworks, Cuts and Fill Slopes Management

- Earthworks, cuts and fill slopes shall be carefully managed to minimize negative impacts on the

environment; All earthworks shall be properly controlled, especially during the rainy season.

- The Contractor shall maintain stable cut and fill slopes at all times and cause the least possible

disturbance to areas outside the prescribed limits of the works.

- The Contractor shall complete cut and fill operations to final cross-sections at any one location

as soon as possible and preferably in one continuous operation to avoid partially completed

earthworks, especially during the rainy season.

- In order to protect any cut or fill slopes from erosion, in accordance with the drawings, cut off

drains and toe-drains shall be provided at the top and bottom of slopes and be planted with grass

or other plant cover. Cut off drains should be provided above high cuts to minimize water runoff

and slope erosion.

- The Contractor shall use the excavated material from for filling unless the CSC consider the

material unsuitable for filling;




Final Report 183

- Any excavated cut or unsuitable material shall be disposed of in designated disposal areas as

agreed to by the CSC.




Final Report 184

5.1.4.2. Site- Specific Mitigation Measures

Table 5.4 presents site-specific impacts and mitigation measures that are not addressed through the general measures in the ECOPs, because the

severity or site- specific nature of the impacts and mitigation measures required.

Table 5.4. Site-specific mitigation measures in the construction phase

Site-specific impacts

issues

Specific mitigation measures Responsi-bility

for

implementation

Responsibility

for Super-

vision




Final Report 185

Impacts on learning and

researching activities of

staffs and students of the

University

(Faculty of Medicine and


Information Technology,

The existing dormitory )


Pharmacy – Da Nang

University

Da nang Information

Technology College

Existing dormitory

During construction of buildings of subproject work items, the construction activities may

affect the study and research environment of the faculties and students. Therefore, the

contractors need to implement the following measures:

- Inform all Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy, College of Information Technology, The

existing dormitory staffs and students of construction schedule and place so they can

arrange their study and research schedules accordingly.

- The contractors need to coordinate closely with the University to know the study and

research schedules in order to arrange the operation schedule of the noisy machinery

accordingly.

- Minimize the operation of machinery during class and lab sessions, all machinery at rest

for more than 2 minutes must be turned off.

- The transport schedule of materials must avoid the starting and ending times of classes.

- The construction and material transporting equipment can only operate according to the

plan. The machineries are prohibited to roam around.

- All equipment and machinery on site must be maintained regularly. Do not use outdated

machinery without proper registration because the amount of emission and noise will

exceed the limits;

- Minimize the operation of numerous equipment at the same time to reduce the

compounded impact from them

- Do not set up concrete mixing station in the subproject area;

- Do not store equipment and material outside the construction site, the storage area needs

to be far from the students‟ and faculties‟ classroom and research areas

- It‟s prohibited for the transports to be overloaded, dropping material on the road. When in

transit, materials must be covered, preventing dust and material from spreading to the

environment

- On the solid waste transport route, when passing any residential area or within the school

boundaries, there must be a speed limit and a ban on air horn.

- Around each construction site, the contractors must have solid fencing (possibly tin) with

minimum height of 2m and a gate.

- The contractors must manage their workers strictly, workers are prohibited from affecting

the students‟ classroom and research activities.

- The worker camps must be far from the students‟ routes, classrooms, and research areas.

- All contractors must regularly clean up around the construction sites as well as the

transport routes to not affect the landscape and the students‟ study environment.

- The construction sites and material transport routes must be watered regularly, especially

on dry-weather days.

When the buildings reach certain heights, it‟s mandatory to use dust nets around the scaffold

areas from the ground floor to the highest floor of the buildings;





Final Report 186

The risks of labor

accidents in the

construction site to the

University‟s staffs and

students




The existing dormitory)

Because the construction sites are located within the University, where there are a lot of staffs

and students working and learning, especially the Engineering Faculty building. Therefore,

safety during construction must be constantly monitored. To minimize the risks, the

subproject must implement the following mitigation measures at all sites:

- Before construction, the contractors must plan to use methods that ensure the technical,

design, and safety requirements.

- Around each construction site, the contractors must have solid fencing (possibly tin) with

minimum height of 2m and a gate to ensure construction safety;

- When the buildings reach certain heights, it‟s mandatory to use safety nets for dust and

falling objects. The nets must be installed around the scaffold areas from the ground floor

to the highest floor of the buildings;

- Do not store equipment and material outside the construction sites, the storage areas need

to be far from the classrooms and research areas.

- The construction sites must have numerous safety and warning signs.

- The construction unit must have people on watch, especially when there are vehicles

entering and exiting the construction sites.

- It‟s strictly prohibited to scatter materials and wastes to the environment, affecting traffic

safety in the area.

- At night, the construction sites must have adequate lighting and warning lights.

- The contractors must ensure that all workers have had training on labor safety and

sanitation

- All workers must have full safety equipment and they must use all of the safety equipment

during work.

- The construction monitoring consultants must be present regularly and monitor the

contractors complying with the construction techniques, labor safety and sanitation

requirements





Final Report 187

Fall risks due to working

at heights

(for 3 to 9-floors-

buildings)

- Workers are responsible to wear or use at all the times of any protective equipment or

clothing which provided by the constructors.

- Installation of guardrails with mid-rails and toe boards at the edge of any fall hazard area;

- Proper use of ladders and scaffolds by trained employees;

- Use of fall prevention devices, including safety belt and lanyard travel limiting devices to

prevent access to fall hazard area, or fall protection devices such as full body harnesses

used in conjunction with shock absorbing lanyards or self-retracting inertial fall arrest

devices attached to fixed anchor point or horizontal life-lines;

- Appropriate training in use, serviceability, and integrity of the necessary PPE; and

- Inclusion of rescue and/or recovery plans, and equipment to respond to workers after an

arrested fall

- Constructors should ensure that the training program is provided for all workers in

construction work and make sure them particular attention towards to the safety issues

- Providing instrument for new workers, implement daily toolbox checking, regular training

to management level and supervision team regarding safety awareness at construction site,

safety introduction awareness campaign site monthly meeting

- Regular safety inspection in the sites.





Final Report 188

Traffic safety risks within

the University




The existing dormitory )

For the traffic activities in the subproject area, the following mitigation measures:

- The contractor must prepare a detailed plan and method to transport waste material, leveling

and constructing materials within the university, routes to the disposal site, minimizing the

impacts on the university traffic.

- The transport routes need to avoid the busy areas, especially the central road and road

connecting the departments, lecture halls/students‟ research and learning areas. In the

cases where it‟s unavoidable, it‟s prohibited to transport during the starting and ending

time of classes. These routes must be cleaned to not affect the students‟ traffic activities.

- The transport of equipment and material needs to avoid busy periods, especially the

classes‟ starting and ending times.

- All transport routes must have traffic safety and speed limit signs for all (including the

university‟s staffs and students). For the construction machinery and material transport

vehicles, the speed limit is 5km/h within the university.

- All vehicles exiting the construction sites (including non-material-transport vehicles) must

be wheel-cleaned before exiting the sites.

- The transport routes inside the university must be lit at night, especially the routes with

many students crossing.

- The contractors must regularly send people to sweep and clean (at least 3 times a day: in

the morning, afternoon, and at night) along the material transport routes inside the

university and water the roads during dry-weather day.

- Send people to direct traffic at busy points when there are material transport vehicles or

machineries passing, especially at the construction site gates.





Final Report 189

Traffic safety risks

outside the University

(Nam Ky Khoi Nghia

road, Mai Dang Chon

road in Hoa Quy ward)

Beside the traffic safety inside the university, traffic safety outside the university also needs

to be monitored. With the transport routes for construction material being determined to

include the routes from the University to Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road, Mai Dang Chon road in

Hoa Quy ward. During the material transport, the following mitigation methods must be

implemented:

- The contractors must prepare a thoughtful transport plan before construction to minimize

traffic congestion.

- Notice the Hoa Quy ward government and citizens along Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road, Mai

Dang Chon road on the material transport plan.

- Organize the incoming and outgoing traffic, avoid narrow streets to minimize traffic

congestion. Do not transport during rush hours, classes‟ starting and ending times.

- The drivers must have the necessary licenses. Regularly remind the drivers to comply

with the traffic laws, not to speed or break traffic laws and have measures such as pay cut

if they do. In particular, at railway crossings, it‟s strictly prohibited for the drivers to cross

when there are warnings of incoming trains.

- The drivers must not use any stimulants, alcohol at work, and must not work overtime.

- Send staffs to direct traffic when there‟s traffic congestion on Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road if

there‟s subproject transport activities, especially the intersection between Nam Ky Khoi

Nghia road and Tran Dai Nghia road, the intersection between Mai Dang Chon and Nam

Ky Khoi Nghia road and the University gate.

- For the transport equipment and vehicles, maintenance must be implemented regularly

and the contractors must ensure that all vehicles meet the traffic safety requirements.

- All vehicles are strictly prohibited to be overloaded, before every trip, the material in

transport must be covered completely

- Regularly send staffs to monitor traffic along the transport route, if any material scatters

on the road, the contractor has to send staffs to clean up immediately.





Final Report 190

The risk of subsidence,

damaging the existing

works

(Nam Ky Khoi Nghia

road, Mai Dang Chon

road and internal roads)

- Prior to the construction, the construction contractors, supervision consultants and PMU

(Da Nang University) should coordinate with (relevant) local authorities and residents to

examine the current status of the surrounding works, especially the houses at the

beginning of Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road, Mai Dang Chon road to the construction area,...

the existing transport routes that will be used for transport of construction materials, and

other existing works surrounding the construction sites to form the basis of assessment

and compensation (if there are any damages caused by the Subproject) and proper

preparation of the construction plan.

- All of contractors are required to prepare their construction plans, plans to utilize

construction equipment and transport vehicles to avoid the present of multiple

construction equipment at the same time to minimize the impact on surrounding

buildings.

- All contractors are strictly prohibited from gathering construction equipment and vehicles

outside the subproject area and especially on the road Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road, Mai

Dang Chon road to the construction site, and drainage canal road near the construction

sites of lecture hall and Environment Faculty building...

- During construction, contractors are required to manage construction materials properly to

not leak them outside the construction sites and affect the area.

- Restricting the construction and material transport on rainy days to minimize the damages

to surrounding buildings, especially the transport routes.





Final Report 191

The construction process of work items will be likely to affect part of these works‟ activities, including the people‟s safety and access to these

places; smoke and dust as nuisance to residents and cultural and religious works that can be affected by the subproject construction are listed in

Table 5.5.

Table 5.5. Impact mitigation measures on PCRs at the construction site

Sensitive receptors Impacts

Specific mitigation measures Respon-

sibility Supervision

Increase the possibilities

of local flooding around

the construction area

The filling of some low-lying areas as well as improving the foundation levels of the

construction works may increase the risk of flooding for the surrounding areas. To limit this

risk, contractors are required to follow:

- During construction, if the Subproject affects the current drainage system, contractors

must take measures to widen or divert the flows to ensure the water drainage of the area.

- Prior to construction, contractors must examine the current state of the area. If there are

any drainage systems in the ground clearance areas, they must be replaced with alternative

ones to ensure the surrounding drainage capacity.

- All contractors are strictly prohibited from gathering solid wastes, waste materials and

construction materials near the water drainage system of the area. In addition, contractors

are required to dredge the drainage systems around the construction sites to clear the

water flows.

- During dredging and excavation for construction, contractors are required to utilize

materials for ground levelling to minimize the transport of materials.

- All contractors are strictly prohibited from discharging waste materials outside at the

predetermined locations.

- Minimize the construction, gathering materials and equipment on rainy days to reduce the

risk of damage the drainage system, and to limit materials washouts and affecting local

drainage.





Final Report 192




Hai An Pagoda

Khai Tay Santurary

- Dust may affect the temple

structure

- Material and wastes may affect

landscape and hinder access,

- Noise may disturb worshiping

activities on 1st and 15

th lunar

month

- Unsuitable language or behaviours

of workers may be offensive to the

relic keeper and visitors

- Inform the pagoda of the construction activities and

their potential impacts such as, waste, dust, noise,

traffic, and construction schedule at least 01 month

before start of the construction.

- Do not load materials and waste within 20 m

from the temple/pagoda. - The contractor shall coordinate with local

authorities (leaders of local wards or communes) for

agreed schedules of construction activities at

sensitive times (e.g., religious festival days). Avoid

construction activities during religious events every

first and 15th day of the lunar month and during

festival days if possible. Prohibit storage of

construction materials within 100m in front of the

pagoda.

- Environmental training for the workers includes

codes of conducts when working in public areas and

sensitive receptors such as pagoda.

- The contractor shall provide safety measures

including installation of fences, barriers warning

signs, lighting system to prevent traffic accidents as

well as other risk to local people and pagoda

visitors.

- Spray sufficient water to suppress dust during dry

and windy days at least three times a day at the area

of the pagodas, or as required.

- Truck drivers shall restrict the use of horns close to

the pagoda location

- Immediately address any issue/problem caused by

the construction activities and any raised by the

pagoda.

- The construction method shall include the measures

to protect the foundation of the fence/gate, main

building of the pagoda, such as using supporting

pillars or steel frame to prevent the risk on

infrastructure collapse/damage (as if).

Contractors PMU, CSC,

IEMC




Final Report 193




- Enforce compliance to the workers of conduct

particularly with regards to language and

behaviours when present in the area near the

temple/pagoda.

- In case damages happen, the contractor should take

full responsibility in compensating or reconstructing

the broken structures as agreed with the pagodas




Final Report 194

5.1.4.3. Measures to minimize social and gender impacts

Proposed measures are presented in the table 5.6 below

Table 5.6. Proposed measures to minimize social and gender impacts

Social and Gender

Risks

Measures Responsible by Supervision

The risk of

insecurity, increased

social evils

- Develop program and plan to

coordinate with stakeholders

including contractors, police

agencies, mass organizations to

manage, supervise and provide

timely support for workers.

- Make commitments with the

contractor on labor use, labor

management and mechanism of

labor contract termination in

necessary cases.

PMU ISMC

Environmental

pollution

- Working with contractors on the

distribution of workers, labor

mobilization at the construction

site to best suit the infrastructure

capacity at the residence area of

workers;

Organize communication to raise

awareness on environment and

environmental sanitation for

workers;

- Clean the site, clean sewers, spray

if necessary around workers'

camps;

- Organize quarterly and

unexpectedly health checks (if

required) for workers and laborers

in general;

PMU, contractor ISMC, IEMC

Infectious diseases

(HIV/ADIs)

- Organize communication

campaign

- Organize training courses on

related issues and skills

- Arrange periodic health check and

lists;

- Interview/raise questions about

workers‟ use of condoms;

- Provide workers with free

condoms

PMU, contractor ISMC

Social conflicts - Set up daily rules for the worker

camps.

- Frequently organize teamwork in

cleaning, clearing sewers, clearing

bushes (if any) for the worker

camp area and surrounding area





Final Report 195

Social and Gender

Risks

Measures Responsible by Supervision

- Increase community connection

- Organize communication on

environmental sanitation

Sexual abuse and

harassment

- For contractors: Develop a Code

of Conduct for sexual harassment

in the workplace and check their

compliance. The PMU should

supervise the implementation of

this code strictly; regularly

organize activities for raising legal

awareness for male and female

workers such as provision of

leaflets, regular activities,

- The PMU to establish a

mechanism to receive support

information related to this issue

and ensure information

confidentiality;

- The university to organizes

educational activities and enhance

life skills for students in general

and female students in particular

and integrate the organization of

communication activities in the

university‟s training program


5.1.5. Mitigation measures for Operational Phase

Below are a set of mitigation measures which will be applied to avoid, prevent, mitigate and

offset the environmental and social impacts during operation. The Danang University will be

fully responsible for implementing all mitigation measures proposed to address the negative

environmental and social risks and impacts that potentially arise during the operation phase.

5.1.5.1. Generic impact mitigation measures

a. Exhaust gases

Emissions from traffics going in/out the UD's campus

- Carry out weekly cleaning/dust collection of all internal roads;

- Carry out weekly road spraying or watering to minimize dust;

- Plant trees on sidewalks and in median strips of internal roads.

- Arrange road signs to restrict other vehicles (such as trucks, passenger car, etc...) from

entering internal roads.

Emissions from power generators

The University will select the type of generator that is produced in accordance with safety and

environmental friendly standards and has low waste gases and noise emission levels. Use of

diesel with low sulfur content of 0.05S or bio-fuels will be taken into account. Check and

maintenance work will be done regularly, i.e. once every six months. In addition, the

university will plant green tree belts around the university and along the internal passages to

create a cool and fresh atmosphere, minimizing the impact of the university.

Noise mitigation




Final Report 196

Generator‟s room is located in a suitable area, away from working area with a distance ≥ 20

m. To minimize the noise effect, the operation workers should set it automatic restarting when

power outage. Worker shall be provided with ear cap when they operate the generator. When

locating generator sets outdoors, the use of enclosures - particularly sound-attenuating

enclosures - combines all of these strategies into a convenient package that provides weather

protection as well as sound attenuation. The following figure shows measures to be applied to

reduce noise level.

Figure 5.1: Typical genset installation showing noise control measures

b. Wastewater management

Domestic wastewater

All domestic wastewater from septic tanks is also connected with the city drainage system and

then treated by Hoa Xuan WWTP (60,000 m3/day.night) which was funded by SCDP. The

connection agreement record from Da Nang DOC by the Letter No.2951/SXD-QLHT for

connection of transport, internal drainage system of the University of Da Nang subproject to

the transport and drainage system of Ring road in the South of the city (Nam Ky Khoi Nghia

road).

Domestic wastewater from toilet is transported to septic tank with three separate

chambers for local treatment. The first chamber is to separate sediment from wastewater.

Sediment deposited at the botttom of tank is subjected to anaerobic digestion. When sediment

deposited in the tank becomes full (about one year of use), the Danang University will make a

contract with local environmental services unit for collection and treatment of such sediment.

Wastewater and suspended sediment flow to the second chamber along with runoff. In this

chamber, sediment continues to deposit at the bottom of tank and organic substance in

wastewater is cleaned by decomposed anaerobic microorganism.




Final Report 197

Treated wastewater in septic tank does not meet standard for releasing to environment.

Thus, after preliminary treatment through sectic tank, wastewatr is connected with the city

drainage system and then treated by Hoa Xuan WWTP (60,000 m3/day.night) which was

funded by SCDP. Composition diagram of septic tank is as follow:

Figure 5.2: Treatment system diagram by septic tank

Septic tank is a construction work with two functions: sedimentation and

decomposition, sediment fermentation with treatment effectiveness of 60%-65%. Main

treatment process in septic tank is anaerobic digestion process. After being deposited at the

bottom of tank, suspended solids is fermented and decomposed by anaerobic microorganism

and this process formulates NH4, H2S... as a result.

The septic has three chambers. Firstly, wastewater is directed through the first

chamber where most of sediment is deposited and subjected to anaerobic digestion. Then,

wastewater flows to the second chamber where suspended sediment is subjected to anaerobic

digestion and deposited more before flowing to the next chamber.

Time that wastewater is kept in septic tank is about two days and during the period,

about 90% of suspended substance will deposit at the bottom of tank. Solid sediment is kept

in the tank from six to twelve months. With flow direction baffle, in the following chambers,

wastewater is moved in bottom-up direction and contacts with anaerobic microorganisms in

sludge layer formulated at the bottom of tank in dynamic conditions. Organic impurity is

absorbed by microorganisms and converted into nutritious source for development of

microorganisms. With such chambers, the project becomes an anaerobic reaction line which

is arranged consecutively and can separate two phases (acid and alkali fermentation).

Microorganism population in a chamber is different to populations in other chambers and has

favorable conditions for development. In beginning chambers, bacteria formulating acid will

be dominant whereas in ending chambers, bacteria formulating CH4 will be dominant. The

last chamber (the third chamber) is anaerobic filtration chamber and anaerobic microorganism

is on particle surface of filtration material preventing suspended sediment from flowing out

with water.

Collection

and

fermentation

chamber

Sedimentation

chamber Filtration chamber

Concrete slab

Filtration materials Sediment Baffle

Wastewater

Treated wastewater Vent pipe




Final Report 198

According to statistic, actual concentration of impurities in wastewater after being treated

through septic tank still does not meet Column B of standard QCVN14:2008/BTNMT with the

details as follows:

No Criteria Unit Concentration after

treatment in septic tank

(mg/l)

QCVN

14:2008/BTNMT,

Column B (mg/l)

1 BOD5 mg/l 120 – 140 50

2 TSS mg/l 50 – 100 100

3 N-NH3 Amoni) mg/l 20 – 50 10

4 N-NO3 (Nitrat) mg/l <1 50

5 Total Nitrogen mg/l 25 – 80 -

6 Total

Phosporus

mg/l 10 – 20 10

7 Total Coliform MNP/100ml 103 - 10

6 5.000

8 Virus PFU/ml 105 – 10

7 -

(Source: Domestic wastewater treatment with small and medium scale, Tran Duc Ha)

Domestic solid waste

- All students and staff will be strength communication on waste collection and

environmental protection inside and outside the university, reducing the volume of

waste discharging into the landfills;

- Reused or recycled wastes will be segregated from others and treated in accordance

with the regulation of Decree 59/2007/ND-CP and Decree 38/2015/ND-CP;

- Dustbins with volume of 100 - 150 liters shall be provided and gathered at the

designated area in the university to segregate the normal solid wastes for

reusing/recycling;

- The university arranges the sanitation unit to clean up the university everyday,

gathering all wastes into dustbins with volume of 100 - 150 Liters located in the

designated area of university;

- Total volume of domestic solid waste will be collected by Da Nang Urban

Environment Company (Da Nang URENCO) (which is having a contract with the

University) everyday. Domestic solid waste will be collected, transported and treated at

Khanh Son/solid waste treatment complex in Hoa Khanh Nam, Lien Chieu district. The

site is about 15km from the subproject area.

5.1.5.2. Site-specific impact mitigation measures

Toilets management

- Sanitation workers will be arranged to clean up regularly to prevent bad odor.

- Sewers and snorkels will be checked regularly to prevent congressional and odors.

- Ventilation fans and windows will be installed to prevent odor.

- Contract with functional units to periodically collect, transport and treat sludge from

septic tanks.

Air quality management in labs

- All labs of the university will be equipped by modern equipments: modern suction fan

and ventilation system; hazardous gas suction cabinet; solvent steam with treatment

system (absorbed by active charcoal) before discharging to the environment,

minimizing the emissions from labs.

- Practice rooms and research centers have been equipped by modern machines. Most of

machines are synchronously provided and fitted with protection system. Hence, noise,




Final Report 199

dust and emission shall be minimized. The additional invested system mainly related

to electrical engineering, electronics and mechanical electronics shall be provided with

suction and absorption systems for welding gas before discharging to the environment.

- Small amount of laboratory fumes are leaked regularly. Therefore first priority is

given to air ventilation for the labs. Besides, labs are equipped with ventilation fan and

chemical fume hoods to ensure laboratory users‟ health.

- Laboratory fumes collection and treatment: Laboratory desks/areas will be arranged

reasonably. Those experiments involving volatile chemicals will be conducted in

separate area equipped with fume extractor ensuring all smoke and chemical fumes

sucked entirely. In the labs where sample digestion and research are conducted a

separate ventilated cabinet system will be installed for the sample digestion and the

fumes will be sucked out with the fume extractor system.

Figure 5.3: Chemical fume hood, ceiling-mounted fume hood and chemical fume

extractor

Lab wastewater management

During the operation phase, it is expected to build a experimental wastewater treatment plant

with capacity from 30 to 50 m3/day at the behind of the Technopole building. The wastewater

collection and treatment system from laboratories must be built / installed separately and

attent to classification and reduction solutions according to the principle of “good practice to

minimize wastewater applied in laboratories”.

The main contents within the labs wastewater is heavy metal and oxidants, microorganisms

from lab1 and lab 2. Refer to the wastewater treatment technology of Vietnamese universities

on wastewater treatment from laboratories such as Hanoi University of Science and

Technology. The lab wastewater treatment system from research centers of Technopole

building under UD subproject will be treated in this system followings:

Wastewater is collected into drums V=250l in research-practice area. When it is full, it shall

be discharged to the storage tank of lab wastewater treatment system (behind Technopole

building) for further treatment before discharging. The concerned officer or carriers of such

wastewater must be trained and disseminated with chemical safety and wastewater.




Final Report 200

Figure 5.4: Chemical

wastewater

treatment technology diagram

for labs

Description

Step 1: Wastewater containing organic matters

Organic solvent may be soluble, less soluble or not in water. If it is not soluble, it shall float

or deposit into the bottom of wastewater block. In such two cases, the organic solvents like oil

and grease and DAF oil separator may be used to remove it.

Metal oxides may be easily deposited in the form of oxide or hydroxide while the oxidization

in the tank or the next steps may be treated in the combined block tank.

Step 2: Wastewater containing HF and other acids.

Wastewater containing HF with contents to 55% of quantity shall be applied with hydrated

limestone or limestone chloride to deposit CaF2 from HF. For concentration of 50%, it must

be dissolved to 100 times or more to obtain the concentration of 0.5%. In HF wastewater tank,

pump is provided to drive magnetically with propeller along teflon, depending on the case to

pump HF to the cyanide wastewater tank, organic solvent and printing ink to moderate

(reduce pH) and react with hydrated chloride then pump to the combined tank for flocculation

Concentrated

wastewater tank

Step 1: Treat organic

solvent

Qualified with QCVN40:2011/BTNMT column B

Wastewater containing

soluble organic solvent

Wastewater containing HF

and other acids (dissolved)

Wastewater containing

heavy metals

Strong oxygen agents

(CxHyOz, CxHyNnPm)

Post-

treatment

water

tank

Steps 1, 2

Step 2: Process acid

wastewater

Hydrated lime, chloride

to precipitate

Step 3: Treat metal

wastewater

Combined treatment device T5

Municipal drainage sewer in Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road

Flocculation method (PAC,

PAA)

Floating filtering and coal

filtering tank

Post-treatment wastewater tank




Final Report 201

purpose. If HF is sufficiently dissolved (0.1-0.5%), it may be directly pumped to

neutralization chamber of the combined treatment tank to neutralize HF before flowing to

flocculation chamber and conduct the flocculation and sedimentation of CaF2 and other

precipitations. The treatment of wastewater containing strong acids is only to conduct the

neutralization reaction. The neutralization substance is lime stone.

Step 3: Wastewater containing heavy metals

The treatment tank of wastewater containing heavy metal ions shall be combined with OH-

ions through metal hydroxide reaction and flocculation to the bottom tank. Aluminum and

iron salts as flocculation agent are used to separate to form the less soluble hydroxides which

may absorb the suspended matters as well as flocculants, forming large items to easily

separate out of the waster thanks to the sedimentation.

In order to increase the deposition efficiency, high-molecular compounds - flocculation

additives may be used. It may quickly block the hydroxide particles and settle, so -called as

deposit agents. Such agents are used as polyacrylamide (PAA).

In the chrome removal tank Wastewater containing Cr6-

must be pumped to Crome removal

chamber to completely convert Cr6-

to Cr3-

before flocculation Used chrome killer is

FeSO4.7H2O or NaHSO3.

Post-treatment waste water is flown to combined treatment tank where reaction compartments

T5-2 and T5-1 are passed and it is then flown to the deposition chamber to retain impurities

and floating contaminants available in the waste water after reaction. Wastewater is continued

flowing to floating filtering and coal filtering tank. Then, wastewater is flown to post-

treatment wastewater tank. Wastewater qualified with QCVN40:2011/BTNMT column B

before discharging into the common drainage culverts of the University of Da Nang on Nam

Ky Khoi Nghia road, then connect to with the city drainage system and then treated by Hoa

Xuan WWTP (60,000 m3/day.night) which was funded by SCDP. The connection agreement

record from Da Nang DOC by the Letter No.2951/SXD-QLHT for connection of transport,

internal drainage system of the University of Da Nang subproject to the transport and

drainage system of Ring road in the South of the city (Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road).

(Note: The capacity and technology scale selected for experimental wastewater treatment for

Technopole center will be updated in detail during the FS period.)

Hazadous waste management




Final Report 202

Although the hazardous waste volume from laboratories is not much, but they have impacted

negatively on the environment, therefore they should be collected, transported and handled by

the competent authorities. Before the laboratories are going in operation, the should:

- Registry the generators and hazardous waste with Da Nang Department of Natural

Resources and Environment while building the temporary storage of hazardous waste

in accordance with Circular 36/2015/TT BTNMT dated 30/06 2016 of Ministry of

Natural Resources and Environment.

- Signing the contract with functional units for collection and handling of hazardous

waste

- Fully equip for all the laboratories, practical laboratories of faculties and centers about

hazardous waste containers.

- Building and sticking rules for collection and management of all hazardous waste in

general and other types of chemical peel packaging in particular in every lab.

- Prohibiting throw mixed hazardous wastes and other solid waste.

- Chemical waste from laboratories must be kept under strict safety regulations about

chemical and biological substances. These regulations must be disseminated to those

working in the laboratory;

- All types of hazardous waste must be labeled as prescribed.

The Technopole Operator will register the source of hazardous waste with DONRE as

required by MONRE Circular No. 36/2015/TT-BTNMT dated 30 June 2015. Hazardous

waste will be contained in the barrels/contained house and labeled in accordance with current

regulations. Packaging materials of the chemical will be returned to the supplier. All

hazardous waste will be transported to and treated in Khanh Son waste treatment plant for

hazardous waste in Hoa Khanh Nam ward, Lien Chieu district by licensed dealers.

Risk prevention from usage of laboratory chemicals and instruments

To reduce risks from usage of laboratory chemicals:

Chemical storage room should be arranged separately, preservation depends on its

chemical and management staffs are assigned clearly;

Chemicals have verified origin, expiration date and quality assurance for analysis;

Do not enter chemicals overly to avoid prolonged inventory and unsafety for

management;

Teachers or guiders should monitor closely during chemical preparation or using

by students;

Staffs or students should be equipped fully or wear lab coat before entering

especially related to chemicals;

Make up a record for every laboratory noting entered chemicals, its expiration,

precautions, etc.;

For used-up chemicals, its bottle/package need to be collected thoroughly and

taken into a system for collection and treatment of hazardous waste;

Chemical oral suction is strictly prohibited;

Regal training on laboratory safety for staffs.

Safe operation of equipment and machines




Final Report 203

All staffs who operate equipment and machines must be trained, technical transfer

before operation

Absolutely no staffs/students/trainees who are not being trained participate to

operate equipment

On each equipment, must have a table to guide the used process

Write a diary to follow all daily activities of equipment

All equipment must be maintained regularly and periodically, checked the safety

and accuracy of equipment

The power supply for each equipment must be tested before installation and it

must be install own automated system

Depending on the equipment, but the majority of equipment must be placed in

rooms with stable humidity. Therefore, these rooms are often installed air

conditioning systems

Absolutely chemicals must not be diluted and stored near the equipment. Only use

chemicals in accordance with instructions of the equipment

Laboratories in the field of biochemical - chemical and environment use concentrated alkali,

bromine, phosphorus, concentrated H2SO4, HNO3 ... in learning and research activities.

Students and laboratory workers need to follow laboratory safety rules as follows

Safety rules and laboratory first aid

+ Be careful to avoid burns or explosion when working with concentrated chemicals such as:

Alkali, bromine, phosphorus, concentrated H2SO4, HNO3 ...; Do not allow flamable

materials, do not smoke, light matches, lighters in the laboratory; When burning an alcohol

lamp, do not tilt the lamp; turn off the light with a lid that not blow off;

+ When using volatile substances, toxic substances such as phenol, liquid bromine, organic

solvents, ...; dilution of volatile acids must be done in a fume hood;

Particular attention should be paid to the following:

+ When mixing H2SO4, and HNO3 solutions from concentrated acid solution: The

concentrated acid solution must be slowly added to water, absolutely do not do oppositely;

+ Do not boil gases, or generate gases in tightly closed containers in normal equipment;

+ When boiling liquids, the mouth of the test jar must be directed at the direction of no one

+ Pour chemicals in the right place according to the laboratory regulations.

+ After practice, wash your hands with soap.

Basic first aid methods encounting problems in the laboratory:

+ First aid for burns:

+ Burns by acid: wash many times with water, then wash with 1% bicarbonate salt solution

(NaHCO3);

+ Burns by Alkali: Wash with water, then wash with 2%; boric acid solution (H3B4O7);

+ Burns by Phenol: Wash with dilute alkaline solution or glycerine until the skin color is

recovered, then apply glycerine grease.

+ When acid or alkaline shot in eyes: Wash with clean water several times, then wash with

1% bicarbonate solution (if acid) or 2% boric acid solution (if alkaline).

+ In case acid or alkaline shot into the mouth: drink a large amount of 5% bicarbonate

solution; (if acid); 5% citric acid solution (if alkaline)

+ When being poisoned by breathing in many toxic gases such as chlorine, bromine,

hydrogen sulfide... the victim must quickly be taken to ventilated place outside the laboratory.




Final Report 204

+ In case of an electric shock, the victim must be quickly taken away from the electrical

system in a way of cutting off the circuit breaker;

+ Using an insulator (sacks, thick cloth, insulated gloves, etc.) to pull the victim out of the

power source; When isolated, if the victim is unconscious, it needs an artificial respiration

immediately.

In any case, after a first aid if it deems necessary, the victim should be taken immediately to

the hospital.

Instructions for using chemicals

Acids must be put in plastic tray when transporting or being worked on; When diluting acids,

always remember to slowly pour acid into water (absolutely do not do oppositey); all

operations must be done in a fume hood and under the supervision of the laboratory staff or

instructor;

Daily use of chemicals: Check the chemicals to be used, if there is a ready-made chemicals

(shell C), take a sufficient amount into a cup to transfer to the laboratory; If it is necessary to

prepare from the original substance: after mixing, transfer to the chemical bottle, take the

sample label to stick; When finish, if left, put in right places at shell C, chemical room;

Chemicals that have been diluted and cannot be stored over day must be discared in

accordance with regulations.

Discard of chemicals: Acids; base; solutions containing metals: Pb, Cd, Cr, Mn, As, Hg, ..;

solution containing reagents; ... put into the can labeled at the end of the corridor.

Easily soluble, common salts, pour into sink and drain.

Rules for students on doing experiments

A. General rules:

+ The first session of internship/practicing subject, students read experimental safety rules,

laboratory rules and sign a commitment to comply with experimental safety rules; laboratory

rules.

+ Prepare practice exercises according to the teacher's instructions before going to class;

+ Wear blouse; do not wear skirts, short trouser and slippers when entering the practice room;

+ Comply with safety rules and regulations in the practice room;

+ Put your bag in the right place; No eating, drinking, phone calls and cause noise in the lab;

Do not voluntarily walk on corridors and among laboratories;

+ Keep silent during the experimental process

B. During the practicing process:

+ Absolutely follow the guidance of teachers and laboratory managers about the experimental

process;

+ Use and operate the equipment and models in accordance with the process and under the

guidance of the laboratory's teachers or managers;

+ Not by any means: Close and open devices; use measuring instruments or operate models;

change the order of layout of model structure and practical tools; take practical materials and

tools out of the laboratory.

+ Preserve the equipment and tools assigned during the practice;

+ Pour chemicals and wastes into proper places;

+ Use economically chemicals, electricity and water.

C. End of each practice session:

+ Turn off equipment and models in accordance with the process (if used);




Final Report 205

+ Clean tools and clean the practice area of the individuals (group) according to the following

instructions:

+ Discard chemicals after use in the right place;

+ Clean the tools with tap water

+ Wash tools with detergents in the laboratory (except some exercises with separate tools

cleaning procedures, must follow the instructions of the teacher);

+ Clean the tools with tap water;

+ Clean the tools with distilled water;

+ Put the tools in the right place;

+ Clean the work place.

+ Transfer chemicals to the right position in the chemical storage and laboratory;

+ Hand over instruments and equipment to laboratory teachers and laboratory staff;

+ Regularly wash shared-use equipment, clean the room, turn off the power, lock the faucet,

cut-off the circuit breaker before leaving the laboratory.

Rules for lecturers

+ The instructors guide students to check common tools in groups and ask laboratory staff to

change unusable tools;

+ Instruct students to take chemicals to use for lessons in the chemical room;

+ Monitor and remind: do not let students move freely; waste chemicals; arbitrarily use the

equipment without the consent of the lecturer;

+ Ask students to transfer the usable chemicals to their original places and dispose chemicals

in accordance with the instructions;

+ Guide and remind students to wash tools, clean the room and hand over tools to the

laboratory staff,

Regulations on the use of laboratories in scientific research

This procedure guides and sets out the requirements for the use of laboratories (LAB) and

equipment and machinery for non-teaching activities in the Environment Department,

including: scientific research staff and lecturers (scientific research), guide scientific research

students, prepare graduation thesis; scientific students and preparation of graduation thesis.

Regulations for lecturers: Strictly follow the safety rules and first aid methods and other

relevant regulations in the laboratory; Do not let students to use and control the equipment in

the laboratory. Do not use the computers in the room to do personal work in any form

(receive, email, chat, copy documents via USB, print, ...);

Regulations for students: Only take devices to the field when instructed by lecturers. Strictly

follow the safety rules and first aid instructions and other relevant regulations in the

laboratory; Do not use the computer in the room to do personal work in any form (receive,

send email, chat, copy documents via USB, print, ...).




Final Report 206

Measures to prevent electrical incidents and short-circuit

Design and install the electrical system with full electrical safety equipment such

as fire-resistant materials, automatic circuit breaker to protect overload & short

circuit, electrical leakage protection, etc.

Design and arrange work items to comply with the safety rules for firefighting and

prevention system, install fire protection, firefighting and prevention system inside

and outside, is approved by the competent authority about the record of

firefighting and prevention.

Remind and propagate regularly about firefighting and prevention safety rules;

Organize regular training and drills for firefighting and prevention.

5.2. Environmental Monitoring and Supervision

5.2.1. Environmental Quality Monitoring

5.2.1.1. Monitoring Location, Parameters and Frequency on Construction Phase

The environmental monitoring and supervision for construction phase for the entire project is

presented in the below table. Sampling locations are described in the Annex and the number

of samples are made in accordance with progress of each work.

Table 5.7. Envionmental Monitoring Program Construction phase

No Monitored items Construction phase

I Monitoring of air quality, noise, vibration

1. Monitoring

parameters TSP, CO, NO2, SO2, Noise (Leq), vibration

2. Monitoring

frequency

Measurements taken every three-months, the first monitoring at each

work item will be within one month since construction

commencement.

3. Applied Regulation QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT, QCVN 06:2009/BTNMT; QCVN

26:2010/BTNMT; QCVN 27:2010/BTNMT

4. Monitoring positions

8 samples, of which:

- Technology and Education university: 1 sample

- Foreign languge university: 1 sample

- International university: 1 sample

- Defencer sport area: 1 sample

- Center of Danang university: 1 sample

- Technopole center: 1 sample

- 40ha infrastructure area: 2 samples

(Sampling locations are presented in Annex)

III Wastewater quality monitoring

1.Monitoring

parameters

pH, BOD5, COD, TSS, N-NH4, N-NO3, P-PO4, oil & grease,

Coliforms

2.Monitoring frequency

Measurements taken every three-months start as early as possible

after contract signing and continue during the entire construction

phase

3. Applied Regulation QCVN 14:2008/BTNMT, column B




Final Report 207

No Monitored items Construction phase

4. monitoring Locations

7 samples (1 sample per each work item).

Remark: wastewater after treatment from worker's camps (if any)


5.2.1.2. Monitoring Location, Parameters and Frequency on Operation Phase

The environmental monitoring and supervision for operation phase for WWTP is presented in

the below table. Sampling locations are described in the Annex and the number of samples are

made in accordance with progress of each work.

Table 5.8. Envionmental monitoring program operation phase

No Monitored items WWTP operation

I Monitoring of noise and air quality

1. Monitoring

parameters Odor, TSP, CO, NO2, SO2, H2S, CH4, Noise (Leq)

2. Monitoring frequency Measurements taken every three-months

3. Applied Regulation QCVN 05:2013/BTNMT, QCVN 06:2009/BTNMT; QCVN

26:2010/BTNMT

4. Monitoring positions

4 samples: 2 sample in the WWTP; 2 sample in the nearest the

building area toward the end of the main wind direction.


II Wastewater quality monitoring

1.Monitoring parameters pH, BOD5, COD, H2S, N-NH4, N-NO3, P-PO4, oil & grease,

Coliforms, TSS, các kim loại nặng (Cr, Pb,Cd, As, Hg)

2.Monitoring frequency Measurements taken every three-months

3. Applied Regulation QCVN 40:2011/BTNMT, column B

4. Position monitoring

2 samples: 01 sample before treatment and 01 sample after

treatment at the discharge point.


5.2.2. Compliance Monitoring and Supervision

5.2.2.1. Environmental Duties of the Contractor

The contractor firstly shall adhere to minimize the impact that may be result of the project

construction activities and secondly, apply the mitigation measures under ESMP to prevent

harm and nuisances on local communities and environment caused by the impacts in

construction and operation phases.

Prior to construction, the contractor will be required to prepare and submit a contractor‟s site-

specific Environmental Management Plan (Contractor‟s SEMP) to the CSC and PMU based

on the ESMP of the project and requirement in the Specification of Bidding Document. The

contractor‟s site-specific SEMP shall demonstrate compliance with Vietnamese

environmental technical regulations/ standards, the mitigation measures set down in the

specifications and the World Bank Safeguard Policies. The content of the site-specific SEMP

shall be in line with the subproject specific ESMP and shall be enhanced by the Contractor‟s

works practices, implementation procedures and program. The site-specific SEMP shall be




Final Report 208

certified by the CSC with subsequent submission to the PMU for approval. No construction

activity should be implemented before approval of the contractor‟s site-specific SEMP.

Remedial actions that cannot be effectively carried out during construction should be carried

out on completion of the works (and before issuance of the acceptance of completion of

works)

The duties of the Contractor include but not limiting to:

- Compliance with relevant legislative requirements governing the environment, public

health and safety;

- Work within the scope of contractual requirements and other tender conditions;

- Organize representatives of the construction team to participate in the joint site

inspections undertaken by the Environmental Staff of the CSC;

- Carry out any corrective actions instructed by the Environmental Staff of the PMU and

CSC;

- In case of non-compliances/discrepancies, carry out investigation and submit

proposals on mitigation measures, and implement remedial measures to reduce

environmental impact;

- Stop construction activities, which generate adverse impacts upon receiving

instructions from the Environmental Staff of PMU and CSC. Propose and carry out

corrective actions and implement alternative construction method, if required, in order

to minimize the environmental impacts; Non-compliance by the Contractor will be

cause for suspension of works and other penalties until the non-compliance has been

resolved to the satisfaction of the ES of PMU and CSC.

5.2.2.2. Contractor’s Safety, Social and Environmental Officer (SEO)

The contractor shall be required to appoint competent staff(s)as the Contractor‟s on-site

safety, social and environment officer (SEO). The SEO must be appropriately trained in

environmental management and must possess the skills necessary to transfer environmental

management knowledge to all personnel involved in the contract. The SEO will be

responsible for monitoring the contractor's compliance with the ESMP requirements and the

environmental specifications. The duties of the SEO shall include but not be limited to the

following:

- Carry out environmental site inspections to assess and audit the contractors' site

practice, equipment and work methodologies with respect to pollution control and

adequacy of environmental mitigation measures implemented;

- Monitor compliance with environmental protection measures, pollution prevention and

control measures and contractual requirements;

- Monitor the implementation of environmental mitigation measures;

- Prepare audit reports for the site environmental conditions;

- Investigate complaints and recommend any required corrective measures;

- Advise the contractor on environment improvement, awareness and proactive

pollution prevention measures;

- Recommend suitable mitigation measures to the contractor in the case of non-

compliance. Carry out additional monitoring of noncompliance instructed by the ES of

PMU and CSC

- Inform the contractor and ES (of PMU and CSC) of environmental issues, submit

contractor‟s ESMP Implementation Plan to the ES of PMU and CSC, and relevant

authorities, if required;




Final Report 209

- Keep detailed records of all site activities that may relate to the environment.

5.2.2.3. Environmental Supervision during Construction (CSC)

During construction phase, a qualified CSC reporting to the PMU shall carry out the

environmental supervision. The CSC will assign environmental and social staff(s), will be

responsible for inspecting, and supervising all construction activities to ensure that mitigation

measures adopted in the ESMP are properly implemented, and that the negative

environmental impacts of the subproject are minimized. The CSC shall engage sufficient

number of Environmental Supervision Engineers with adequate knowledge on environmental

protection and construction project management to perform the required duties and to

supervise the Contractor‟s performance. Specifically, ES of CSC will:

- Review and assess on behalf of the PMU whether the construction design meets the

requirements of the mitigation and management measures of the ESMP,

- Supervise site environmental management system of contractors including their

performance, experience and handling of site environmental issues, and provide

corrective instructions;

- Review the ESMP implementation by the contractors, verify and confirm

environmental supervision procedures, parameters, monitoring locations, equipment

and results;

- Report ESMP implementation status to PMU and prepare the environmental

supervision statement during the construction phase; and

- Carry out the periodical environmental quality monitoring during construction period

and first-year-operation.

5.2.2.4. Independent Environmental Monitoring Consultant (IEMC)

An IEMC shall be contracted PMU to provide some environmental safeguard training for

PMU staff and carry out environmental auditing. The IEMC shall carry out the monitoring,

including:

- Provide training for PMU and the CSC, and the representatives of the Contractors on

socio-environmental, health and safety issues related to construction;

- Arrange for HIV /Aids training for the contractor‟s workers, CSC team and PMU

officers;

- Evaluate environmental quality at the areas affected by the construction activities

(including site observations, reviewing environmental quality data provided by the

CSC, review of other available documents, and supplement sampling if necessary);

- Review contractor‟s environmental compliance including the implementation of

mitigation measures and documentation;

- Review PMU and CSC compliance to ESMP.

- The IEMC will also provide technical advice and assistance to the PMU and the EO in

environmental matters.

5.2.2.5. Compliance with Legal and Contractual Requirements

The constructions activities shall comply not only with contractual environmental protection

and pollution control requirements but also with environmental protection and pollution

control laws of the Socialist Republic of Viet Nam.

All the works method statements submitted by the Contractor to the CSC and PMU for

approval to see whether sufficient environmental protection and pollution control measures

have been included.

The CSC and PMU shall also review the progress and program of the works to check that




Final Report 210

relevant environmental laws have not been violated, and that any potential for violating the

laws can be prevented.

The Contractor shall copy relevant documents to the SEO and the ES of CSC and PMU. The

document shall at least include the updated work progress report, the updated work measure,

and the application letters for different license/permits under the environmental protection

laws, and all the valid license/permit. The SEO and the ES shall also have access, upon

request, to the Site Log-Book.

After reviewing the documents, the SEO or the ES shall advise the PMU and the contractor of

any non-compliance with the contractual and legislative requirements on environmental

protection and pollution control for them to take follow-up actions. If the SEO or the ES

concludes that the status on license/permit application and any environmental protection and

pollution control preparation works may not comply with the work measure or may result in

potential violation of environmental protection and pollution control requirements, they shall

advise the Contractor and the PMU accordingly.

5.2.2.6. Environmental Claims and Penalty System

In the compliance framework, if non-compliance with environmental regulations are

discovered by CSC/ES/IEMC/PMU during the site supervision, 2% values of interim payment

of the contractor of this month will be held back. The Contractor will be given a grace period

(determined by CSC/PMU) to repair the violation. If the Contractor performs the repairs

within the grace period (confirmed by CSC/PMU), no penalty is incurred and keeping money

will be pay. However, if the Contractor fails to successfully make the necessary repairs within

the grace period, the Contractor will pay the cost for a third party to repair the damages

(deduction from keeping money).

In case of IEMC/CSC/PMU not detected of non-compliance with environmental regulations

of the contractor, they will be responsibility payment to repair the violation.

5.3. Institutional Arrangements and Responsibilities

5.3.1. Institutional Arrangements

- Contractors will be responsible for implementing mitigation measures. These

measures will be included in bidding documents and their costs are included in

construction bid packages;

- CSC will be responsible for monitoring the day-to-day implementation of mitigation

measures. Related costsare included in the CSC's service contract;

- IEMC will be responsible for overall environmental monitoring which includes

support to the PMU in implementing environmentalsupervision and monitoring, and

responsible for reporting on the implementation through monitoring reports.

PMU’s Environmental Staff(s) anđ

Social Staff(s)

CSC Contractor

Communities

WB

MONRE

UD/PMU

DONRE




Final Report 211

Figure 5.5: Organization diagram for ESMP Implementation




Final Report 212

5.3.2. Role and Responsibilities

Specific responsibility of stakeholders is shown in Table 5.9 below.

Table 5.9. Annotation on Roles and Responsibilities

Community/Agencies Responsibilities

PMU

(Da Nang University)

- PMU will be responsible for monitoring the overall subproject

implementation, including environmental compliance of the subproject.

PMU will have the final responsibility for ESMP implementation and

environmental performance of the subproject during the construction

and operational phases.

- Specifically the PMU will: (i) closely coordinate with local authorities

in the participation of the community during subproject preparation and

implementation; (ii) Ensure that the detailed design include all

environment provisions as indicated in the ESMP; (iii) monitor and

supervise ESMP implementation including incorporation of ESMP into

the detailed technical designs and bidding and contractual documents;

(iv) ensure that an environmental management system is set up and

functions properly; (v) be in charge of reporting on ESMP

implementation to the DONRE and the World Bank.

- PMU will assign Environmental Staff(s) (ES) to help with the

environmental aspects of the subproject.

PMU Environmental

and Social Staff(s)

(ES)

- The ES is responsible for monitoring the implementation of the World

Bank‟s environmental and social safeguard policies in all phases and

process of the subproject. Specifically, ES will be responsible for: (i)

helping PMU incorporate ESMP into the detailed technical designs and

civil works bidding and contractual documents; (ii) helping PMU

incorporate responsibilities for ESMP and RAP monitoring and

supervision into the TORs, bidding and contractual documents for the

Construction Supervision Consultant (CSC) and other safeguard

consultant (IEMC) as needed; iii) providing relevant inputs to the

consultant selection process; (iv) reviewing reports submitted by the

CSC and safeguard consultants; (v) conducting periodic site checks; (vi)

helping the PMU on solutions to handle social and resettlement issues of

the subproject; and vii) preparing environmental and social performance

section on the progress and review reports to be submitted to the

DONRE and the World Bank.

Contractor

- The contractor will assign Enviromental, Social Health and Safety

(EHS) staff to carry out Enviromental and Social mitigation measures

proposed in ESIA/ESMP.

- The Contractor is responsible for establishing a Contractor ESMP

(CESMP) for each construction site area, submit the plan to PMU and

CSC for review and approval before commencement of construction.

- The Contractor get all permissions for construction (traffic control and

diversion, excavation, labor safety, etc. before civil works) following

current regulations.

- To implement the mitigatation measures specifid in the ESMP,,

CESMP, bidding documents etc..

- Actively communicate with local residents and take actions to prevent

disturbance during construction.

- Ensure that all staff and workers understand the procedure and their

tasks in the environmental management program.




Final Report 213


- Report to the PMU and CSC on any difficulties and their solutions.

- Report to local authority and PMU and CSC if environmental accidents

occur and coordinate with agencies and keys stakeholders to resolve

these issues.

Construction

Supervision

Consultant (CSC)

- The CSC will assgin qualified Environmental and Social Staff(s) to

supervise the implementation of ESMP and ensure compliance

- CSC and will be responsible for routine environmental supervision and

reporting during construction phase .

- The CSC will also assist the PMU in reporting and maintaining close

coordination with the local community.

- The CSC shall arrange for training on HIV/AIDs awareness raising for

all workers, CSC team and PMU staff. The cost for this training

included in the consulting service contract.

- Carry out the periodical environmental quality monitoring during

construction period and first-year-operation, prepare periodical

environmental monitoring and supervision reports for submission to

Vietnamese authorities.

Independent

Envionmental

Monitoring

Consultants (IEMC)

- IEMC will provide support to PMU to establish and operate an

environmental management system, coordinate with the CSC team to

provide trainings to the Contractors on project environmental

management requirements

- offers suggestions for adjusting and building capacity for relevant

agencies during subproject implementation and monitor the site-speific

ESMP implementation.

- IEMC will prepare monitoring reports after each visits.

- It will be useful to also specify which party appoints and pays the

independent monitoring consultant (IMC). To maintain independence,

we suspect the IMC should be appointed and paid directly by the

Supervision Board and not by the PMU or contractors.

Local community

(Hoa Quy ward)

- Community: According to Vietnamese practice, the community has the

right and responsibility to routinely monitor environmental performance

during construction to ensure that their rights and safety are adequately

protected and that the mitigation measures are effectively implemented

by contractors and the PMU. If unexpected problems occur, they will

report to the CSC and PMU.

Provincial DONRE

- Oversee implementation of subprojects under recommendations of

DONRE and PMU to ensure compliance of Government policy and

regulations. DONRE is responsible for monitoring the compliance with

the Government environmental requirements.

District Natural

Resources and

Environment Division

(Ngu Hanh Son

District)

- Monitor and inspect environmental safety assurance activities in the

project area

- Check and handle violations.

- Guide ward/communal staff in charge of environmental management in

the locality.

- Periodically report to the Department of Natural Resources and

Environment on arising environmental issues.

- Coordinate with stakeholders, participate in research and inspection, and




Final Report 214


resolve arising environmental incidents.

Environmental police

division

- Coordinate with relevant departments and agencies to monitor, control

and resolve violations to the Environment Law.

- Handle serious violations, investigate responsibilities of related parties

as well as take part in solving serious environmental incidents.

Public utility

companies

(electricity, water

supply, drainage,

telecommunications,

etc.)

- Coordinate with the PMU and the Contractor to carry out relocation of

underground works and set up temporary connections at proposed

crossings to ensure the continuous provision of basic services for

people's lives.

- Take part in dealing with related incidents (fire and explosion of electric

cables, breaks of telecommunication cables, water pipe cracks, etc.

5.4. Subproject Owner Safeguard Capacity

At the present, the PMU has no social and environmental safeguard officer as well as

experiences implemented a number of ODA projects from various sources such as WB, ADB,

JICA, etc. So that, institutional risk is substantial, however, it would be manageable: (i)

Although none of the universities have experience in managing safeguards aspects of

internationally funded projects, the Universities already have prior experience in managing

similar investments financed by the Government. The box below shows the list of similar on-

going projects using different fund sources to support the related issues of UD since 2011

upto now.

Similar on-going projects using different fund sources to support the related issues

In order to implement basically and comprehensively policies, strategies and development orientations of UD

and the Government, investment in infrastructure as well as training, learning and research development

programs should be implemented strongly with various sources of capital.

Currently, in addition to the completed projects, UD has been investing in projects to achieve those

development-oriented results. The following will summarize the projects that have been investing in the UD

village, including works completed from 2011:

(1) Construction investment project of UD, phase II (2007-2013)

The construction project of UD in phase II is approved by the Ministry of Education and Training in Decision

No. 3148/QD-BGTĐT of June 19, 2007, total investment of VND 199.3 billion (including 80% of state

budget and 20% of the UD).

The project has completed compensation, site clearance of about 25.4 ha and completed the construction of

items:

- Construction items: A2 Classroom (1 block of 5 floors, 2 blocks of 3 floors) – completed in 2011

- Construction of A3 Classroom building (1 block of 4 floors)

- and the dormitory (2 blocks of 5 floors).

- Technical infrastructure items: Leveling, water supply, storm water drainage, sewage, roads,

electricity.

The works were completed to serve the training activities of the College of Information Technology, UD.

(2) Investment project on construction of the building for postgraduate training, scientific research and

technology transfer, UD (2011-2013)

Investment project on construction of postgraduate training, scientific research and technology transfer, UD

(2011-2013)

The investment project on construction of the building for postgraduate training, scientific research and

technology transfer, UD was approved by the Ministry of Education and Training under Decision No.

113/QD-BGDĐT dated January 8, 2010, with a total of invested VND 27.0 billion using the UD‟s own fund

source.

Investment project on constructing a 9-floor building and a basement at UD's headquarter with a total floor




Final Report 215

area of 4,500m2, equipped with elevators, air-conditioning system and synchronous technical system. .

The building is to serve the postgraduate training activities, scientific research and technology transfer of UD.

(3) Investment project on construction of Petroleum Processing Technology Laboratory - UD (2013-2017)

The project was approved by the Ministry of Education and Training under Decision No. 4726/QD-BGDDT

dated October 30, 2012, with a total investment of VND 57.9 billion funded by the state budget (90%) and

legal capital of UD (10%).

Content and scale of the project include construction of a laboratory and procurement of specialized

equipment for research in the field of oil and gas processing.

The work was completed to serve the training and scientific research activities of the University of

Technology, UD.

(4) Project of Strengthening Research Capacity for Power System Laboratory, University of Technology - UD

(2013-2014)

The project was approved by the Ministry of Education and Training under Decision No. 2275/QD-DHDN

dated June 26, 2013, with a total investment of VND 9.4 billion funded by the state budget. Investment

project on procurement of equipment to enhance research capacity for the Electrical System Laboratory,

University of Technology, UD.

(5) Investment project on supporting equipment for pre-doctoral training at the University of Danang in 2014

The project was approved by the Ministry of Education and Training in accordance with Decision No.

4682/QD-BGDDT dated October 20, 2014, with a total investment of VND 1,009 billion using state budget

capital. Investment project on purchasing equipment to support pre-doctoral training for the University of

Danang

(6) Investment project to equip facilities for the Vietnam-UK Research and Education Institute, UD in 2014

The project was approved by the Ministry of Education and Training under Decision No. 6153/QD-BGDĐT

of December 26, 2014, with a total investment of VND 10.4 billion funded by the state budget. Investment

project on procurement of equipment and facilities for the Vietnam-UK Research and Education Institute,

UD.

(7) Investment project of Biopharmaceutical Laboratory of Vietnam - UK Research and Education Institute

(2016-2017)


dated September 20, 2016, with a total investment of VND 1.6 billion funded by the state budget. Investment

project on procurement of Biopharmaceutical Laboratory equipment of Vietnam - UK Research and

Education Institute, UD.

(8) Construction project of multi-purpose building of University of Technology - UD (2014-2018)


dated October 28, 2014, with a total investment of VND 103.6 billion funded by the state budget (50%) and

the legal capital of University of Technology UD (50%).

Construction project of 10-floor smart building with a total floor area of nearly 7,330m2, equipped with

elevators, air conditioners and synchronous technical systems.

The work was completed to serve the office and postgraduate scientific research and training activities of the

University of Technology, UD.

(9) Construction project of University of Danang phase III (2015-2018)

Investment project of construction of UD phase III was approved by the Ministry of Education and Training

under Decision No. 4983/QD-BGDĐT October 30, 2015, with a total investment of 124.2 billion dong

financed by the World Bank (VND 100 billion) through the Ministry of Education and Training and the legal

capital of UD (VND 24.2 billion). Project implementation period: 2015-2018.

The project has completed the construction of 01 building block for working, studying and experimenting for

the Department of Medicine and Pharmacy, UD at Hoa Quy - Dien Ngoc, the total construction floor area is

8,127m2.

The work is aimed at working and training activities, scientific research of the Faculty of Medicine -

Pharmacy, UD.

(10) Construction and Investment project of the University of Danang campus in Kon Tum (2015-2018)

Investment project on construction of the University of Danang campus in Kon Tum was approved by the

Ministry of Education and Training under Decision No. 4987/QD-BGDĐT October 30, 2015, with a total

investment of VND 109.3 billion. funding of the World Bank through the Ministry of Education and Training.




Final Report 216

Project implementation period: 2015-2018.

The project has completed construction of the following works:

- Multi-purpose building of 7 floors, total construction floor area is 3,790m2.

- 4-floor school building, total floor area of construction is 1,315m2.

- 4-floor public house, total construction floor area is 946m2

- 2-floor gym and gym, total construction floor area is 910m2.

- 4-floor student dormitory, total construction floor area is 2,426m2.

- Technical infrastructure and auxiliary items: Leveling, embankment, water tank for fire protection,

substation, electrical system, water supply, internal yard for garage.

The works are built at UD's campus in Kon Tum, serving teaching and training activities of UD in Kon Tum

and Central Highlands areas.

(11) Project on construction of A6 building, rehabilitation of the Headquarter and Student dormitory of

University of Education - UD (2015-2018)

Investment project on construction of facilities of the A6 Building, rehabilitation of the Headquarter and

Student Dormitory of the University of Education- UD for investment approval by the Ministry of Education

and Training under Decision No. 4834/QD- MOIT on October 27, 2015, with a total investment of VND 75

billion funded by the World Bank through the Ministry of Education and Training.

The works were completed in order to improve facilities, improve the quality of student training and the

working environment of lecturers at the University of Pedagogy, UD.

(12) Construction project of Dormitory for Laos students - UD (2015-2018)

Investment project on construction of a dormitory for Laos students- UD is approved by Ministry of

Education and Training under Decision No. 4509/QD-BGDĐT October 19, 2015, with total investment of

30.9 billion dong using State budget capital (VND 20 billion) and legal capital of UD.

The project has completed the construction of 01 5-floor dormitory for boarding accomdation of Laos student

and postgraduate students participating in studying and researching at universities and training disciplines of

UD, with the aim of improving regional and international training cooperation.

(13) Investment project in upgrading the library system of the Learning Information Resource Center and

member units of the University of Danang (2016-2017)

The investment project to upgrade the library system of the Learning Information resource center and member

units of the University of Danang has been approved by the Ministry of Education and Training under the

Investment Decision No. 2931/QD-BGDDT dated August 23, 2016, with total investment of VND 20.2

billion funded by the state budget.

The project of investing in upgrading equipment, supporting software ... library system, in order to improve

the quality of education for UD's member universities.

(14) Project on strengthening research capacity of Electronics and Telecommunications Laboratory (2016-

2017).

The project to strengthen the research capacity of the Electronics and Telecommunications Laboratory was

approved by the Ministry of Education and Training under Decision No. 5447/QD-BGDĐT of November 16,

2016, with a total investment of 8 billion. plain source of State budget capital.

Investment project on procurement of a number of specialized electronic and telecommunication equipment,

serving to improve the quality of this specialized research at Polytechnic University, UD.

(15) Investment project on construction of multi-purpose building of University of Economics and Business,

UD (2017-2020)

Investment project on construction of multi-purpose housing for the University of Economics and Business,

UD, approved by the Ministry of Education and Training under Decision No. 1580/QD-BGDĐT of May 8,

2015, with a total investment of 79.6 VND billion financed by the legal capital of UD.

Construction project of 9-floor building, total construction floor area is 6,490m2, equipped with elevators, air

conditioners and synchronous technical systems.

The project is under construction and is expected to be completed in October 2020. The project is completed

to serve the office and postgraduate research and training activities of the University of Economics, UD.

In addition to the above projects, UD has implemented a number of ODA loan projects such as:

(16) Higher Education Learning program 2 (HELP2) (2007-2012)

The project of building "research-teaching" nuclei to contribute to improving the quality of training and




Final Report 217

scientific research, technology transfer and gradually turning UD into a research university:

- Starting date: December 1, 2007

- End date: June 30, 2012

- Total project value: 3,500,000 USD. ( WB fund: 3,150,000 USD)

- Additional funding for the project: USD 223,000 (WB source: USD 200,000)

- Development Credit Agreement No. 4328-VN of November 22, 2007, between the Government of the

Socialist Republic of Vietnam and the International Development Association (IDA);

- Decision No. 7656/QD-BGDDT of December 3, 2007 of the Minister of Education and Training approving

Program documents, Implementation-monitoring plans, training, research, bidding, The finance of UD

belongs to the Higher Education Project 2.

- Objectives: The main objective of the TRIG program of the University of Danang is to build a number of

"research-teaching nuclei", incorporating teaching and scientific research and technology transfer. in order to

improve the quality of training high-quality human resources, contributing to accelerating the process of

industrialization and modernization in the Central area and western highland.

(17) Technological education development project for highly qualified workforces at 3 technical universities

(2006-2010)

- Implementation time: 2006-2010.

- Total project value: 5,257,891 euros (WB capital) and 24,960,523,600 VND (reciprocal capital).

- Decision No. 5801/QD - BGDDT of October 16, 2006 of the Ministry of Education and Training and

Decision No. 3643/QD - BGDĐT of July 10, 2007 of the Ministry of Education and Training;

- The supply contract No. 3 between the Ministry of Education and Training (Vietnam) and EMCO Maier

Ges.mbH (Austria) on January 24, 2007 and Appendix 10 amending and supplementing the signed contract

July 10, 2007.

- Objective: To provide CIM, CNC, CAD/CAM technology support and equipment for training, research and

development for three technical universities, training high-level technical human resources for the process.

developing Vietnam's industrialization and modernization, promoting and cooperating with production

according to modern production processes with industries.

An assessment of safeguards implementation capacity of existing PMU staffs indicate that

PMU staffs have limited knowledge on WB safeguard requirements as well as limited

knowledge of environment and social issues. Such lack of capacity represents a risk to

subproject implementation of safeguards requirements contained in the ESMP and, as

required by the WB policy, is to be addressed through capacity building. Therefore, it is

proposed to provide capacity building through technical assistance that will support the PMU

during the implementation of the safeguards requirements. The technical assistance will

provide the necessary technical support the PMU in its work with contractors as well as other

entities involved in the implementation of the ESMP.

The scope of the technical assistance would cover support from experts and training that

would cover both the knowledge on safeguards requirements and procedures for the

subproject as well as training that covers both specific knowledge on safeguard procedures

and requirement for the subproject staffs, consultants, and national contractor would be

important. This would include, for example, assistance in the preparation of documents and

implementation of training program on environmental management and environmental

monitoring for contractors, CSC and relevant staffs of PMU (environmental staffs and

coordinators of packages) to do their tasks. It would also include assisting the PMU‟s

environmental staffs with the review of contract documents on the bidding packages for

construction items of the subproject to ensure compliance with environmental protection

policies and impact mitigation and monitoring requirements as well as provide general

environmental guidance as requested by the PMU to enhance overall subproject

implementation and performance.

Given the nature, locations, and scale of construction, it is anticipated that the safeguard

technical assistance support and training will be provided at least during the first 3 years of




Final Report 218

the subproject implementation. The WB safeguard specialists will participate in the capacity

building in particular in the training activities as appropriate.

5.5. Capacity building, training

The Table 6.7 below provides a typical training program on safeguard reqjuirements .

Training programs will be developed and implemented by IEMC team in coordination with

the CSC Environmental Officer.

- Trainee groups: the PMU staff, the ESO department staff, the field engineers (FE),

construction supervision consultants (CSC), the contractors, representatives of relevant

stakeholders and local communities in the project area. The contractors take the

responsibility for training workers and drivers.

- Training Schedule: Training will be given at least one month before performing the first

construction contract. Subsequent training sessions can be modified to suit the

construction schedule for project components.

- Frequency of training: The basic training programs given in the table below will be

provided every 6 months annually, and the contents will be updated and tailored to items

to be implemented. Training programs for PMU staff are expected to continue in the first

years of the Project. Three-day training for CSC and contractors is also planned to take

place twice a year for at least 2 years.

Table 5.10. Advanced Training Program on Environmental Monitoring Management

Capacity

I. Subjects PROJECT MANAGEMENT UNIT

Training course Environmental monitoring and reporting

Participants Staff in charge of environmental issues; environmental managers

Training frequency Immediately after the project becomes valid effective, but at least one month

prior to the first bid package. The next training will be planned on demand.

Duration One day

Content Project-related general environmental management including the request from

World Bank, Department of Natural Resources and Environment, in

collaboration with competent authorities and concerned stakeholders;

Environmental monitoring for the Subproject includes:

- Requirements of environmental monitoring;

- Monitoring and implementation of mitigation measures;

- Guiding and monitoring contractors, CSC and community representatives in

the implementation of environmental monitoring;

- Forms used in environmental monitoring processes;

- Reaction and risk control;

- Manner of receiving and submit forms;

- Other issues to be determined.

Responsibility With the help of the Technical Assistance Team, the Independent environmental

Monitoring Consultant (IEMC) and PMU implement safety policies.

II. Subjects CSC, CONTRACTORS, REPRESENTATIVESOF LOCAL

AUTHORITIES (WARDS/COMMUNES), COMMUNITIES

Training course Implementation of mitigation measures

Participants CSC; construction engineers, site construction field manager. Staff in charge of

environment issues, the contractor; representatives of local authorities;

representatives of urban groups

Training frequency Shortly after awarding contracts to the contractors with updates on demand

Duration Two-day training for CSC and contractors, and one-day training for others




Final Report 219

Content - Overview of the overall environmental monitoring;

- Requirements of environmental monitoring;

- The roles and responsibility of the contractors and CSC;

- The content and method of environmental monitoring;

- Reaction and risk control;

- Introducing monitoring forms and instructing on filling out forms and reporting

incidents;

- Arrange for HIV /Aids training

- Other issues to be determined

- Preparing and submitting reports

Responsibility With the help of technical assistance teams, PMU, the independent

environmental monitoring consultant (IEMC) implement safety policies.

III. Subjects COMMUNITIES/ WORKERS

Training course Safety and environmental sanitation

Participants Representatives of workers (team leaders) working directly for the project

components

Training frequency As appropriate

Duration One day of presentation and one day of on-site presentation

Content - Brief presentation on safety issues and overview on the environment;

- Key issues requiring the attention of the community and construction workers

to mitigating safety risks (land roads, waterways, equipment, machinery, etc.)

as well as reducing pollution (dust, exhaust gases, oil spills, waste

management, etc.);

- Management of safety and environmental sanitation on site and at workers‟

camps;

- Mitigation measures applied on site and camps;

- Safety measures for electricity, mechanical engineering, transportation, air

pollution;

- Methods of dealing with emergency situations;

- The rights and responsibilities of environmental monitoring

- Environmental monitoring, environmental monitoring form

- Arrange for HIV /Aids training for the contractor‟s workers

- Measures to mitigate the social impact and monitoring implementation

- Other issues to be determined

Responsibility Contractors, PMU with the assistance of IEMC

5.6. Reporting

ESMP monitoring and reporting requirements are summarized in table 5.11.

Table 5.11. Regular Reporting Requirements

No. Report Prepared by Submitted to Frequency of Reporting

1 Contractor to the

Employer PMU Once before construction commences and

monthly thereafter

2 Construction Supervision

consultant (CSC) PMU Weekly and monthly

4 Community PMU After each periodical monitoring

5 IEMC PMU Every six-month

6 PMU DONRE Every six-month

7 PMU WB Every six-month




Final Report 220

5.7. Estimated Costs

5.7.1. Estimated Costs for Environmental Monitoring Program

According to the unit price of environmental monitoring in the locality, the estimated cost for

environmental quality monitoring of the project is stated in the table below:

Table 5.12. Estimated Cost for Samples and Analysis

No. Content Unit Quantity Price Total

(1 USD = 23,500 VND)

VND VND USD

I Construction phase

1 University of Technology 40,000,000 1,702

Air, noise, vibration sample 8 3,000,000 24,000,000 1,021

Wastewater sample 8 2,000,000 16,000,000 681

2 University of Foreign

Languages 60,000,000

2,553


Wastewater sample 12 2,000,000 24,000,000 1,021

3 International University 0 40,000,000 1,702



4 Multi-purpose sport complex 0 40,000,000 1,702



5 Executive building 0 40,000,000 1,702



6 Technopole center 0 60,000,000 2,553



7 Construction of technical

infrastructure for 40ha 0 48,000,000

2,043



6 Reporting lump-

sum 20 10,000,000 200,000,000

8,511

Total I 488,000,000 20,766

II Operation phase (for first

year)

-

1 WWTP 64,000,000 2,723



3 Reporting lump-

sum 6 15,000,000 90,000,000

3,830

Total II 154,000,000 6,553

TOTAL 642,000,000 27,319

5.7.2. Estimated cost for IEMC

Estimated cost for IEMC is presented in the table 5.13:




Final Report 221

Table 5.13. Estimated Costs of IEMC

(Exchange rate: 1 USD = 23,500 VND)

No Content Unit Amount Unit price

(VND)

Sub-total

(VND)

Sub-total

(USD)

1

Experts‟salary

(3 persons x 20 man-

month/person)

person-month 60 25,000,000 1,500,000,000 23,500

2 Accommodation, expenses

for business trip person-day 150 500,000 75,000,000 3,191

3 Travel expenses Trip/ person 50 5,000,000 250,000,000 10,638

4 Office and communication month 30 3,000,000 90,000,000 3,830

Total

1,915,000,000 81,489

5.7.3. Estimated Costs for Training Program

Estimated cost for training program on environmental monitoring management capacity is

presented in the table 5.14:

Table 5.14. Estimated Costs for Training and Capacity Building

(Exchange rate: 1 USD = 22,500 VND)

Training

content

Trainee Unit Quatit

y

Price Total

VND VND USD

I. Environmental monitoring and reporting

PMU

Staff in charge of

environmental issues;

environmental managers

course

2 15,000,000 30,000,000 1,277

II. Implementation of mitigation measures

Stage 1 (30%

of total works)

CSC; Construction

engineers, site manager

course 5 15,000,000 75,000,000 3,191

Stage 7 (70%

of total works)

CSC; Construction

engineers, site manager

course 10 15,000,000 150,000,000 6,383

III. Safety and environmental sanitation

Stage 1 (30%

of total works)

Representatives of

workers

course 3 10,000,000 30,000,000 1,277

Stage 7 (70%

of total works)

Representatives of

workers

course 5 10,000,000 50,000,000 2,128

Total: 335,000,000 14,255

5.7.4. Total Estimated Costs for ESMP Implementation

The following table provides a cost estimate for the implementation of environmental

management plan (ESMP). The cost of ESMP11

implementation will include (i) the costs of

implementing mitigation measures by the contractor, (ii) expenses supervised by CSC, (iii) cost

of the independent environmental monitoring consultant (IEMC), (iv) the costs of

environmental quality monitoring, (v) the cost of safety management for the PMU, including

both technical assistance in implementing safety policies and training programs. The costs of

11

Excluding costs for RP implementation and independent monitoring the performance of RP/EMP




Final Report 222

implementing mitigation measures during construction will be a part of the value of

construction contracts, while the costs for a site-specific environmental monitoring plan

(SEMP) by the construction supervision consultant (CSC) will be provided in construction

supervision contracts. The costs of the PMU operations relating to EMP are allocated from the

project management budget of the PMU, including safety training programs, and basic

allowances to participants in the monitoring programs. After the project has been completed, the

costs of environmental monitoring of constructed works will be taken from the operation and

maintenance budget of the city.

It should be noted that the involvement of the community in the process of ESMP

implementation is completely voluntary participation for the benefit of own community and

households.

The following table 5.15 provides the estimated costs for environmental quality monitoring and

IEMC (in accordance with national practices) for reference purposes. However, final costs will

be updated in the detailed design phase.

Table 5.15. Estimated Costs of ESMP Implementation

Content Items of UD sub-project (USD)

(a) Mitigation during construction As a part of the contract

(b) Monitoring safeguard compliance during

construction

As a part of the cost for Construction

Supervision Consulting (CSC)

(c) PMU‟s units in charge of environmentalsafety

policies

As part of the costs for the PMU

(d) Environmental quality monitoring 27,319

(e) Independent environmental monitoring

consulting (IEMC)

81,489

(f) Capacity building programs on safeguard

policies

14,255

5.8. Grievance redress mechanism (GRM)

Within the Vietnamese legal framework, citizen rights to complain are protected. As part of

overall implementation of the project, a grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will be

developed by the ESU of the PMU, according procedures, responsible persons and contact

information will be developed. It will be readily accessible to ensure that grievances shall be

handled and resolved at the lowest level as quickly as possible. The mechanism will provide a

framework within which complaints about environmental and safety issues can be handled,

grievances can be addressed and disputes can be settled promptly. The GRM will be in place

before construction commencement.

During construction, the GRM will be managed by the contractors under supervision of the

CSC. The contractors will inform the affected communities and communes about the GRM

availability to handle complaints and concerns about the project. This will be done via the

community consultation and information disclosure process under which the contractors will

communicate with the affected communities and interested authorities on a regular basis.

Meetings will be held at least quarterly, monthly information brochures will be published,

announcements will be placed in local media, and notices of upcoming planned activities will

be posted, etc.




Final Report 223

All complaints and corresponding actions undertaken by the contractors will be recorded in

project safeguard monitoring reports. Complaints and claims for damages could be lodged as

follows:

- Verbally: direct to the CSC and/ or the contractors’ safeguard staff or representatives at the

site offices.

- In writing: by hand-delivering or posting a written complaint to specified addresses.

- By telephone, fax, e-mails: to the CSC, the contractors’ safeguard staff or representatives.

Upon receipt of a complaint, the CSC, the contractors’ safeguard staff or representatives will

register the complaint in a complaint file and maintain a log of events pertaining to it

thereafter, until it is resolved. Immediately after receipt, four copies of the complaint will be

prepared. The original will be kept in the file, one copy will be used by the contractor’s

safeguard staff, one copy will be forwarded to the CSC, and the fourth copy to the PMU

within 24 hours since receipt of the complaint.

Information to be recorded in the complaint log will consist of:

- The date and time of the complaint.

- The name, address and contact details of the complainant.

- A short description of the complaint.

- Actions taken to address the complaint, including contact persons and findings at each step

in the complaint redress process.

- The dates and times when the complainant is contacted during the redress process.

- The final resolution of the complaint.

- The date, time and manner in which the complainant was informed thereof.

- The complainant’s signature when resolution has been obtained.

Minor complaints will be dealt with within one week. Within two weeks (and weekly

thereafter), a written reply will be delivered to the complainant (by hand, post, fax, e-mails)

indicating the procedures taken and progress to date.

The main objective will be to resolve an issue as quickly as possible by the simplest means,

involving as few people as possible, and at the lowest possible level. Only when an issue

cannot be resolved at the simplest level and/ or within 15 days, will other authorities be

involved. Such a situation may arise, for example, when damages are claimed, the to-be-paid

amount cannot be resolved, or damage causes are determined.

Grievance Redress Mechanism for affected person who lose means of income/livelihoods, are

Summarised in the Table 5.16 below.

Table 5.16. Grievance Redress Mechanism

First Stage –

Ward/Comnune

People’s Committee

(WPC):

PAP may submit their complaint – either in written or verbal, to the

office of the Ward/Commune People‟s Committee. W/C PC will receive

the complaints and will notifythe W/C PC leaders of the complaint. The

Chairman of the W/C PC will meet the complainant in person and will

solve it within 15 days following the receipt of the complaint.

Second Stage –

City/District People’s

Committee (C/DPC):

After 15 days since the submission of the complaints, if the aggrieved

person does not have any response from the W/C PC, or if the aggrieved

person is not satisfied with the decision taken on his/her complaint, the

PAP may take the case, either in written or verbal, to the Reception Unit

of City/District People‟s Committee. The City/District People‟s

Committee will have 30 days since the date of receipt of the complaint to

resolve the case. The City/District People‟s Committee will register all

the complaints submitted and will inform the District Board for




Final Report 224

Compensation and Land Acquisition of the City/District PC‟s

resolution/assessment results. Aggrieved person may elevate the case to

the Courts of Law if they wish.

Third Stage –

Provincial People’s

Committee):

After 30 days, if the aggrieved PAP does not hear from the City/District

PC, or if the PAP is not satisfied with the decision taken on his/her

complaint, the PAP may escalate the case, either in writing or verbal,

provincial People‟s Committee, or lodge an administrative case with the

City/District People‟s Court for resolution. The provincial PC will have

45 days to resolve the complaint to the satisfaction of all the concerned.

The provincial PC secretariat is also responsible for registering all

complaints that are submitted. Aggrieved person may elevate the case to

the Courts of Law if they wish

Final Stage - Courts of

Law:

After 45 days following the submission of the complaint at provincial

PC, if the aggrieved PAP does not hear from the provincial PC, or if PAP

is not satisfied with the decision taken on his/her complaint, PAP may

take the case to a Courts of Law for adjudication. Decision by the court

will be the final decision.

Decision on solving the complaints must be sent to the aggrieved PAPs

and concerned parties, and must be posted at the office of the People‟s

Committee where the complaint is solved. After 3 days, the

decision/result on resolution must be made available at ward level and

after 7 days at the district level.

Grievance redress mechanism of the UD:

Currently, UD has a Legal Inspection Board whose responsibibility is to advise the UD's

Director to deal with complaints and comments, to be specifc:

Arrange weekly schedule to work with local citizens;

Method of receiving complaints/comments: by the official mailbox, email which have

been set up (may emailed directly to the university director or via the common mailbox

of UD)

Grievance redress procedure is as follows: (i) classify complaints; (ii) send complaints

to the Legal Inspection Board; (iii) Respond to comments within the board‟s

responsibility or transfer to the UD‟s Director for consultation; (iv) Respond to the

complainant in writing or directly (if necessary).

In general, the UD‟s current grievance redress procedure is effective and can be applied to the

UD's subproject (funded by WB).

Besides, it is nessecery to establish a local proponent-stakeholder liaison group, or even a

complaint hotline at the working/neighborhood level can facilitate the resolution of minor issues

promptly and prevent the escalation of grievances and complaints.

The World Bank’s Grievance Redress Mechanism: Communities and individuals who

believe that they are adversely affected by a WB-financed project may submit complaints to

the available project-level grievance redress mechanism or the WB’s Grievance Redress

Service (GRS). The GRS will ensure that complaints received are promptly reviewed to

adddress project-related concerns. The affected communities and individuals of the project

may submit their complaints to the WB’s independent Inspection Panel that will determine

whether harms occurred, or can occur, as a result of WB non-compliance with its policies and

procedures. Complaints may be submitted at anytime after concerns have been brought

directly to the WB’s attention, and the Bank Management has been given an opportunity to

respond. For information on how to submit complaints to the World Bank’s corporate




Final Report 225

Grievance Redress Service (GRS), please visit www.worldbank.org/grs. For information on

how to submit complaints to the World Bank Inspecition Panel, please visit

www.inspectionpanel.org.

http://www.worldbank.org/grs

http://www.inspectionpanel.org/




Final Report 226

CHAPTER 6. PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION

DISCLOSURE

6.1. Objectives and principles of public consultation

During the environmental impact assessment, public consultation and disclosure of

information are conducted to ensure consensus of local authorities, local non-governmental

organizations and local affected community in the project area. Community‟s involvement is

one of basic conditions to ensure local support and it also represents viewpoint of local

authority and community on the project. By public consultation, some undefined advert

impacts and mitigation measures can be identified and added in the report. In practice, it will

be better for information exchange and update between project‟s implementer and the

community if there is public involvement from the project preparation. In that case, the

project can get valuable idea contribution from local community.

Public consultation is specifically required by the World Bank‟s environmental and social

safeguard policies. The public consultation in preparation of the subproject ESIA also must

comply with the requirements in the Government‟s Decree No. 40/2019/ND-CP dated 13

May 2019 and Decree No. 18/2015/ND-CP dated 14 February 2015 on environmental

protection planning, strategic environmental assessment, environmental impact assessment

and environmental protection plan, and Circular No. 27/2015/TT-BTNMT dated 29 May

2015 of the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment on strategic environmental

assessment, environmental impact assessment and environmental protection plan.

Additionally, the public consultation of the UD sub-project should be based on the Bank's

safeguard policies (OP4.01).

6.1.1. The objectives of public consultation

- To share all information on the items and tentative activities of the Subproject with

local community and stakeholders;

- To gather opinions/comments and concerns from local authorities and the community

on local particularities and environmentally sensitive matters in the subproject area,

especially matters that the environmental assessment impact group has not been aware

of. On such basis, the concerns of the local community may be proposed for proper

settlement during the selection of subproject design options;

- To collect opinions/comments from the local community on the Subproject‟s tasks in

the preparation of the ESIA as well as comments on the draft ESIA to adequately and

precisely assess environmental impacts and propose the most effective and feasible

mitigation measures for negative environmental impacts.

6.1.2. Basic principle for public consultation

- Following provisions in Clause 4, Article 12, Decree No.18/NĐ-CP dated 14/02/2015

and Decree No. 40/2019/ND-CP dated 13 May 2019 promulgated by the Government

on information disclosure and consultation with project affected community.

- For projects classified as category A, public consultation should be conducted twice

after the first draft of ESIA is prepared.

6.1.3. Public consultation at residential area

Consultation on environmental issues is conducted after completion of the first draft of the

ESIA. For Da Nang subproject, the first consultation on social and environmental issues was

conducted from 4 - 8/11/2019 in Hoa Quy ward and Ngu Hanh Son district; additional




Final Report 227

consultations in some areas where there can be specific impacts such as teachers and students

from the existing university/colleges.

The second consultation on social and environmental issues will be conducted on the last Dec

2019 (from 23 to 27 December 2019) in Hoa Quy ward and existing universities/colleges..

Main consultation content:

- Presenting technical solution for work items in residential areas.

- Summary on social and environmental impacts and propose mitigation measures

- Discussion and contribution of ideas/comments on social and environmental impacts

and mitigation measures

- Project‟s investment owner feedbacks.

- Meeting conclusion

Meeting members include:

- Leaders of commune/township People‟s Committees, Fatherland Front Committee.

- Representatives of organizations, unions (Women‟s Union, Youth Union, Elderly

Association, Veterans Association, Farmer Union...).

- Head of village/residential group under the project.

- Representatives of affected households.

- Representative of project‟s investment owner

In addition, during ESIA preparation progress, consultations with leaders, lecturers and

students of Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy, College of Information Technology, and the

Dormitory in the project area were conducted because they are the directly affected people.

Participants in existing faculties/schools include:

- Representatives of existing faculties/schools

- Lecturers/staff of existing faculties/schools

- Students are studying at schools and staying in dormitories.

- Project Owner.

6.1.4. Consultation with Commune/township People’s Committee/Fatherland Front

Committee

Project‟s investment owner had the written document (enclosed with summary report of the

ESIA) to consult with commune/township People‟s Committees and Fatherland Front about

idea contribution into social and environmental impacts and mitigation measures for the project.

People‟s Committees of project communes/townships also commented, contributed ideas and

made recommendations on the project‟s environmental impacts and implementation of

mitigation measures.

6.2. Public consultation results

Public consultations were organized with participation of mentioned members including local

authority, local mass organizations and affected people. In order to facilitate people in

expressing their opinions and wishes, the consultations were openly organized using

questionnaires on the situation and consequences of some previous natural disasters, from

which participated organization and people could express their wishes and requirement.




Final Report 228

6.2.1. Results of consultation with the communities

Table 6.1. Results of the first consultation with the communities

No Time and location Participants Comments from local community Responses from investment

owners and consultants

1 Ngu Hanh Son district

8h00' on 4 Nov 2019

Vice Chairman of Ngu Hanh Son

district PC

Department of Natural

Resources and Environment

Department of

Urban/Construction

Management

Office of district PC

Department of Statistics

Ngu Hanh Son Land Fund

Development Center

Chairman of Quy Hoa ward PC

Leader and officers of University

of Da Nang

Consultant

Participants: 15 people

This project has been suspended over 20 years, local

authorities and people hope that the project will be soon

implemented.

The subproject owner is

quickly preparing the

subproject documents with

WB's fund. The subproject

will expect to implement in

2020-2025.

Provide documents, statistical data and social-

environmental shortcomings of the area in particular and

the subproject area in general (through depth-interview

with leaders)

This database will be updated

during the ESIA preparation

Issues on land acquisition, site clearance in the

subproject area (through-depth interview with leader of

LFDC)

This database will be updated

during the ESIA and RAP

preparation

Local leaders will create favorable conditions for the

Contractors and Consultants to conduct consultations,

socio-economic and environmental survey to prepare

reports at request of WB.

Thanked and acknowledged

comments of the communities

and local authoritites

2 Hoa Quy ward

8h00' on 5 Nov 2019

Secretary of Hoa Quy ward

Chairman of Quy Hoa ward PC

Representatives of the ward

mass organizations (Women's

Union, Farmer's Union, Youth

Union, Fatherland Front, etc.)

Representatives of some

households, head and vice heads

of residential quarters in the

Because of over 20 suspension, the abandoned land has

been flooded in case of rain, we would like the

subproject will be soon implemented.






2020-2025.

The time for the subproject preparation should be clear

so that people can grasp and coordinate with the

implementing unit.

The subproject Owner is

making an effort in early

project preparation and to




Final Report 229



subproject area

Specialized officers of the

University of Da Nang

Consultant


apply for a WB‟s ODA loan.

Decision on site clearance of the subproject must be

infomed local people.

The Subproject Owner will

inform the Decision on site

clearance of the subproject to

local people by current

requirements

Before construction, a resettlement area must be built to

ensure the people‟s life.

Record people‟s comments in

the subproject preparation

documents and propose

suitable/feasible mitigation

measures.

Social wellfare must be ensured: resettlement area nad

infrastructure must be fully built.

Danang PPC has also

prepared the resettlement site

project for all relocated

households by UD subproject.

Support vulnerable groups (single, elderly women)

The Subproject Owner has

also prepared the RAP

included the Livelihood

restoration program for AHs.

Security orders must be ensured because the number of

students and services is expected to increase, so that

suitable mitigation measures should be proposed.

The Subproject Owner should

contact with the local

authorities to control social

problems ensure the security

condition at the local.

Assessment after relocation and job seeking assistance is

required.

The Subproject Owner has

also prepared the RAP

included the Livelihood




Final Report 230



restoration program for AHs.

3

Residential quarters of

60, 61, 62 – Quy Hoa

ward

from 6 to 8 Nov 2019

Representatives of 70

households in the project area

Quy Hoa ward PC

Consultants

Consultation with each group of households about their

socio-economic – environemental issues through

questionnaires. Comments recorded are as below:

Local people are upset because of long-term suspension

of the project that affects living conditions of local

people (their houses become run-down due to flooding in

case of rain when surrounding infrastructure has not been

invested)

Danang PPC has also




The resettlement site will

built fully social and


Local people hope the subproject Owner and local people

will either implement the project or remove it so that

their living conditions will be improved.






2020-2025.

Local people expected that land acquisition for the

project must be satisfactorily compensated. Resettlement

area must be constructed with full infrastructure to

ensure that replaced households will not face difficulties

like what they are facing due to the suspended

subproject; job seeking support will be needed to help

local people stabilize their life.

Danang PPC has also




The resettlement site will

built fully social and





Final Report 231

Table 6.2. Results of the second public consultation with the communities

No. Time and location Participants Comments from local community Responses of the subproject

Owner

1 Quy Hoa ward PC

8h30' on 25/12/2019

Secretary of Quy Hoa ward

Chairman of Quy Hoa ward

PC

Representatives of the ward

mass organizations (Women's

Union, Farmer's Union,

Youth Union, Fatherland

Front, etc.)

Representatives of some

households, head and vice

heads of residential quarters

in the subproject area

Specialized staffs of


Consultants


The people were very upset about the delay in

implementation of the University of Danang Village

project, which led to their very difficult living

conditions due to the lack of construction and repair of

houses. People expect the project to be implemented

soon so that they can stabilize their lives and develop

their economy.

Local authorities and

consultants have listened,

discussed and responded to

people's comments as needed

in the project preparation

phase. Consultation minutes

and brief content of

consultation are attached in the

Appendix. The interests of

those affected by the project

raised in the consultations were

reflected in the RAP.

Resettlement and site clearance progress is a top

concern of affected households. People want a stable

life where they can build house, have a clean walkway,

and have a hygienic living environment.

People also expressed concerns about assistance when

graves are relocated to the city's central cemetery in

Hoa Ninh. Based on the provided information such as

compensation policy, assistance for relocation of the

grave; relocation location and information previously

provided by the local authorities, people all agreed with

the project's relocation policy.

Measures to minimize impacts

on social life and ensure safety

for the community were

proposed in the ESIA and RAP

reports.

Security orders must be ensured throughout the

construction phase as there will be a large number of

workers and long construction period so as not to

disturb people‟s living conditions.

The Subproject Owner expects

the locality to support the local

order and security during the

project implementation.

Ensure traffic safety during the construction period

because there will be many trucks carrying materials on

main roads by arranging traffic signs and regulators at

intersections in the area.


contact with the Public

Transport Unit to setup the

warning sign and traffic lamp

at the university's entrance.




Final Report 232

No. Time and location Participants Comments from local community Responses of the subproject

Owner

2

Hai An pagoda – Quy

Hoa ward

13h30' on 24/12/2019

Abbot of Hai An pagoda



Consultants

Agree to support the project as local people have been

looking forward to the project for many years.




WB's fund. The subproject will

expect to implement in 2020-

2025.

The pagoda agrees with the relocation plan approved by

the city and new land to rebuild Hai An pagoda has

been arranged. However, as the pagoda construction

will be longer than the project plan, the pagoda

proposes to relocate only after the new pagoda

construction is completed.


relocate only after the new

pagoda construction is

completed.

The pagoda will support the project as much as possible

and convince local people to do so.

The Subproject Owner thanks

the head of Hai An pagoda

3

Security guard of Khai

Tay Sanctuary

14h30' on 24/12/2019

Security guard of Khai Tay

Sanctuary



Consultant

Agree to support the project as local people have been

looking forward to the project for many years.






2025.

Khai Tay Sanctuary proposes not to be relocated and

remains current status for local people's beliefs.

The Subproject Owner agree

with Khai Tay Sanctuary

proposes that is not to be

relocated and remains current

status for local people's beliefs.

The Sanctuary will support the project as much as

possible and convince local people to do so.

Thanks and notes comments of

Security guard of Khai Tay

Sanctuary.




Final Report 233

6.2.2. Results of consultation with the students and lectures of existing univesities

Table 6.3. The results of consultation with students and lectuters in the existing university/colleges

No Location and time Participant

Community’s comment Investor’s feedbacks

The first

consultation

Hall of the College of


14h00' on 6 Nov 2019

Some officers and students of


Pharmacy and the College of


Chairman of Quy Hoa ward PC Specialized officers of Da

Nang Universit y

Consultants


The construction schedule must be complied

with.






2025.

Arrangement of functional departments must be

consulted with beneficiaries to ensure the

suitable design.

The Subproject Owner shall

request the subsubproject

design contractor to work

closely with the units to ensure

the suitable design.

Erect fence and cover the construction site to

reduce noise and dust to spread to surrounding

area.


request the construction

contractor to construct the

corrugated sheet barrier and

grid to cover the high-rise

storeys during subsubproject

construction.

Do not use the main roads for transportation of

construction machines and materials


request the contractor to build

the work roads to ascess the

sites from Nam Ky Khoi Nghia

road directly.

Worker camps must be far from the Dormitory;



contractor to set up camps far

the Dormitory.




Final Report 234



Safety must be ensured to students and officers

when going in/out of the university by placing

traffic safety signs, assigning an officer to

regulate vehicles in study finishing time.


request the construction units to

arrange at least 2 persons to

control the traffic in rush hour.


contact with the Public

Transport Unit to setup the



Noise-generating activities shall not be

implemented during studying period.


request the contractors that

must not be implemented Large

Noise-generating activities

during studying hours.

The second

consultation

The main hall of the


Technology

8h30' on 24/11/2019

Some staffs and students in the


Pharmacy and College of

Information Technology –


Specialized staffs of the


Consultant


Agree with impacts and mitigation measures

presented by the Project Owner and Consultant/

Thanks and notes comments of

teachers and students.

It is required to fencing the subproject site to

reduce noise, dust and waste spreading in

surrounding area.



contractor to construct the

corrugated sheet barrier and

grid to cover the high-rise

storeys during subsubproject

construction.

The main road will not allowed to be used for

transporting machines and construction materials.


request the contractor to build

the work roads to ascess the

sites from Nam Ky Khoi Nghia

road directly.




Final Report 235



Worker camps must be far from the Dormitory;

Ensure safety for students and staffs when the

transportation means go in or out of the site by

plugging traffic signs, appointing staff to direct

the traffic at school finishing time.



contractor to set up camps far

the Dormitory and setup the



Large Noise-generating activities (piling/pile

pesing) will not be implemented at the university

finishing time.


request the contractors that

must not be implemented Large

Noise-generating activities

during studying hours.

Different functional complex for entertainment,

sport and walking should be arranged.

There will be a multi-complex

sport work item that invest

under UD subproject .

Lighting at night should be provided to ensure

safety for students to come the dormitory lately

from the library and to walk within the

University‟s campus.



contractor to set up a full

lighting system at night.

6.3. Information disclosure

The first draft ESIA in Vietnamese had been published at the offices of Hoa Quy ward PC, Ngu Hanh Son DPC and the PMU on Feb, 2020 for

public consultation. Basing themselves on the contents of the ESIA, the local people could get the subproject information and contribute their

opinions/comments on environmental issues.

The final draft ESMP in Vietnamese language was disclosed at the offices of of Hoa Quy ward PC, Ngu Hanh Son DPC and the PMU on March

2020 for public consultation.

The final draft ESMP in English will be disclosed at the World Bank's internal and external websites on March, 2020.




Final Report 236

Public consultation pictures:

Consultation with Ngu Hanh Son district

Consultation with Hoa Quy ward

Consultation with local people

Consultation with students and lecturers

Consultation with students and lecturers

Consultation with the head of Hai An pagoda




Final Report 237

CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS


Most of these positive impacts are expected to be achieved during the operation phase of the

subproject.

Once the subproject is completed and the listed facilities are put into operation, the subproject

area would be benefited greatly. Besides, the subproject will be an important base for

successful implementation of the Scheme on comprehensive implementation of Da Nang

University toward 2025, on the vision to 2035.








On the other hand, some potential negative environmental and social impacts and risks may

also happen during the construction and operation of the facilities provided under the

subproject. These include increased dust, noise and gas emission, vibrations, generation of

solid wastes and wastewater, surface water quality reduction, traffic disturbance and increased

traffic safety risks, damages to existing infrastructure (power/water supply, drainage etc.) and

disruption of related services increased localized flooding/sedimentation, health and safety

issues for the public and the workers etc. These impacts are predicted to be at moderate level,

and manageable through the environmental and social management plan proposed for this

subproject. Therefore, the subproject should be implemented.

Recommend that the UD should still strive to reduce and mitigate the impacts during

subproject implementation as far as possible, and to ensure that developments, if carefully

designed and managed, can be green, clean and climate smart.




Final Report 238

ANNEXES

ANNEX 1. DUE DILIGENT REVIEWS

1. Project name Hoa Xuan Waste Water Treatment Plant in Cam Le district, Da Nang city.

Description Hoa Xuan wastewater treatment plant is really successful because the

effectiveness of wastewater treatment activities in all three areas is water

treatment, odor and sediment. The factory is invested VND 196 billion, using

advanced technology, batch processing (improved SPR), reduces investment in

waste water reservoirs, does not occupy land use area, minimizes the generation

of odors. foul environment. Phase 1 with a capacity of 20,000m3 / day and night

was put into operation. With improved SPR technology, the waste water will be

transferred to the factory directly into the automatic treatment tank in batches. The

factory operates to treat 3 sources of waste thoroughly, including wastewater of

quality standard A, QCVN 14:2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on

domestic wastewater, odor sources are collected and treated with activated carbon.

For garbage and sludge, it is sucked, pressed and briquled from the factory, then

transported to the disposal place as prescribed. The complete handling by

automation should minimize technical workers and operators.

Prediod 2015-2018, Hoa Xuan WWTP has upgraded with capacity 60,000 m3/day

by the SCDP project that funded WB loan.

Relationship with the VNUDP - UD subproject:

Domestic wastewater after treatment by the septic tanks from the UD subprojet

will be collected and treated at Hoa Xuan Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP).

The connection agreement record from Da Nang DOC by the Letter

No.2951/SXD-QLHT for connection of transport, internal drainage system of the

University of Da Nang subproject to the transport and drainage system of Ring

road in the South of the city (Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road). See the detail in Annex

3.

The increase of wastewater generated from the VNUDP - UD subproject is

within the treatment capacity of the Hoa Xuan WWTP.

Status The plant was launched in June 2014 and has efficiently operated since then.

Status of EIA/EMP The Hoa Xuan WWTP under the SCDP project that funded WB loan has its

Environmental Impact Assessment approved by Da Nang PPC (according to the

Decision No. 5374 / QDUB dated August 18, 2016 approving the Report on

preliminary environmental impact assessment of the Danang City Sustainable

Development Project) and the WB in 2016.

Due diligence Domestic wastewater after treatment by the septic tanks from the UD subprojet

will be collected and treated at Hoa Xuan Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP).

The increase of wastewater generated from VNUDP - UD subproject is within

the treatment capacity of the Hoa Xuan WWTP. The potential environmental

impacts due to the sub-project are to be assessed and mitigation measures are to

be proposed. Overall, the likelihood of impacts is small and manageable.




Final Report 239




Final Report 240

ANNEX 2. SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTATION

MINUTES




Final Report 241




Final Report 242




Final Report 243




Final Report 244




Final Report 245




Final Report 246




Final Report 247




Final Report 248




Final Report 249




Final Report 250




Final Report 251

ANNEX 3. AGREEMENT ON DRAINAGE CONNECTION




Final Report 252

DA NANG CITY PEOPLE’S COMMITTEE

DEPARTMENT OF CONSTRUCTION

-------------

No.2951/SXD-QLHT

Re: Connection of transport, internal drainage system of the University of Da Nang subproject to the transport and drainage system of Ring road in the South of the city (Nam Ky Khoi Nghia road)

SOCIALIST REPUBLIC OF VIETNAM

Independence – Freedom – Happiness

-------------

Da Nang, 20 May 2015

To: The University of Da Nang

Department of Construction received the Letter No.2114/DHDN-CSVC dated 06/05/2015 of the University of Da Nang on linking the drainage system from internal system of the University of Da Nang subproject (UD subproject) phase II to the drainage system of Ring road in the South of the city.

Pursuant to the city’s policy at the Letter No.7965/UNMD/QLDT dated 09/09/2014 agreeing with University of Da Nang to connect the transport and drainage system of the UD subproject phase II to the transport and drainage system of Ring road in the South of the city.

Based on agreements with stakeholders at the meeting dated 19/5/2015 (attached). The Department of Construction would like to raise some recommendations as follows:

- Connection of drainage system: Agree with the University of Da Nang to connect its drainage culvert along internal road of University of Science and Education under the UD subproject – phase II, with a dimension BxH=1200x1200 to the upstream of the drainage culvert B52 of the prioritized infrastructure project (The culvert, under the planning, was calculated for the basin of UD subproject). Before connection, we would request the University of Da Nang to inform Drainage and Wastewater Treatment Company of carrying out construction monitoring as stipulated by regulations.

- Transport linking: We would like to request Department of Transport to consider and agree with the University of Da Nang to connect internal roads of University of Science and Education under the UD subproject – phase II to the Ring road in the South of the city in order to immediately address traffics issues for local people in Luu Quang Vu area (not cleared yet) and officers, students of University of Science and Education. The long-term connection will be considered comprehensively to adjust the Master Plan of the University of Da Nang.

The contents are informed to stakeholders for implementation./.

Recipients:

- As above; - DoT - Drainage and Wastewater

treatment Company - PMU of prioritized infrastructure

Project - PC of Ngu Hanh Son district - Filed

FOR THE DIRECTOR

DEPUTY DIRECTOR

(signed and sealed)

Le Tung Lam




Final Report 253

ANNEX 4. LABORATORY SAFETY MANUAL- PRINCIPLES AT

WORK IN THE LABORATORY

To ensure safety and avoid unfortunate situations when working in the laboratory, each

faculty staffs, lecturer, student, trainee and PhD student must master the required procedures

and rules. The equipment and the use of personal protection are extremely necessary.

Before starting operations one must master 15 general regulations for working in the

laboratory.

I.LABORATORY REGULATIONS

1) Conduct experiment only with the presence of lecturers and laboratory technicians.

2) Read the directions carefully and think before conducting experiments.

3) Know where the safety equipment is stored.

4) Wear laboratory coat.

5) Wear goggles.

6) Hair is neatly tied.

7) Clean experiment table before starting an experiment.

8) Never taste laboratory chemicals.

9) Do not eat or drink in the laboratory.

10) Do not look into the test tube.

11) In case of chemical spillage or accidents, immediately notify lecturers and/or

laboratory technicians.

12) Wash the skin when exposed to chemicals.

13) If the eye contacts with chemical, wash the eye immediately.

14) Dispose of laboratory waste in the designated places as directed.

15) If there is any inquiry, please ask the laboratory head.

II. LABORATORY RULES:

1. Everyone who works in the lab (laboratory) should be trained and examined of labor

safety rules, processes, rules and technical measures to ensure workplace safety.

2. Respect working discipline, workplace sanitation and guidance from the responsible

staffs. No stranger or overtime working is allowed, except for pre-agreed permission

from the lab head and HUST security department.

3. Read carefully the document, understand all the details of the experiment before

performing and anticipate problems that may occur for proactive prevention.

4. During conducting experiments carefully observe and record the data for the

experiment report. After completion, clean and neatly arrange equipment and

laboratory instruments.

5. In addition to the general provisions mentioned above, the specific provisions are

applied to each laboratory depending on the nature of the experiments to ensure

absolute safety for persons and property in the lab.

III. LABORATORY SAFETY RULES

All experiments using volatile substances, having unpleasant smells, toxic gases or

concentrated acids must be conducted in a fume hood or well-ventilated place. Characteristics




Final Report 254

the chemicals used in the laboratory such as toxicity, risks of fire and explosion should be

well comprehended to avoid mistakes when conducting experiments, leading to unfortunate

consequences.

3.1. Working with toxic agents:

- In chemistry lab there are common but highly toxic chemicals, such as HCN,

NaCN/KCN, Me2SO4, Hg, HgCl2, CO, Cl2, Br2, NO, NO2, H2S, NO2,... or substances

used in organic synthesis such as CH3OH, C5H5N pyridine, THF, benzene, toluene,

acrylonitrile, aniline, HCHO, CH2Cl2...

- Do not smellchemicals directly;smell them in a distance using hand waving.

- After work wash your face, hands and utensils (use soap).

- Store chemicalscarefully.

3.2. Working with flammable substances:

- Flammable, volatile substances such as Et2O, Me2CO, ROH, kerosene, gasoline, CS2,

benzene, etc. can be heated or distilled in a water or air bath on the sealed electric

stove.

- Do not place near heat sources, circuit breakers,...

- When conducting crystallization from flammable solvents separate instruments must

be used with the reflux condenser.

3.3. Working with explosive substances:

- When working with substances such as H2, alkali (metal & liquid), NaNH2/KNH2,

concentrated acid, explosive organic matters (especially polynitro)... as well as when

working under low or high pressure, protective glasses (made of organic glass) must

be worn to protect the eyes and the important parts on the face.

- Do not bow to the boiled liquids or heated solids to prevent chemical splash (not well

noticed issue). When heating the solution in a test tube use holder and always turn the

tube mouth away from body, especially when heating concentrated acid or alkaline.

Apprehend storing place and proficient use of firefighting tools and first aid medicine

box in case of accidents for prompt and effective control.

IV. WORKING WITH CHEMICALS

4.1. Experiments with toxic substances

- In the laboratory there are many toxins such as mercury (Hg), white phosphorus (P),

carbon oxide (CO), hydrogen sulfide (H2S), phenol (C6H5OH), formic acid (HCOOH),

benzene (C6H6), chlorine (Cl2), nitrogen dioxide (NO2), etc...

- The experiments with hazardous substances should be conducted with small amounts

of chemicals, work in a well ventilated area and good posture.

Note: do not taste chemical and master common chemical smelling practices.

4.2. Experiment with caustic and burning substances:

- Carefully perform experiments with concentrated alkaline, acid, alkali metals, phenols

etc.to avoid contact to hands, clothing, especially the eye (use goggles).

- When diluting H2SO4 acid carefully pour the acid into the water slowly and stir it well

but not vice versa.

- When heating a solution of these substances comply with the rules of chemical heated

in vitro

4.3. Experiment with flammable substances

- There are flammable substances such as alcohol, gasoline, Benzene, acetone ether... in

the laboratory.

http://www.elvex.com/images/PC-Lens-2.jpg




Final Report 255

- Use small amount in experiment keep solutions away from the flames.... do not heat

them directlyover fire, use water bath instead.

- Do not use large pot to store these substances and keep them away from fire sources

(eg Bunsen burner, electric stove...)

- Use alcohol burner in compliance with the defined rules.

4.4. Experiments with explosives:

The explosives often found in laboratories are nitrate salts, chlorate salts etc.... These

substances should be kept away from fire sources and carefully blended in accordance with

the proper ratio of the volume. Wear protective gauges in experiment; high risk experiments

are not allowed. When such gases as H2, C2H2, CH4, etc are burnt... their purity must be tested

to avoid mixing with oxygen creating dangerous explosive mixture. Do not put large amount

of sodium into the water as this will cause a fire and explosion accident.

How to test:

Collect H2 gas through H2O into the small test tubes. Use finger to cover the tube containing

H2 and put the tube mouth near an alcohol burner. When opening the tube, the mixture of

H2 gas and O2 (in the air) will fire with pretty loud sound. Continue this process until no loud

sound is heard to gain the pure H2.

Use of glassware:

- Carefully put glass tube through the button to avoid cracking.

- Do not put hot water, boiling water into the cold or room temperature glass container.

- If finger is cut by broken glass bleed off the toxic substance for few seconds before

washing with 90o alcoholand applying bandage.

- Broken glass instruments should be collected separately from other waste.

V. NOTES FOR TOXIC PREVENTION IN CHEMICAL LABORATORY

5.1. Toxic precaution

- Each chemical laboratory should be equipped with protective facilities such as gowns,

rubber gloves, goggles, ventilators etc.

- Carefully read labels and understand toxicity signs when using chemicals. Keep in

mind how to take and smell chemicals. In the process of experimenting with toxic

escaping fumes such experiment should be conducted in a well ventilated area or in

fume hood.

5.2. Explosion and fire precautions

- Each laboratory should prepare sufficient means of fire prevention and fighting: fire

extinguishers, sand, water containers, sacks, buckets etc. Laboratory staffs should

understand the principles of firefighting and especially master the principles of storing

and using explosive chemicals, flammable and explosive fire symbols on the label on

the chemical containers. When a fire or explosion occur quickly determine the causes

to propose suitable remedial measures.

- In cases when accidents happen all employees must apply first aid rules for the victims

before transferringto the medical facility.

5.3. First aid for chemical accidents

In case of burns:

- For burns by flammable solvents such as benzene, acetone (C6H6, CH3COCH3etc....)

use wet cloths over the burnt part, then apply sand or wet burlap to extinguish the

fire. Do not use water to wash the burns; instead use potassium permanganate soaked

gauze (KMnO4 1%) or carefully apply picric acid H3BO3 2% on burn wounds.




Final Report 256

- For concentrated alkali burns, caustic soda, caustic potat (NaOH, KOH): Use clean water

to wash the wound several times, then wash with 5% acetic acid solution. If the eye

contacts with alkaline it must be washed with clean water several times then boric acid

solution (H3BO3 2%).

- For concentrated acid burns like sulfuric acid, nitric (H2SO4, HNO3...): First wash with

clean water several times, then use 5% of ammonia or 10%s olution of NaHCO3, to

remove the acid (do not use soap to wash the wound). If If the eye contacts with acid it

must be quickly washed thoroughly several times with clean water and distilled water

then sodium hydrogen carbonate (NaHCO3) 3%.

- For burns by phosphorus (P): First wash the burn with copper sulfate

solution (CuSO4) 2%. Do not use ointments or vaseline. Then apply gauze soaked with

copper sulfate 2% solution or aqueous potassium permanganate (KMnO4) 3% on the

wound. This type of burns takes longer time to recover, be aware of infection.

In case of poisoning:

- Drinking acid by mistake: First let the victim drink ice water, crushed egg shells (1/2

spoon in the cup of water) and drink slowly magnesium oxide powder (MgO) mixed

with water (29 grams in 300 ml of water). Do not use purge.

- Poisoned by absorbing alkali (ammonia, caustic soda...): first have the victim drink

diluted vinegar (2% acetic acid) or lemon juice. Do not drink purge.

- Poisoned by digesting mercury compounds, first have the victim vomit and drink milk

with egg whites. Then have the victim drink activated charcoal.

- Poisonedbywhite phosphorus: first have the victim vomit, then drink copper sulfate

solution (CuSO4) 0.5 grams in a liter of water and iced water. Do not drink milk, egg

whites, oil because these substances solute phosphorus.

- Poisoned by lead mixture: have the victim drink sodium sulfate (Na2SO4) 10% or

magnesium sulfate (MgSO4) 10% in warm water because these substances will form a

precipitate with lead. Then drink milk with the egg whites and activated charcoal.

- Poisoned due to inhalation of toxic gases such as chlorine, bromine.. (Cl2, Br2): carry

the victim to open space, loosen waistband, breath in a small amount of ammonia or

900 alcohol mixed with ammonia.

- Poisoned from breathing hydrogen sulfide, carbon oxides... (H2S, CO): lay the victim

in open space and breath in pure oxygen for breathing and apply artificial respiration if

necessary.

- + Poisoned by overinhaling ammonia: let the victim inhale hot water steam, then drink

lemon juice or diluted vinegar.

Fire fighting in the laboratory

a. Water:

- Water is effective in wetting, cooling, extinguishing and preventing fire from

spreading when sprayed onto the material near the fire. It is best to use a small jet of

water with droplet size of 0.3-0.8mm.

- Water is effective in extinguishing fire of the conventional solids: wood, paper, coal,

rubber, cloth and some water-soluble liquid (organic acid, acetone, low ranking

alcohol)

Do not use water when:

- Extinguishing fire in powered equipment as this will destroy other equipment.

- There are substances reactive with water in the fire area.




Final Report 257

- Extinguish the fire and liquid hydrocarbons dissolved in water which is lighter than

water density. These substances will float on the water and the fire will spread.

- Fire by oil, high temperature liquids or melting solids. It is dangerous to use water

which will cause boiling, exploding or foaming.

b. CO2 tank: Pressurized CO2 (often 60atm) will evaporate and cover the fire by dry snow

forms when released.

Advantages:

- Easy to use, especially in the small fire, CO2 is not harmful for machinery and

equipment, including electrical equipment.

- The amountof CO2 is determined by weighing the tank.

Do not use CO2 tank in the following cases:

- burning clothes (because cold CO2 will harm exposed skin)

- fire by alkali metal, magnesium, substances capable of separating oxygen (peroxide,

chlorate, potassium nitrate, permanganate,...), the organometallic liquids such as

aluminum alkyl (however CO2 can be used for the alkali metal and organometallic

substances in organic solvents)

- CO2 is less effective when extinguishing fire of decaying materials.

c. Portable chemical foam tank:

Powder extinguisher (eg, sodium carbonate and additives, ammonium phosphate and

additives, or some other substance) + compressed inert gas in a small bottle mounted on the

extinguisher.

Usage:

- Overturn the tank, NaHCO3 reacts with sulfuric acid generating CO2 foam that

insulates air from fire and cools fired objects.

- when there are no other means of extinguishing fires, or other means areineffective.

- Most effective for extinguishing fires of alkali metals, alkaline earth, organometallic,

metal hydride...

- Less toxic, little or no damage to equipment, no risk of electrocution.

Disadvantages:

- Powder cover should be thick enough for the fire not be resumed.

- Foam with acid and salt → good electrical conductivity→ only use when power is

disconnected.

- Do not use in places where substances can react with water to cause explosions, fires

and gas separation, corrosive gas, heat...(eg peroxide chemicals, hyrua, carbide, andrit,

organometallic...)

- Do not use in places where chemicals can corrode or damage due to fire-fighting

foam.

- Best for extinguishing largefires when other means are less effective.

- The usage range can vary depending on powder type loaded in the tank:For example,

sodium bicarbonate is not used for alkali metal fires because when heated it decomposes

into CO2 and H2O, the remaining material interacts with hot alkali metal and make the

fire stronger.

d. Asbestos fabric:

- Only used for extinguishing small fires (<1m2). Incombustible asbestos cloth,

separating the oxygen with fire → extinguishing fire. Only cover asbestos cloth over




Final Report 258

the fire when the temperature is lowered to avoid fire resuming from flammable

materials.

- To cool down quickly, spray CO2 foam on asbestos cloth to extinguish burning cloth on

body.

- Use wet cloth, thick woolen cloth or wet blanket to put out the fire of clothes on body.

However, usage of asbestos material is restricted as it can be toxic to humans.

e. Dried sand: Dry sand can be used to extinguish the fire containing small amounts of

liquids, solids when water can not be used.

VI. FIRST AID FOR INJURY AND POISONING IN LABORATORY:

- The general instruction is given as different specific solutions are applied by cases.

- Easy access must be secured to laboratory medicine cabinet. Medicine cabinets usually

contain bandages, alcohol iodine, ointments, solutions of KMnO4 3%, CuSO4,

NaHCO3 2%, CH3COOH 1%, tannin solution in alcohol...

First-aid kits in chemistry lab

First-aid kits in chemical laboratories should be in the most appropriate place and managed by

lab staffs. The kit cabinet includes:

- Tools: medical cotton, gauze, bandages, tweezers, scissors, syringes.

- Drugs.

- hemostatic drugs: alcohol iodine 5% solution

- antiseptic drugs: potassium permanganate solution (KMnO4 5%), alcohol 400

- burn treating drugs: sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3) 5% ammonia solution (NH4OH)

2%, copper sulfate solution (CuSO4) 2%, solution of acetic acid (CH3COOH) 2%.

- assisting drugs: vitamin B1, C, K, glucose or saccharose sugar...

+ When contacting with concentrated acid (H2SO4, HNO3, HCl, HOAc,...) or

bromine, phenol, wash with strong running water for a few minutes, then use

cotton dipped with NaHCO3 2% or tannin in alcohol covering up the burn.

+ When the eye contacts with chemicals it must be washed with water several times

before the victim being hospitalized immediately.

+ If poisoned by breathing too much gases such as Cl2, Br2, H2S, CO,... the victim

must be carried to the open space immediately. When poisoned with metals such

as As, Hg,... or cyanide the victim must be transferred immediately to the hospital

for emergency treatment.

The laboratory always stores a certain amount of chemicals that may be spread into the air

and exposed to staffs. Also while performing experiment, chemicals interact and react with

each other; reckless operations will lead to unfortunate consequences.




Final Report 259

APPENDIX 5: ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMIN LABORATORY

I. CHEMICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAM

One of the most important components of a laboratory safety program is chemical

management. Prudent chemical management includes the following processes.

1.1. Chemical Procurement

Before a substance is received, information on proper handling, storage, and disposal should

be known to those who will be involved. The standard further Vietnam Government that “No

container should be accepted without an adequate identifying label. Preferably, all substances

should be received in a central location.” These procedures are strongly recommended.

Personnel should be trained to identify signs of breakage (e.g., rattling) and leakage (e.g., wet

spot or stain) on shipments and such shipments should be refused or opened in a hood by

laboratory staffs.

Some organizations have specific purchasing policies to prohibit unauthorized purchases of

chemicals and other hazardous materials. The purchaser must assume responsibility for

ownership of the chemical.

Because of the possibility of a chemical leak or release and subsequent exposure, chemical

shipments should only be received by trained personnel in a laboratory or central receiving

area with proper ventilation. Neither administrative offices nor the mail room is appropriate

for receipt or opening of chemical shipments.

When preparing to order a chemical for an experiment, several questions should be asked:

• What is the minimum amount of this chemical that is needed to perform the

experiment? Is it available elsewhere in the facility? Remember, when ordering

chemicals, less is always best. Prudent purchasing methods will save storage space,

money, and disposal costs. Larger containers require more storage space and will incur

additional disposal costs if the chemical is not used.

• Has the purchase been reviewed by thechemical hygiene officer (CHO) to ensure that

any special requirements can be met?

• Is the properpersonal protective equipment (PPE) available in the laboratory to handle

this chemical?

• What are the special handling precautions?

• Where will the chemical be stored in the laboratory?

• Does the laboratory chemical hood provide proper ventilation?

• Are there special containment considerations in the event of a spill, fire, or flood?

• Will there be additional costs or considerations related to the disposal of this

chemical?

1.2 Chemical Storage

To lessen risk of exposure to hazardous chemicals, trained laboratory personnel should

separate and store all chemicals according to hazard category and compatibility. In the event

of an accident involving a broken container or a chemical spill, incompatible chemicals that

are stored in close proximity can mix to produce fires, hazardous fumes, and explosions.

Laboratory personnel should read the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and heed the

precautions regarding the storage requirements of the chemicals in the laboratory.




Final Report 260

To avoid accidents, all chemical containers must be properly labeled with the full chemical

name, not abbreviations, and using a permanent marker. All transfer vessels should have the

following label information:

• Chemical name,

• Hazard warnings,

• Name of manufacturer

• Name of researcher in charge, and

• Date of transfer to the vessel.

Incoming chemical shipments should be dated promptly upon receipt, and chemical stock

should be rotated to ensure use of older chemicals. It is good practice to date peroxide formers

upon receipt and date again when the container is opened so that the user can dispose of the

material according to the recommendations on the MSDS. Peroxide formers should be stored

away from heat and light in sealed airtight containers with tight-fitting, nonmetal lids. Test

regularly for peroxides and discard the material prior to the expiration date.

When storing chemicals on open shelves, always use sturdy shelves that are secured to the

wall. Use secondary containment devices (i.e., chemical-resistant trays) where appropriate.

Do not store chemicals in the laboratory chemical hood, on the floor, in the aisles, in

hallways, in areas of egress, or on the benchtop. Chemicals should be stored away from heat

and direct sunlight

Only laboratory-grade explosion-proof refrigerators and freezers should be used to store

properly sealed and labeled chemicals that require cool storage in the laboratory. Periodically

clean and defrost the refrigerator and freezer to ensure maximum efficiency. Domestic

refrigerators and freezers should not be used to store chemicals; they possess ignition sources

and can cause dangerous and costly laboratory fires and explosions. Do not store food or

beverages in the laboratory refrigerator.

Highly hazardous chemicals must be stored in a well-ventilated secure area that is designated

for this purpose. Cyanides must be stored in a tightly closed container that is securely locked

in a cool dry cabinet to which access is restricted. Protect cyanide containers against physical

damage and separate them from incompatibles. When handling cyanides, follow good hygiene

practices and regularly inspect your PPE. Use proper disposal techniques.

Flammable liquids should be stored in approved flammable-liquid containers and storage

cabinets. Observe National Fire Protection Association, International Building Code,

International Fire Code, and other local code requirements that limit the quantity of

flammables per cabinet, laboratory space, and building. Consult the local fire marshal for

assistance, if needed. Store odiferous materials in ventilated cabinets. Chemical storage

cabinets may be used for long-term storage of limited amounts of chemicals.

Rooms that are used specifically for chemical storage and handling (i.e., preparation rooms,

storerooms, waste collection rooms, and laboratories) should be controlled-access areas that

are identified with appropriate signage. Chemical storage rooms should be designed to

provide proper ventilation, two means of access/egress, vents and intakes at both ceiling and

floor levels, a diked floor, and a fire suppression system. If flammable chemicals are stored in

the room, the chemical storage area must be a spark-free environment and only spark-free

tools should be used within the room. Special grounding and bonding must be installed to

prevent static charge while dispensing solvents

1.3 Chemical Handling

Important information about handling chemicals can be found in the MSDS. A

comprehensive file of MSDSs must be kept in the laboratory or be readily accessible online to

all employees during all work shifts. Trained laboratory personnel should always read and




Final Report 261

heed the label and the MSDS before using a chemical for the first time. Laboratory personnel

should be familiar with the types of PPE that must be worn when handling the chemical.

Ensure that the ventilation will be adequate to handle the chemicals in the laboratory. One

should be familiar with the institutional Chemical Hygiene Plan (CHP) and Emergency

Action Plan (EAP) so that appropriate actions are taken in the event of a chemical spill, fire,

or explosion.

1.4 Chemical Inventory

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Stored chemicals should be

examined periodically (at least annually) for replacement, deterioration, and container

integrity. Thus, a system for maintaining an accurate inventory of the laboratory chemicals on

campus or within an organization is essential for compliance with local and state regulations

and any building codes that apply. There are many benefits of performing annual physical

chemical inventory updates:

Ensures that chemicals are stored according to compatibility tables,

- eliminates unneeded or outdated chemicals,

- increases ability to locate and share chemicals in emergency situations,

- updates the hazard warning signage on the laboratory door,

- promotes more efficient use of laboratory space,

- checks expiration dates of peroxide formers,

- ensures integrity of shelving and storage cabinets,

- encourages laboratory supervisors to make “executive decisions” about discarding

dusty bottles of chemicals,

- repairs/replaces torn or missing labels and broken caps on bottles,

- ensures compliance with all federal, state, and local record-keeping regulations,

- promotes good relations and a sense of trust with the community and the emergency

responders,

- reduces the risk of exposure to hazardous materials and ensures a clean and healthful

laboratory environment, and

- may reduce costs by making staffs aware of chemicals available within the

organization.

Every laboratory should maintain an up-to-date chemical inventory. A physical chemical

inventory should be performed at least annually, or as requested by the CHO. Although the

software that is used to maintain the inventory and the method of performing the chemical

inventory will vary from one institution to another, ultimately, the chemical inventory should

include the following information:

- Chemical name,

- Chemical Abstract Service number,

- Manufacturer,

- Owner,

- Room number, and

- Location of chemical within the room.

Note that the chemical name should be listed with its synonyms. This will allow for cross-

indexing for tracking of chemicals and help reduce unnecessary inventory.

Important safety issues to consider when performing a chemical inventory are:

- Wear appropriate PPE and have extra gloves available.




Final Report 262

- Use a chemical cart with side rails and secondary containment.

- Use a laboratory step stool to reach chemicals on high shelves.

- Read the EAP and be familiar with the institution‟s safety equipment.

- If necessary cease all other work in the laboratory while performing the inventory.

Once the inventory is complete, use suitable security precautions regarding the accessibility of

the information in the chemical inventory. For example, precautions should be taken when the

database shows the location of Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Chemicals of

Interest in excess of DHS threshold quantities.

1.5 Transporting, Transferring, and Shipping Chemicals

It is prudent practice to use a secondary containment device (i.e., rubber pail) when

transporting chemicals from the storeroom to the laboratory or even short distances within the

laboratory. When transporting several containers, use carts with attached side rails and trays

of single piece construction at least 2 in. deep to contain a spill that may occur. Bottles of

liquids should be separated to avoid breakage and spills. Avoid high-traffic areas when

moving chemicals within the building. When possible, use freight elevators when transporting

chemicals and do not allow other passengers. If you must use a general traffic elevator, ask

other passengers to wait until you have delivered the chemicals.

Always ground and bond the drum and receiving vessel when transferring flammable liquids

from a drum to prevent static charge buildup. Use a properly operating chemical fume hood,

local exhaust, or adequate ventilation, as verified by monitoring, when transferring PHSs.

All outgoing domestic and international chemical shipments must be authorized and handled

by the institutional shipper. The shipper must be trained in U.S. Department of Transportation

(DOT) regulations for ground shipments and must receive mandatory International Air

Transport Association training for air shipments. DOT oversees the shipment of hazardous

materials and has the authority to impose citations and fines in the event of noncompliance.

1.6 Chemical Waste

All chemical waste must be stored and disposed of in compliance with applicable of VietNam

Government, and institutional regulatory requirements. Waste containers should be properly

labeled and should be the minimum size that is required. There should be at least 2 in. of

headspace in the liquid waste container to avoid a buildup of gas that could cause an

explosion or a container rupture.

II. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

2.1 Fire Alarm Policy

When a fire alarm sounds in the facility, evacuate the laboratory immediately via the nearest

exit. Extinguish all Bunsen burner and equipment flames. If the fire originates in your

laboratory, follow all institutional policies regarding firefighting and suppression. Check

restrooms and other areas with possible limited audio or visual notification of an alarm before

exiting the facility. Where necessary, provide assistance to persons with disabilities to ensure

they are able to exit the facility.

2.2 Emergency Safety Equipment

The following is a guide to safety equipment found in a laboratory

1. A written EAP has been developed and communicated to all personnel in the unit. The

plan includes procedures for evacuation, ventilation failure, first aid, and incident

reporting.

2. Fire extinguishers are available in the laboratory and tested on a regular basis. If a fire

extinguisher is activated for any reason, make an immediate report of the activity to

the CHO, fire marshal, or appropriate individual responsible for fire safety equipment




Final Report 263

so that the fire extinguisher is replaced in a timely manner.

3. . Eyewash units are available, inspected, and tested on a regular basis

4. . Safety showers are available and tested routinely

5. Fire blankets are available in the laboratory, as required. Fire blankets can be used to

wrap a burn victim to douse flames as well as to cover a shock victim and to provide a

privacy shield when treating a victim under a safety shower in the event of a chemical

spill.

6. NOTE: Laboratory personnel should be taught that fire blankets can be dangerous if

used incorrectly. Wrapping a fire blanket around a person on fire can result in a

chimney-like effect that intensifies, rather than extinguishes, the fire. Fire blankets

should never be used on a person when they are standing.

7. First-aid equipment is accessible, whether through a kit available in the laboratory or

by request through the organization

8. Fire alarms and telephones are available and accessible for emergency use

9. Pathways to fire extinguishers, eyewash units, fire blankets, first-aid kits, and safety

showers are clear.

2.3 Chemical Spill Policy

Laboratory personnel should be familiar with the chemical, physical, and toxicological

properties of each hazardous substance in the laboratory. Consult the label and the MSDS

prior to the initial use of each hazardous substance. Always use the minimal amount of the

chemical and use caution when transporting the chemical. In the event of an accidental

chemical release or spill, personnel should refer to the following general guidelines

Most laboratory workers should be able to clean up incidental spills of the materials they use.

Large spills, for example, 4lit or more, may require materials, protective equipment, and

special handling that make it unsafe for cleanup by laboratory workers themselves. Lab

workers should be instructed to contact EHS personnel to evaluate how to proceed with spill

cleanup

In the event that the spill material has been released to the environment, notify EHS personnel

immediately. A release to the environment includes spills directly into a drain or waterway or

onto land, such as grass or dirt

Low-flammability and low-toxicity materials that are not volatile (e.g., inorganic acids and

caustic bases)

1. Decontaminate any victim at the nearest safety shower or eyewash unit. Take other

appropriate action as described in the MSDS.

2. Notify appropriate personnel immediately.

3. Limit or restrict access to the area as necessary

4. Wear PPE that is appropriate to the degree of hazard of the spilled substance

5. Use chemical spill kits that contain an inert absorbent to clean up the affected area if

this action can be accomplished without risk of additional injury or contamination to

personnel. If the spill is located on the laboratory floor, be aware that some absorbents

can create a slipping hazard.

6. Dispose of contaminated materials according to institutional policy.

7. Complete an incident report and submit it to the appropriate office or individual

8. Label all phones with emergency phone numbers.

Flammable solvents of low toxicity (e.g., diethyl ether and tetrahydrofuran)

1. Decontaminate any victims at the nearest safety shower or eyewash unit. Take other




Final Report 264

appropriate action as described in the MSDS.

2. Alert all other personnel in the laboratory and the general vicinity of the spill.

3. Extinguish all flames and turn off any sparkproducing equipment. If necessary, turn

off power to the laboratory at the circuit breaker. The ventilation system must remain

operational.

4. Immediately notify appropriate personnel.

5. Limit or restrict access to the area as necessary.

6. Wear PPE that is appropriate to the degree of hazard of the spilled substance.

7. Use spill pillows or spill absorbent and nonsparking tools to soak up the solvent as

quickly as possible. Be sure to soak up chemicals that have seeped under equipment

and other objects in the laboratory. If the spill is located on the laboratory floor, be

aware that some absorbents can create a slipping hazard.

8. Dispose of contaminated materials according to institutional policy.

9. Complete an incident report and submit it to the appropriate office or individual.

Highly toxic materials (e.g., dimethylmercury)

1. Alert all trained laboratory personnel in the laboratory and the general vicinity of the

spill and immediately evacuate the area.

2. Decontaminate any victims at a safety shower or eyewash unit in a safe location. Take

other appropriate decontamination action as described in the MSDS.

3. Immediately notify appropriate personnel.4

4. Limit or restrict access to the area as necessary.

5. Do not attempt to clean up the spill. EHS personnel will evaluate the hazards that are

involved with the spill and will take the appropriate actions.

6. Only EHS personnel and appropriate outside industrial hygienists are authorized to

decontaminate the area and dispose of the contaminated waste.

7. Complete an incident report and submit it to the appropriate office or individual.

2.4 Accident Procedures

In the event of an accident, follow all institutional policies for emergency response and notify

the internal point of contact for laboratory safety and local emergency responders. All

accidents involving personal injury, however slight, must be immediately reported according

to your institution‟s procedure. Provide a copy of the appropriate MSDS to the attending

physician, as needed. Complete an accident report and submit it to the appropriate office or

individual within 24 hours of the incident.

III. EMPLOYEE SAFETY TRAINING PROGRAM

Newly hired employees or students working in a laboratory should be required to attend basic

safety training prior to their first day. Additional training should be provided to laboratory

personnel as they advance in their laboratory duties or when they are required to handle a

chemical or use equipment for the first time

Safety training should be viewed as a vital component of the laboratory safety program within

the organization. The organization should provide ongoing safety activities that serve to

promote a culture of safety in the workplace that will begin when the person begins work and

will continue for the length of their tenure. Personnel should be encouraged to suggest or

request training if they feel it would be beneficial. The training should be recorded and related

documents maintained in accordance with organizational requirements.




Final Report 265

Training sessions may be provided in-house by professional trainers or may be provided via

online training courses. Hands-on, scenario-based training should be incorporated whenever

possible. Safety training topics that may prove to be helpful to laboratory personnel include

• use of CHPs and MSDSs,

• chemical segregation,

• PPE,

• safety showers and eyewash units,

• first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation,

• chemical management,

• gas cylinder use,

• fire extinguisher training,

• laser safety, and

• emergency procedures.




Final Report 266

APPENDIX 6. SUSTAINABLE DESIGN GUIDE

Optimize Site Potential

Sustainable site planning should consist of a whole system approach that seeks to:

Minimize development of open space through the selection of disturbed land, re-use of

brown-field sites, and retrofitting existing, buildings;

Provide wildlife corridors if possible on a base, campus or facility-wide scale. Link

natural areas to the greatest extent possible so that contiguous areas allow for

undisturbed wildlife movement;

Consider energy implications and carbon emissions in site selection and building

orientation;

Control erosion through improved grading and landscaping practices;

Use native plants and remove existing invasive plants;

Reduce heat islands through building design methods, minimizing impervious

surfaces, and using landscaping;

Minimize habitat disturbance;

Reduce, control, and treat surface runoff;

Restore the health of degraded sites by improving habitat for indigenous species

through appropriate native plants, climate-adapted plants, and closed-loop water

systems;

Locate the building in walkable distance to a range of stores and services, particularly

grocery stores;

Incorporate transportation solutions along with site plans that acknowledge the need

for bicycle parking, carpool staging, and proximity to mass transit. Encourage

alternatives to traditional commuting;

Consider site security concurrently with sustainable site issues. Location of access

roads, parking, vehicle barriers, and perimeter lighting, among others are key issues

that must be addressed; and

Work closely with lighting designer to reduce security lighting and its associated light

pollution. With overly bright security lighting, often the "bad guys" can safely stage

operations just out of range, invisible to the security personnel whose eyes are

adjusted to the overly bright immediate environment.

Optimize Energy Use

During the facility design and development process, building project must have a

comprehensive, integrated perspective that seeks to:

Reduce heating, cooling, and lighting loads through climate-responsive design and

conservation practices;

Employ renewable energy sources such as day-lighting, passive solar

heating, photovoltaic, geothermal, and groundwater cooling;

Specify efficient heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC) and lighting

systems that consider part-load conditions and utility interface requirements;

Optimize building performance by employing energy modeling programs and

optimize system control strategies by using occupancy sensors CO2 sensors and other

air quality alarms;

Monitor project performance through a policy of commissioning, metering, annual

reporting, and periodic re-commissioning; and

https://www.wbdg.org/resources/whole-building-design

https://www.wbdg.org/ffc/dod/unified-facilities-criteria-ufc/ufc-3-530-01


https://www.wbdg.org/resources/daylighting

https://www.wbdg.org/resources/passive-solar-heating

https://www.wbdg.org/resources/passive-solar-heating

https://www.wbdg.org/resources/high-performance-hvac

https://www.wbdg.org/resources/energy-efficient-lighting

https://www.wbdg.org/resources/energy-efficient-lighting

https://www.wbdg.org/resources/electric-lighting-controls

https://www.wbdg.org/building-commissioning




Final Report 267

Integrate water saving technologies to reduce the energy burden of providing potable

water.

Protect and Conserve Water

The protection and conservation of water must be considered throughout the life of the

building. Facility owners and developers must seek to:

Use water efficiently through high efficiency fixtures, elimination of leaks, water

conserving cooling towers, and other actions;

Balance the energy and water conservation strategies in cooling tower through water

and air side economizers and the use of off-peak cooling as appropriate;

Improve water quality. For example, storm water settling ponds, kitchen grease-traps,

eliminate garbage disposals, and lead-bearing products in potable water;

Recover non-sewage and gray-water for on-site use (such as toilet flushing and

landscape irrigation, and more generally, consider the water quality requirements of

each water use);

Establish waste treatment and recycling centers;

Apply the Best Management Practices for Water Conservation;

Follow Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Technical Guidance on

Implementing the Storm water Runoff Requirements for Federal Projects under

Section 438 of the Energy Independence and Security Act hydrology requirements to

maintain or restore predevelopment hydrology of the property with regard to the

temperature, rate, volume and duration of flow.

Optimize Building Space and Material Use

As early as during conceptual design and design-development stages, the project must have a


Salvage and utilize existing facilities, products, and equipment whenever possible,

such as historic structures, previous brown-field or grey-field sites, and reconditioned

fixtures and furnishings;

Design facilities adaptable for different uses during their life cycle incorporating

building components that can be disassembled, and reused or recycled;

Reduce overall material use through optimizing building size and module;

Evaluate the environmental preferability of products using lifecycle thinking and

lifecycle assessment (LCA)

When new materials are used, maximize their recycled content, especially from a post-

consumer perspective;

Specify materials harvested on a sustained yield basis such as lumber from third-party

certified forests;

Limit the generation of construction and demolition (C&D) materials, encourage the

separation of waste streams, and ensure that reuse and recycling is done in an

environmentally acceptable manner during the construction, renovation, and

demolition processes;

Eliminate the use of materials that pollute or are toxic during their manufacture, use,

or reuse;

Give preference to locally produced products and other products with low embodied

energy content; and

Encourage success of operational-waste recycling through planning in the design-

development phase.

http://energy.gov/eere/femp/federal-water-efficiency-best-management-practices

http://declareproducts.com/content/declare-and-living-building-challenge

http://transparency.perkinswill.com/




Final Report 268

Enhance Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)

During the facility/renovation design and development process, the project must have a


Facilitate quality IEQ through good design, construction, commissioning, and

operating and maintenance practices;

Value aesthetic decisions, such as the importance of views and the integration of

natural and man-made elements;

Provide thermal comfort with a maximum degree of personal control over temperature

and airflow;

Supply adequate levels and quality of ventilation and outside air for acceptable indoor

air quality;

Prevent airborne bacteria, mold, and other fungi, as well as radon, through building

envelope design that properly manages moisture sources from outside and inside the

building, and with heating, ventilating, air-conditioning (HVAC) system designs that

are effective at controlling indoor humidity;

Use materials that do not emit pollutants or are low-emitting;

Assure acoustic privacy and comfort through the use of sound absorbing material and

equipment isolation;

Control disturbing odors through contaminant isolation and removal, and by careful

selection of cleaning products. Pursue energy efficient strategies to remove harmful

odors while recovering the energy used in conditioning the interior environment;

Create a high-performance luminous environment through the careful integration of

natural and artificial light sources; and

Provide quality water.

Optimize Operations and Maintenance Practices

Throughout the building's life cycle, operations and maintenance should seek to:

Train building occupants, facilities managers, and maintenance staff in sustainable

design principles and methods that will minimize system failures;

Purchase cleaning products and supplies that are resource-efficient, bio-degradable

and safer for both janitorial staff and building occupants, and thereby improving

indoor air quality;

Test sensor control points on a regular basis to ensure energy efficiency is not

compromised;

Use automated monitors and controls for energy, water, waste, temperature, moisture,

and ventilation;

Reduce waste through source reduction and recycling to eliminate off-site disposal;

Minimize travel by supporting telecommuting programs and enabling a mobile work

environment;

Perform scheduled energy audits and re-commissioning of systems; and

When updating a facility or its systems, choose higher efficiency equipment, durable

materials that will withstand storms and other natural events, and improve the

tightness of the building envelope if feasible.



https://www.wbdg.org/design-objectives/aesthetics

http://www.epa.gov/mold/


environmental and social impact assessment

Documents

Transcript of environmental and social impact assessment